fi ber arts &wearables: 32 woodworking: 46 new books: 2–22 R arts &crafts: 23 craft catalog SPRING | SUMMER 2016 2 2016 NEW BOOKS
contents 2016 new books beginning illumination: learning the ancient art, step by step 7
encaustic art in the wax on crafts: 15 twenty-first century decorative techniques for transforming 4 your crafts 8
painterly days: the flower watercoloring art jewelry today 4 book for adults 9 5
painterly days: the woodlands art glass today 2 watercoloring book for adults 9 5
painterly days: making leather the pattern knife sheaths, volume 3: watercoloring book welted sheaths for adults with a snap fastener 5 and mexican loop 10
book cover designs ferrer-dalmau: art, history, 6 and miniatures 11 2016 NEW BOOKS 3
weave leno: in-depth fashion design instructions for all techniques: the basics levels, with 7 projects and practical application of fashion 12 illustration 17
andean sling braids: europe—rising new designs fashion designers 3 for textile artists 17 13
quilts presidential creating wall pockets: and patriotic 10 gourd projects to 14 paint and hang 18
american heroes the art of leather inlay quilts: past & present and overlay: a guide to the techniques 14 for top results 19
quilts of cumberland spalted wood: county: 1700s to 1970 the history, science, 15 and art of a unique material 20
inspired by the laminated wood national parks: their art made easy: landscapes and wild- symmetrical multi- life in fabric generational patterns perspectives 21 15
kimono: hardwood vanishing tradition; edging and inlay japanese textiles for curved tables of the 20th century 22 16 4 2016 NEW BOOKS
ENCAUSTIC ART IN THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY Anne Lee & E. Ashley Rooney, Foreword by Kim Bernard, Aft erword by Ellen Koment
• From sculpture to collage, 79 artists describe and showcase their encaustic work in different mediums • Demonstrates the wide range of encaustic applications of translucent or pigmented wax • Showcases the fi nest contemporary examples of a 2,000-year-old art
From beehive to hotplate to the artist’s hand, encaustic has evolved as a versatile medium applied to almost every artistic style. A long-overdue look at a newly popular art form, this book explores 79 North American and international artists’ feelings about their work in encaustic and how they use it to express their inner worlds and the world around them. Eight chapters organize the artists by geographical region and focus on how the heated beeswax and resin material is used to create seductive, skin-like surfaces and rich, layered membranes. More than 2,000 years old, this cross-disciplinary medium ranges from painting to sculpture, assemblage, collage, and printmaking and encourages risk-taking in a way that other materials do not. Its inherent contradictions—it can be hot or cold, malleable or solid, opaque or translucent, layered or thin, permanent or fragile—make it all the more fascinating. As research director of Vose Galleries, Boston, anne lee wrote and designed many exhibition catalogs. e. ashley rooney is the author of numerous books on contemporary art. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 475 color images • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5023-8 • hard cover • $59.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 23 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Contemporary American Print Earthen Pigments: Hand- Impressions with Clay. Makers. Gathering & Using Natural Milt Liebson. E. Ashley Rooney & Stephanie Standish. Colors in Art. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2125-2 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4691-0 Sandy Webster. $19.95 $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4178-6 $19.99 20152016 NEW BOOKS 5
PAINTERLY DAYS: Watercoloring Books for Adults Kristy Rice
• 25 watercolor sketches give adults a means to discover joy in small moments of art making • Printed on lovely watercolor paper, the intricate sketches appeal to beginners and experienced artists alike • Lively fl oral artwork, woodland sketches, and elegant patterns designed to inspire deeper artistic experience Th ese three books consist of of 25 fl oral sketches, 25 woodland scenes, and 25 unique patt erns, respectively. Printed on lovely watercolor paper, the artist is invited to experiment with only a brush and paint. Pages are double-sided, off ering the opportunity to paint the same page in diff erent ways. Th e author shares painting tips for each sketch and advice for discovering the artist within. Also included is a painting tutorial and handy color wheel. Each book is small enough to carry anywhere and simple to use. Creativity is an escape, and these books off er a delightful way to make art regardless of skill level. kristy rice is a trailblazer of hand-painted wedding stationery. Her company, Momental Designs, garners att ention from wedding publications and celebrity couples worldwide. Her artwork has also been used in well-known brands such as Envelopments®, Papyrus, and BHLDN.
FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 23 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
PAINTERLY DAYS: Th e Flower Watercoloring Book for Adults
Size: 9" x 12" • 25 fl oral patt erns • 60 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5091-7 • soft cover • $24.99
PAINTERLY DAYS: Th e Woodland Watercoloring Book for Adults
Size: 9" x 12" • 25 woodland patt erns • 60 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5092-4 • soft cover • $24.99
PAINTERLY DAYS: Th e Patt ern Watercoloring Book for Adults
Size: 9" x 12" • 25 patt erns • 60 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5093-1 • soft cover • $24.99 6 2016 NEW BOOKS
BOOK COVER DESIGNS Matt hew Goodman, Foreword by Nicole Caputo
• A book about book cover design • 50 book cover designers share 500+ covers, and tips on effective working styles and career choices • Today’s most clever and dynamic covers to “read” for infi nite pleasure
Browse more than 500 book cover designs and listen to more than 50 of today’s top designers discuss their process for creating the perfect book cover. Award-winning creative professionals from around the world have applied astonishingly clever cover concepts that play slyly on titles and themes of international bestsellers, both classic and modern, adding new dimensions to the books and breathing new life into bright ideas. Literature lovers and graphic illustrators of all types, as well as book design students and professionals, will relish this inspiring collection of covers of fi ction and nonfi ction, history and science books, novels and short stories, from old favorites to popular 21st-century titles. For future designers looking for inspiration, as well as hopeless cover lovers, Contemporary Cover Designers is a must-have design reference for any collection. Feel free to judge these books by their covers. matt hew goodman, a graphic design professional, has worked in book design and covers for more than ten years. He lives with his wife, Christy, and their two sons. His work can be viewed at www.publishingdesigner.com.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 518 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5016-0 • soft cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 24 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Design Chronicles: Signifi cant Book of American Types: Alternative Movie Posters Mass-Produced Designs of the Standard Faces. Matt Chojnacki. 20th Century. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2770-4 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4566-1 Carroll Gantz. $19.95 $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2223-5 $79.95 20152016 NEW BOOKS 7
BEGINNING ILLUMINATION: Learning the Ancient Art, Step by Step Claire Travers
• With clear instructions and more than 225 photos, discover a skill that’s crossed the centuries • A complete guide to illuminating, whether you’re a beginner or an artist in other mediums • This medieval art’s name comes from the Latin illuminare, meaning “to light up"
Th is photo-fi lled guide off ers you all the information you need to begin the fascinating ancient art of illumination, and then to improve your skills. A short history of the art, including photos of some of the world’s great medieval masterpieces, gives you context, and then you’re introduced to the materials and basic techniques. First learn the proper ways of preparing your parchment, selecting pigments, gilding, and using color. Next, the fi ve steps of illuminating are clearly taught in detail, step by step. By learning to create friezes, detailed human faces, fl ourishes, creatures such as dragons and elephants, and much more, you’ll discover a skill that has crossed the centuries. Today, illumination can be used to add a special fl air to diplomas, invitations, family trees, or a memorable event like a wedding, a birthday, or an anniversary.
claire travers has been a craft sperson in illumination since 2001. Fascinated by medieval techniques and following ancient recipes of Th eophilus, Dimier, and Cennino Cennini, she composes with a focus on accuracy and honesty. Travers exhibits her work and off ers courses.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 227 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5027-6 • hard cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 23 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
100 New York Calligraphers. GOLD: Gilding History Pigments of Your Imagination: Cynthia Dantzic. and Techniques. Creating with Alcohol Inks. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4898-3 Kirsten Beuster Cathy Taylor. $50.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2872-5 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4753-5 $19.95 $24.99 8 2016 NEW BOOKS
WAX ON CRA FTS: 15 Decorative Techniques for Transforming Your Craft s Miriam Joy
• Apply wax (melted crayon) to your craft projects or inexpensive thrift- shop items, for extraordinary results • Step-by-step instructions for 15 basic wax designs; apply them to turn ordinary items into art • Beautiful—yet economical!—crafting, made easy with 490 helpful photos plus bonus video links
Making more from less is today’s trend in craft ing, and renowned craft instructor Miriam Joy reveals the amazing design boost you can give your projects by using crayons as an economical source of wax. Try the 15 basic wax designs taught here, from circles to waves to fl owers, and then combine them with your own creativity to turn your craft s—or everyday objects from the thrift shop or dollar store—into colorful and eye-catching works of art. Th e book covers the basic materials needed, the techniques, and the many types of surfaces to which wax can be applied, from wood to glass to felt. Th en 11 “starter" projects help you discover the unlimited things you can transform with wax decorating, from a simple tile magnet to more advanced projects like a masquerade party mask, wall art, and a transformed old guitar. Bonus video links help you learn even more. miriam joy is a professional artist, author, teacher, designer and inventor, published photographer, filmmaker, and motivational speaker. Her home is in the Arizona mountains where she is inspired by the Navajo people and the beauty of the high desert.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 490 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5021-4 • soft cover • $19.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 30 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Miriam Joy's Wax Design Miriam Joy Wax On Crafts Decorating Eggs: Exquisite Technique: For Gourds, Holiday Projects. Designs with Wax & Dye. Wood & Crafts. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4955-3 Jane Pollak. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4467-1 $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4654-5 $19.99 $24.99 2016 NEW BOOKS 99
ART JEWELRY TODAY 4 Sandra Korinchak
• Over 65 of the world’s top jewelry artists share current masterpieces, with insights on their processes • More than 400 photos reveal today’s most cutting-edge brooches, necklaces, rings, and other body-adorning art • A valuable guide and idea sourcebook for buyers, jewelry enthusiasts, artists, and collectors alike
Th e pulse of today’s jewelry art is captured in 400 beautiful colorphotos demonstrating today’s top levels of mastery. Presented togetherwith insights from more than 65 contemporary international jewelry artists, these pieces of body-adorning sculpture— rings, collars, brooches, headpieces, and other adornments—are varied, surprising, and as multifaceted as today’s art world. Th e makers’ own explanations oft he methods and inspirations that guide their work off er further ideas.Everyone who works in the jewelry fi eld or who enjoys admiring or wearing jewelrywill fi nd this an invaluable reference and a sourcebook for future creativity. sandra korinchak is an editor and writer with twenty years of experience in the subject areas of art, craft s, and jewelry. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400 color photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5024-5 • hard cover • $50.00 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 43 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH
ART GLASS TODAY 2 Sandra Korinchak
• Dozens of the world’s top glass artists share insights on their processes and their masterpieces • More than 275 photos of contemporary glass masterpieces—blown, cast, kiln-formed, carved, acid-etched, and more • See what glass can do today: features beads, full-room installation pieces,tableware, furniture, and more
More than 45 contemporary international glass artists’ works leap from these pages in dynamic photos, alongside the makers’ own explanations of the methods and insights that guide their work. Th e glass works range from tableware to furniture, and demonstrate today’s top levels of mastery. Th ey are powerful, gorgeous, sometimes startling—and always refl ective of the current state of glass art. eTh artists are as diverse as their masterpieces, and their comments reveal some of the motivations and techniques that impact them as they transform molten glass into works of art. Everyone who works in glass or enjoys its eff ects will fi nd this an invaluable reference and an inspiration to future creativity. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color photos • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5025-2 • hard cover • $50.00 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 26 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 10 2016 NEW BOOKS
MAKING LEATHER KNIFE SHEATHS, VOL. 3: Welted Sheaths with Snap Fastener and Mexican Loop David Hölter
• A guide to crafting two top-quality welted sheath designs—each with different technical elements—for fi xed-blade knives • Features detailed instructions for welted sheaths with a snap fastener and a Mexican loop • 300 color photos and diagrams, two complete patterns, and in-depth instructions
This book shows how a welted leather sheath for a fixed blade is designed and constructed. It explains the basic principles and introduces variants executed in diff erent ways. Th e reader can learn through these projects and use these techniques to create their own designs. Th is volume teaches a welted sheath design with both a separate Mexican loop and a snap fastener. Each step, from the fi rst sketch to the fi nal leather treatment, is explained comprehensibly through words and images. You will also fi nd a template for each sheath. A general introduction to materials and tools rounds off this volume. david hölter is a master in orthopedic engineering and has been working professionally with the processing of leather for many years. His knife sheaths belong to the best to be found in Germany and Europe. Size: 6" x 9" • 300 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5022-1 • spiral bound • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 28 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
ALSO IN THIS SERIES
Making Leather Knife Making Leather Knife Sheaths: Vol. 1. Sheaths, Vol. 2: Welted David Hölter & Peter Sheaths Step by Step. Fronteddu. David Hölter. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4015-4 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4934-8 $24.99 $24.99
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE
Making Hidden Tang Knives. Heinrich Schmidbauer & Hans Joachim Wieland. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4014-7 $24.99 2016 NEW BOOKS 11
FERRER-DALMAU: Art, History, and Miniatures José Manuel Guerrero Acosta, Agustín Pacheco Fernández, and Luis Miguel Esteban Laguardia, with the collaboration of Miguél Angel Pérez Rubio
• Paintings by world renowned military hyper-realist painter Augusto Ferrer-Dalmau • Amazingly detailed miniature fi gures and dioramas • Includes preliminary sketches and enhanced details for some of the works
A selection of works by Augusto Ferrer-Dalmau, including some never previously released, together with his latest creations, come to life through the work of a large group of military miniaturists who have found inspiration in his paintings for their models. One of the most famous artists of historical realism at both a national and international level, the artist’s work can be seen along with the fi gures and dioramas based on them. Th ese works have been craft ed by some of the most outstanding Spanish miniaturists, which today are among the best in the world in this fi eld and can rightly join the world of the arts.
Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 141 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5010-8 • hard cover • $39.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 29 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Sheperd Paine: The Life and Modeling Weapons & Model Building with Brass. Work of a Master Modeler Accessories for Military Kenneth C. Foran. and Military Historian. Miniatures. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4004-8 Jim DeRogatis. Kim Jones. $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2929-6 ISBN: 978-0-7643-0128-5 $79.95 $16.95 12 2016 NEW BOOKS
WEAVE LENO: In-Depth Instructions for All Levels, with 7 Projects Martha Reeves
• Weave leno lace successfully with clear, expert instructions from a master leno weaver • Includes both loom-controlled and fi nger-manipulated leno weaves, covering bead, pick-up, Tarascan lace, and more • Also offers 7 beautiful projects, from a mirror bead sweater to gauze curtains
Discover how to master and enjoy the lace-like, intricate, often mysterious-seeming leno weave with this comprehensive guide. For new weavers and advanced-level weavers alike, the book combines historical information about leno with the best practical instructions and “secret" tips resulting from the author’s years of research and sampling. Leno weaves, also called gauze weaves, are very sheer, yet at the same time very durable because they are made with four warp threads that are twisted around each other. Here, colorful photos of leno fabrics and step-by-step instructions, along with seven beautiful projects, help weavers learn bead leno and many other techniques and structures like leno pick-up and Tarascan lace. Th is is a one-of-a-kind resource for anyone who wants to learn to create this versatile weaving structure or further refi ne their leno skills. martha reeves, a master weaver specializing in bead leno, has conducted extensive research and testing to develop ways of expanding leno weaving techniques. A recipient of the Handweaver’s Guild of America Certifi cate of Excellence Level II: Master, Reeves lectures widely and off ers leno workshops.
Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 52 color photos & 16 diagrams • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5101-3 • hard cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 33 • AVAILABLE IN MAY
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Weaving Innovations from Weaving Shaker Rugs: Tradi- Linen: From Flax Seed to the Bateman Collection. tional Techniques to Create Woven Cloth. Robyn Spady, Nancy A. Tracy, Beautiful Reproduction Rugs Linda Heinrich. Marjorie Fiddler; Foreword by and Tapes. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3466-5 Madelyn van der Hoogt. Mary Elva Congleton Erf. $49.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4991-1 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4907-2 $34.99 $34.99 2016 NEW BOOKS 13
ANDEAN SLING BRA IDS: New Designs for Textile Artists Rodrick Owen & Terry Newhouse Flynn
• Learn the braiding techniques of ancient Peru and Bolivia, and weave these traditions into your work • Introduces the core frame method of making slings, using kumihimo’s Japanese-style stand and bobbins • Although originally used as weapons, braided slings became fashion accessories in some pre-Hispanic cultures
Learn to make the decorative braids used in the sling-making traditions of Peru and Bolivia; this detailed guide, including 400 step-by-step photos, teaches the technique and over 100 designs for weavers, craft speople, jewelry designers, basket weavers, and others interested in using braids for embellishment. In-depth detailed instructions are given, along with clear diagrams; recommended braiding yarns for slings and kumihimo; detailed set-up, making, and finishing instructions; and many fascinating contemporary applications. Th is book introduces a new piece of equipment, the core frame, and gives instructions for making it from wood and dowels. When the core frame is used with a braiding stand and bobbins, a wide variety of core-carrying braids become accessible to kumihimo braiders. Most of the braids, from 4 to 40 strands, can be made on a braiding card and 50 patt erns can be made on the stand without a frame. rodrick owen is an internationally respected braiding instructor who popularized kumihimo through his teaching and books. Textile artist and art educator terry newhouse flynn focuses on woven, braided, and knitt ed textiles. She enjoys teaching students a variety of braiding skills.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1,600 color and b/w photos, diagrams, and charts • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5103-7 • hard cover • $39.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 33 • AVAILABLE IN MAY
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Norwegian Pick-Up Bandweaving Hex Weave & Mad Weave: Brazilian Bracelets: Making Heather Torgenrud. An Introduction to Triaxial Friendship Bracelets & More. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4751-1 Weaving Florence Bellot. $24.99 Elizabeth Harris and ISBN: 978-0-7643-4557-9 Charlene St. John. $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4465-7 $24.99 14 2016 NEW BOOKS
QUILTS PRESIDENTIAL AND PATRIOTIC Sue Reich • How quilts have recorded our nation’s presidents, from Washington’s era through Obama’s—featuring over 330 images • Includes 43 newly-made quilts to honor each president, historically accurate to each leader’s era • Reveals fascinating ways US quilters through the centuries chose to honor their country’s highest leaders Th roughout our country’s history, quiltmakers have honored America’s presidents in their quiltmaking. Featuring more than 330 images with insightful explanations, this book looks at the presidential quilts and patriotic quilts that have been made by American quilters. From the presidencies of George Washington through Barack Obama, the quilts—along with intriguing quilt-related comments from newspapers of the times—help us enjoy American history, and refl ect on how quilt history has chosen to remember the US presidents. Also highlighted are 43 gorgeous newly-made quilts representing each of the United States presidents to date. Each measures twenty-four inches square, and is constructed in a patt ern and fabric historically accurate to the leader’s presidential term of offi ce; their makers are quilt historians and enthusiasts affi liated with the American Quilt Study Group. sue reich began her love of quilting as a child at her grandmother’s farmhouse in northwestern Pennsylvania. Her interests expanded to historic documentation, appraising, judging, and lecturing on quilts. As a nationally recognized author of seven quilt history books and the curator and keeper of focused quilt exhibits, Sue travels widely sharing her quilt research and knowledge. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 337 color & b/w images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5041-2 • hard cover • $39.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 35 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
AMERICAN HEROES QUILTS, PAST & PRESENT Don Beld • 112 colorful quilts and story vignettes bring 55 American heroes to life • Details of the quilt blocks provide inspiration • First in-depth compilation of quilt patterns associated with famous Americans With 400 color and black and white images, this is the fi rst in-depth compilation of quilt patt erns named for or associated with famous Americans. Quoting from original sources where possible, the book explores 55 American heroes that quilters have honored through the centuries. Included are such familiar names as George Washington, Dolley Madison, Lewis and Clark, and Charles Lindbergh, as well as heroes who are all but forgott en today. Stories and vignett es bring these people to life. Who was the Hull in Hull’s Victory? Why was Hobson the most kissed man in America? How did DuMont change America forever? Who was the only actor honored with a quilt block? With over 100 quilts and close-up photographs of all 112 patt erns, this book is a must-have for serious quilters, quilt historians, and anyone who loves American history. don beld is a quilter whose quilts, lectures, and exhibits have helped many realize that quilters are the folk-art historians of their time who capture in cloth the important events and people of our nation’s history. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 307 color and 93 b/w • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5045-0 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 32 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 2016 NEW BOOKS 15
QUILTS OF CUMBERLAND COUNTY: 1700s to 1970 Letort Quilters Documentation Project
• Showcases the wide range of quilts made in the nation’s historic crossroads of Cumberland County, Pennsylvania • 170 quilts from the early 1700s through 1970 give a historical overview of quilting • Includes a common-sense guide to fi nding and caring for vintage quilts
View 170 quilts that were in homes and collections in Cumberland County, Pennsylvania, and learn about the county’s role as a crossroads in our nation’s history. Documented by members of the Letort Quilters Guild, specimens from the 1700s through 1970 are showcased in beautiful detail, inviting the reader to learn more about these treasures, now housed at the Cumberland County Historical Society. Th e curated collection highlights some of the features that make quilts of such lasting interest, and basic information about them provides an overview of quilting over the past several hundred years. It also serves as a reminder of the value of preserving this part of our heritage through simple practices such as labeling a quilt and storing it properly. It will inspire readers to take a new interest in quilts and leave them with basic skills for fi nding, appreciating, and caring for vintage quilts. letort quilters cumberland county project Committ ee members martha l. jones, lin keller, elizabeth kisielewski, debra lohman, donna lohman, barb myers, and barbara thrush are all quilters and members of the Letort Quilters Guild. Th ey have a common commitment to sharing their love of quilts with others who may have yet to see the beauty our ancestors created through this art form. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 495 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5109-9 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 32 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
INSPIRED BY THE NATIONAL PARKS: Th eir Landscapes and Wildlife in Fabric Perspectives Donna Marcinkowski DeSoto
• These 177 quilts capture the many-faceted landscapes, fl ora, and fauna of the 59 US National Parks • 64 park rangers and other personnel reveal their own discoveries about our National Parks • A percentage of sales from this book will be donated to the National Park Service
A colorful celebration of the 59 US National Parks, this collection of 177 original art quilts depicts the widely varying landscapes, fl ora, and fauna of the parks. Basic facts about each of these national treasures—from Acadia in Maine, to Voyageurs in Minnesota, to Yosemite in California, to Haleakal in Hawaii—are included, along with short writings from 64 park rangers and other personnel. Th e book reveals individual glimpses into the passionate commitment to preserve, protect, and enjoy these special places. donna marcinkowski desoto has been a quilt maker for more than twenty years, and her work has appeared in numerous exhibits and publications. She is also the author of Inspired by the Beatles: An Art Quilt Challenge. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 179 color photos • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5119-8 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 35 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL 16 2016 NEW BOOKS
KIMONO: Vanishing Tradition; Japanese Textiles of the 20th Century, Revised and Expanded 2nd Edition Cheryl Imperatore & Paul MacLardy
• An overview of traditional Japanese clothing, introducing 20th century kimono designs still available • Over 525 color photographs display men’s, women’s, and children’s garments and accessories • As kimono disappear from Japanese wardrobes they become increasingly collectible
Kimono is a generic term for traditional Japanese clothing; it means “thing to wear." Th is revised and expanded second edition provides an overview of various traditional garments, introduces types of designs found in twentieth century kimono that are still available, and presents wearable art and home décor inspired by kimono from contemporary artists. Because wearing kimono is diminishing and kimono are disappearing from Japanese wardrobes, they will become increasingly collectible. Each of the fourteen chapters opens with the defi nition of the type of apparel covered including everyday, formal, etc., as well as their use in Japanese life. Th e terms are further explained in the glossary. Over 525 color photographs display brilliant and subtle textile designs and demonstrate beauty in men’s, women’s, and children’s garments and accessories. Textile and clothing designers will fi nd a wealth of inspiration here, as well as vintage clothing enthusiasts and those who wish to wear kimono traditionally. cheryl imperatore and paul maclardy were co-founders of Arise Inc., a large supplier of vintage kimono. tena turner has worked for Arise for 15 years and maintains her own kimono collection. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 528 color and b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5050-4 • hard cover • $49.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 39 • AVAILABLE JANUARY
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Traditional Kimono Silks Geisha: Women of Japan’s Japanese Contemporary Anita Yasuda. Flower & Willow World. Quilts and Quilters: ISBN: 978-0-7643-2691-2 Tina Skinner, Mary L. Martin The Story of an American $34.99 & Wes Ponder. Import. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2153-5 Teresa Duryea Wong. $49.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4874-7 $34.99 2016 NEW BOOKS 17
FASHION DESIGN TECHNIQUES: Th e Basics and Practical Application of Fashion Illustration Zeshu Takamura
• Helps you hone the technical and creative skills needed to produce expressive and precise design drawings • Both the governing principles and exact how-to details are presented clearly, with hundreds of examples • An essential handbook for anyone in the fashion or garment industries who must interpret design drawings
Covering the basic principles and the creative techniques behind making eff ective design drawings—the central pillar of fashion design—this guide is perfect for students as well as for professionals working in all branches of the garment and fashion industries. From hand drawing to using soft ware applications, it explains how to create drawings that clearly and precisely illustrate the shape, material, patt ern, color, and other elements of garments. Patt erners, retailers, and fashion design students will rejoice in these comprehensive instructions for making design drawings understandable and expressive. zeshu takamura is Professor of Advanced Fashion Design and Head of the Fashion Illustration Laboratory, Faculty of Fashion Science, at Bunka Gakuen University’s Graduate School in Tokyo. He is active in fashion illustration, design, and research at publishers, agencies, and apparel manufacturers. www.zeshu.com Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1,200 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5047-4 • soft cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 41 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY
#HAPTER 4HE "ODY
%RECT $IAGONAL 6IEW
4HE POSE SEEN IN DIAGONAL VIEW HAS COMBINED FEATURES OF THE FULL FRONTAL AND SIDE VIEWS 4HE ARM CLOSER TO THE VIEWER IS FULLY SHOWN TO 4HE LINES USED FOR THE ITS BASE FRONT OF THE BODY HERE ARE BASED ON THOSE USED FOR THE FULL FRONTAL VIEW
/N THE BACK SIDE OF THE BODY THE LINES USED FOR 4HE ARM FURTHER FROM THE SIDE VIEW ARE APPLIED THE VIEWER IS NOT FULLY REVEALED !PPLY THE ROUGH TEXTURE USING THE SIDE OF $RAW CHECKS 7HEN CHECKS ARE NOT &OR A DRAWING FINISHED WITH COLOR PENCILS THE LEADS OF COLOR PENCILS CLEARLY SEEN DUE TO NAPPED FABRIC USE A COLOR USE ALSO COLOR PENCILS TO APPLY SHADING PENCIL TO RENDER SUCH APPEARANCE
!S THE BUST POINTS ARE SLIGHTLY OFF CENTER AND TOWARDS THE OUTER SIDE THE FURTHER ONE FROM THE VIEWER IS DRAWN SIDEWAYS WHILE THE CLOSER ONE IS MORE OR LESS STRAIGHT
4HE MEDIAN LINE HAS A SLIGHT 3 SHAPE THOUGH NOT TO THE EXTENT SEEN IN THE SIDE VIEW 2EGARDLESS OF THE DIRECTION OF THE FACE BEGIN BY DRAWING WITH THE 3 LINE FROM THE FRONT NECK POINT &.0 NECK UPPER TORSO AND LOWER TORSO 4HE FORM OF THE LEG CHANGES DEPENDING ON ITS DIRECTION 4HE DIRECTION OF ! GOLD BALL POINT PEN IS SUITABLE FOR ,AYERED PAINTING IS SUITABLE FOR LIGHT AND 5SE A DRAWING PEN WITH A NIB FOR THE KNEE AND TOES CAN COLORING A BELT BUCKLE SMOOTH LOOKING HAIR !PPLY LAYERS WITH THE THE EYELINE SERVE AS A GUIDE 7HEN HIGHLIGHTED PLACES IN MIND DIRECTED FORWARD THE LEG FORMS A 6 SHAPE AND WHEN DIRECTED SIDEWAYS FORMS AN 3 SHAPE
4HE LEG FURTHER FROM THE VIEWER IS DIRECTED SIDEWAYS FORMING AN 3 SHAPE
4HE LEG CLOSER TO THE VIEWER IS DIRECTED FORWARD FORMING A 6 SHAPE
5SE COLOR PENCILS FOR EYESHADOW AND !CCENTUATE LINES WHERE NECESSARY IN #OMPLETE BY FIXING THE LIPSTICK &OR CHEEK ROUGE RUB PASTEL ONTO A PROPORTION WITH THE ENTIRE FIGURE "E SURE TO LINES WITH A FIXATIVE SPRAY !PPLY BLURRING BY THINNING COLORS AT THE EDGE OF PAINTED AREAS 2ETOUCH LINES THAT MAY HAVE DISAPPEARED 7HEN THE GARMENT IS #OMPLETED WORK SEPARATE PAPER AND TAKE THE LOOSE POWDER REDRAW ANY LINES THAT HAVE DISAPPEARED WITH A COTTON BUD AND LIGHTLY APPLY ON THE CHEEK WITH A BRUSH SOAKED IN CLEAN WATER IN A DARK COLOR USE A WHITE PENCIL OR BALL POINT PEN 114
EUROPE—RISING FASHION DESIGNERS 3 Jane Gott elier & Patrick Gott elier
• Fashions by nearly 100 rising designers who will set tomorrow’s styles and drive social change • The inspiring future of fashion, selected by Europe’s top fashion design colleges and universities • Insights, materials, and techniques being used by up-and-coming designers in womenswear and menswear
Th e latest volume of this popular series allows anyone interested in fashion to glimpse its future: the emerging trends in European design. More than 425 photos capture the designs and insights of nearly 100 of Europe’s top fashion students from the most prominent fashion design colleges and universities in Denmark, England, Finland, France, Ireland, Th e Netherlands, and Scotland. Europe’s up-and-coming designers reveal insights about their design choices, their use of materials, and their chosen techniques in creating womenswear and menswear. Th is is an essential reference for every fashion program, and for everyone interested in the most exciting trendsett ers entering the fashion world. jane gott elier and patrick gott elier head the advanced undergraduate fashion and apparel design program at the DeTao Masters Academy in association with the Shanghai Institute of Visual Arts in Shanghai. Th ey each have over 25 years of experience in the fashion industry. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 425 color photos • 200 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5082-5 • hard cover • $39.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 41• AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 18 2016 NEW BOOKS
CREATING WALL POCKETS: 10 Gourd Projects to Paint and Hang Sammie Crawford
• A concise guide to wall-worthy gourd painting—for fi rst-time crafters, painters, and gourd lovers • 10 projects include detailed step-by-step instructions, plus tips for making each project your own • Techniques can be used to paint on any round surface
Th is gourd craft book helps you make 10 diff erent wall pockets— gourds shaped to form useful, decorative storage on your indoor and outdoor walls. Featuring 125 full-color photos, it off ers projects for beginners as well as more advanced painters. Patt erns, color palett es, supply lists, and gourd preparation guidance are detailed for each project. Th en, following Crawford’s step-by-step directions, create 10 diff erent wall pockets with themes including a realistic rabbit, a patriotic eagle, a cheerful candy jar, an intriguing petroglyph design, and more. Crawford’s latest how-to book is perfect for gourd craft ers, painters, and craft ers of any level. Th ese wall pockets give a creative punch to your own décor, and make perfect gift s for family members and friends. sammie crawford, also known as the Fairy Gourdmother®, is a professional designer, author, and teacher. She has been painting since 1987 and has published ten books. She lives in Arkansas.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 125 color images • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5020-7 • soft cover • $16.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 30 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Painting Gourds with the Fairy Gourd Fun for Everyone Decorating Chairs: 7 Paint- Gourdmother® Sammie Crawford. ing Projects. Sammie Crawford. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3124-4 Sammie Crawford. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4309-4 $22.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4773-3 $16.99 $16.99 20152016 NEW BOOKS 19
THE ART OF LEATHER INLAY AND OVERLAY: A Guide to the Techniques for Top Results Lisa Sorrell
• Dozens of striking examples, plus clear instructions from a master, lead you to successful leather art • This almost-forgotten decorative art has rarely been documented, making this guide a groundbreaking resource • Also includes step-by-step instructions for three leather projects using inlay and overlay
More than 470 color photos bring in-depth detail to this comprehensive look at the almost forgott en decorative art of leather inlay and overlay. Leather is an oft en-overlooked textile, with very litt le documentation on its tools and techniques, and this guide fi lls a crucial gap for the aspiring leatherworker. eseTh skills have historically been passed along orally, and the book begins with a brief introduction of the cowboy boot, since this is the discipline that’s become a repository for the art of leather inlay and overlay. Learn what these decorative methods can bring to your work with details on the tools and machinery needed, and clear explanations of the techniques. Also covered are the history of leather inlay and overlay, choosing the best leather, how to patt ern and create leather art, and basic sewing machine maintenance. Th e book fi nishes with an illustrated, step-by-step guide to three leather projects. lisa sorrell is an award-winning leather artist and master cowboy boot maker known for her colorful and intricate designs. She speaks, writes, and teaches on both cowboy boot making and the art of leather inlay and overlay. She lives in Oklahoma.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 470 color photos & diagrams • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5121-1 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 43 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Leather Care Compendium: For Leather Braiding. Leather: History, Technique, Shoes, Clothing, and Furniture. Bruce Grant. Projects. Kim & Axel Himer. ISBN: 978-0-8703-3039-1 Josephine Barbe. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4517-3 $9.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4484-8 $34.99 $34.99 20 2016 NEW BOOKS
SPALTED WOOD: Th e History, Science, and Art of a Unique Material Sara C. Robinson, Hans Michaelsen & Julia C. Robinson
• Current research, history, and 870 photos and photomicrographs combine to create today’s most comprehensive resource • The world expert in spalting details its woodcraft uses, including photos of renowned artists’ works • The facts and science behind spalting, including why it’s so expensive, and why it thrills woodworkers For the fi rst time, the history of spalted wood—wood coloration caused by fungi—is detailed in a comprehensive resource covering the science, the history, and the applications of spalting. Featuring 870 photos and photomicrographs, this resource goes back 700 years to the beginning of writt en records of spalting, and follows its evolution from closely guarded guild secret to scientific curiosity to a mainstream art form. Robinson, the leading world expert in spalting and founder of the topic’s essential reference site northernspalting.com, also presents an introductory guide to spalted woods from around the world. Along with supplier lists and an in- depth look at the most current, groundbreaking research in spalting today, there are full-color photos of spalted works from renowned artists like Mark Lindquist, David Ellsworth, Silas Kopf, and James Krenov, spanning the full spectrum of spalting colors and uses in woodcraft . sara c. robinson, a professor at Oregon State University, researches spalting fungi and their applications. hans michaelsen is professor of wood conservation at the Hildesheim and Potsdam universities in Germany. julia c. robinson is an expert in decorative arts history.
Size: 9" x 12" • 870 photos & photomicrographs • 288 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5038-2 • hard cover • $60.00 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 46 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Turning to Art in Wood: The Fine Art of Marquetry: Esherick, Maloof, and A Creative Journey. Creating Images in Wood Nakashima: Homes of the The Center for Art in Wood. Using Sawn Veneers. Master Wood Artisans. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4204-2 Craig Vandall Stevens. Steven Paul Whitsitt and Tina $59.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3499-3 Skinner. $39.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3202-9 $49.99 20152016 NEW BOOKS 21
LAMINATED WOOD ART MADE EASY: Symmetrical Multi-Generational Patt erns Stephen Carey
• A guide to combining wood species to create artistic projects employing generational cutting and gluing • Detailed step-by-step instructions for end table tops, plus crisp photos and valuable safety information • Once you master the concept, the patterns and possibilities are endless
Th is second installment in the Laminated Wood Art series focuses on using a multi-generational process to create unique, symmetrical wood art patterns with intricate designs. This straightforward method involves cutt ing laminated strips of diff erent wood species at various angles and gluing them back together to develop new, repeated confi gurations. eTh designs discussed in this book employ evenly balanced patt erns that can be manipulated to form new, more complicated designs. Artistic concepts naturally evolve with each generation. Learn how to build a pair of end table tops, then take these indispensable principles and use your imagination to combine them into new artistic shapes and displays. Friendly instructions and images of diff erent phases of completion result in symmetrical multi-generational patt erns using four generations. Th e author also covers many woodworking basics, such as safety, tools, materials, wood movement, and moisture. stephen carey has thrived in a home shop for over 30 years, making unique wood art using average tools and supplies. He has “been there and done that" on a budget and knows how to help fellow amateur woodworkers succeed.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5052-8 • soft cover • $19.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 63 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Laminated Wood Art Made Easy: Turning Segmented Wooden Home Workshop Jigs and The Full Stripe Pattern. Bangles on the Wood Lathe. Fixtures: Shop Proven. Stephen Carey. Don Jovag. Jim Harrold , Editor. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4730-6 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4962-1 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4716-0 $19.99 $19.99 $19.99 22 2016 NEW BOOKS
HARDWOOD EDGING AND INLAY FOR CURVED TABLES Scott Grove
• Learn the techniques for applying a hardwood edge and inlay to any curved table • More than 200 photos, line drawings, and renderings clearly illustrate each step • Covers the variations, what-if scenarios, and odd details that woodworkers regularly encounter
A must-have reference for every woodworker’s library, this well- illustrated book shows how to apply a hardwood edge and inlay to any curved tabletop. Learn how to use a simple and elegant system consisting of a set of large, off set template guides that are installed on a router base. Th e process is explained simply using a variety of photos, line drawings, and renderings to clearly illustrate each step along the way. All sorts of variations and what-if scenarios with odd details and quirky alternatives are covered, making effi cient work of what is typically a test of patience. scott grove, an award-winning woodworker and member of the Furniture Society, has work in leading museums and teaches across the US and in the UK. He maintains a studio in New York’s Finger Lakes region, creating art furniture and sculpture.
Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 184 color, 52 b/w illustrations • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5118-1 • soft cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 23 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE
OTHER BOOKS YOU MAY ENJOY!
Advanced Veneering and Studio Furniture: Today’s Mind & Hand: Alternative Techniques. Leading Woodworkers Contemporary Studio Scott Grove. Tina Skinner. Furniture. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3846-5 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3287-6 The Furniture Society. $39.99 $39.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4115-1 $29.99 23 ARTS & CRAFTS ARTS
PAINTING ...... 23 SCULPTURE ...... 25 GUNMAKING ...... 29 PRINTMAKING ...... 24 MOSAICS ...... 26 SCRIMSHAW ...... 29 PAPER ART ...... 24 GLASS ART ...... 26 MAKING MINIATURE FIGURES ...... 29 STENCILING ...... 24 CERAMIC ART ...... 26 DOLLMAKING ...... 30 PHOTOGRAPHY ...... 24 IRON ART ...... 27 HOLIDAY CRAFTS ...... 30 FLOWER ARRANGING ...... 24 METALWORK ...... 28 GOURDING ...... 30 CHILDREN'S CRAFTS & ACTIVITIES ...... 24 KNIFEMAKING ...... 28 CONTEMPORARY FINE CRAFTS ...... 25 BOWMAKING ...... 29
PAINTING TECHNIQUES
Pigments of Your Imagination: Creating Floor Cloths, Quilts, & Pages: Create Tradi- Painting Porcelain In the Meissen Style. with Alcohol Inks. Cathy Taylor. Mercurial, tional Floor Art Using Modern Techniques. Ewe Geissler. In many full-color, step-by-step versatile, inexpensive, and wildly colorful, Vyvyan Arata Rundgren. Painted fl oor cloths have illustrations, the author shows how the porcelain alcohol inks are one of the newest mediums been in existence since the early 1400s when painter can personally create decorations in the to hit the art community. Pigments of Your they were used for many household and religious Meissen manner. Especially popular are the Imagination is your essential guide for working purposes. In this step-by-step instruction book thirty-six fl ower motifs and the classic onion with alcohol inks, from choosing which inks to with more than 200 images, learn how to make pattern, as well as green grapevine decorations. use for each project to learning how to maximize your own beautiful fl oor cloths, as well as fl oor Size: 9" x 12" • 124 pp. your artistic potential with a wide variety of quilts and fl oor pages. 100s of full-color photos and illustrations fascinating techniques. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 239 color images • 64 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-0280-0 • soft cover • $24.99 • 350+ color images 136 pp. • ISBN:978-0-7643-4753-5 • fl exi • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4875-4 • soft cover • $19.99
Decorating Eggs: Exquisite Designs with Decorating Chairs: 7 Painting Projects. Impressions with Clay. Milt Liebson. This Wax & Dye. Jane Pollak. Truly exquisite designs, Sammie Crawford. Turn old chairs into decorative complete and easy-to-use book describes the intricate details, and brilliant color schemes come pieces of art for everyday use or as a holiday basics and leads the reader step-by-step through together in this new DIY book on decorating decoration. Master painter Sammie Crawford the process of using tinted liquid clay (slip) and eggs. Chapters include basic decorating tips and takes you through, step-by-step, seven projects: individually prepared pastels applied directly how to choose your colors. With illustrated step- the rose, sunfl ower, tiger lily, frog, butterfl y, to a clay matrix with a brush, sieve, or various to-step instructions and a gallery of completed rooster, and the Santa chair. With 29 color stencils. An impression is created by transferring projects, you’ll be creating your own dynamic photographs, 14 patterns, and lists of supplies the image from the clay matrix to canvas. eggs in no time at all. and color palettes. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 39 color Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 203 color photos • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 10" • 200 color photos • 128 pp. images, 14 pattern • 48 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643- ISBN: 0-7643-2125-0 • soft cover • $19.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4654-5 • soft cover • $24.99 4773-3 • soft cover $16.99 PORCELAIN PAINTING Earthen Pigments: Hand-Gathering & Porcelain Painting with Uwe Geissler. Uwe Water Based Texturing: Techniques & Using Natural Colors in Art. Sandy Webster. Geissler. Here is a wealth of painting knowledge and Inspirations for Artists, Teachers, and Through recipes and illustrations, learn how to an introduction to the time honored techniques Craftsmen. Tucker Stouch. This book explores turn hand-gathered pigments into a variety of of porcelain painting, the necessary tools and the the use of acrylic textural fi nishes for home decor artist mediums from water-based paints, to designs. The central focus of the book is the classic projects and wall art. The techniques demon- pastels and oil/wax crayons casein solutions, fl ower painting, but it also presents modern Art Deco strated in over 290 color photos include crackle, printmaking inks, and even spun into paper designs. Numerous step-by-step instructions and color polystyrene relief, thick impasto, scratching, threads for weaving, stitching, and tying. This photographs make this an ideal book for painters. combing, mixes, embedded elements, spong- guidebook is a wonderful resource for all artists, Size: 9" x 12" • 116 color photos, 112 b/w photos ing, tissue and paper textures, metallic paints, craftspeople, journalers, and hobbyists. & drawings, 121 designs • 127 pp. sprays, splashes, drizzles, smearing, stamping, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 112 illustrations• 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-899-0 • soft cover • $24.95 impressions, and stenciling. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4178-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 295 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4534-0 • soft cover • $24.99 24 PRINTMAKING • PAPER ART • STENCILING • PHOTOGRA PHY • FLOWER ARRA NGING • CHILDREN'S CRA FTS & ACTIVITIES
PRINTMAKING: INSPIRATIONS 100 New York Calligraphers. Cynthia Dan- Creating Snowfl ake Art: Designing Orig- The Bridal Bouquet Book. Ginny tzic. Encompassing a wide range of calligraphy inal Papercuttings. C. Angela Mohr. This Parfi tt. The largest portfolio of bridal in many languages and hands, or styles, this book introduces basic cutting techniques for bouquets available on the market today. book presents a visual treasury of works by 100 snowfl akes and provides designing tips for More than 400 gorgeous color photos contemporary scribes, all of whom were either making original papercuttings and ornaments illustrate a wealth of fresh ideas to inspire born in New York or studied or worked in the city. for everyday use or seasonal decorating. brides, fl oral designers, and wedding Size: 9" x 12" • 629 color images • 240 pp Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos • 64 pp. planners. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4898-3 • hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2971-5 • soft cover • $12.99 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400+ color photos 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2197-8 • hard cover • $39.95
STENCILING Contemporary American Print Makers. E. Authentic Antique Stenciling. Gen Ventrone. Bridal Flowers: Bouquets - Boutonnières Ashley Rooney and Stephanie Standish Foreword The charm of stenciled decorations has appealed - Corsages. Ginny Parfi tt, Bill Murphy, AIFD, & by Susan J. Goldman. Over 500 color photos to people for hundreds of years. Here are many Tina Skinner. Over 300 gorgeous bouquets for display the work of 75 contemporary printmakers old examples of stenciling on tin, furniture, glass, brides and their maids, along with boutonnière and 30 print shops. Together these artists em- velvet, and walls. Using patterns of designs designs for the gentlemen and some ideas for brace the history and techniques of traditional taken from old stencils, there are step-by-step hairpieces, corsages, and items for fl ower girls printmaking while pushing the bounds of new instructions for their reproduction, with color and ring bearers. Shows styles for wedding print media. photographs and a full explanatory text. events, organized by color. Includes tutorials Size: 18 1/2" x 11" • 500 color & 40 b/w photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • b/w and color photos, for creating bouquets, boutonnières, corsages, 240 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4691-0 • hard drawings • 176 pp. a tussie-mussie, and fl owers for fl ower girls. cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-88740-140-6 • soft cover • $19.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 387 color photos • 128 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3485-6 • soft cover • $24.99
Printmakers Today. Jeffrey B. Snyder, Stenciling: 140 Historical Patterns for Creating Floral Centerpieces. Bill Mur- editor. Inspiring color photos review the Room Decoration. Ilse Maierbacher. 140 phy, AIFD. A professional fl oral designer takes art of today’s printmakers, from massive historic stenciling ornaments spanning the past you step-by-step through the creation of more installation pieces to small and surprising century. Examples of colorfully decorated spaces than 25 impressive fl oral displays, from charger three-dimensional works. Techniques provide additional inspiration, with fl oral and plates and napkin rings to kettle-sized, exotic range from classical to experimental, in- geometric, light and bright motifs. centerpieces. From basic bouquet tying skills cluding woodcuts, lithographs, screen- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 191 photos & 140 stencil through the latest techniques using wire and prints, silkscreens, etching, mezzotint, patterns • 128 pp. fl oral adhesive, you will be inspired to adorn serigraph print, linocut, solarplate, vitreo- ISBN: 0-7643-0376-7 • soft cover • $24.95 every event with fl owery creations. graph, photoetching, aquatint, drypoint, Size: 8 1/2" x 11 • 288 color photos • 112 pp. digital transfer, and more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 368 color photos 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3459-7 • hard cover • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3462-7 • hard cover $50.00 • Schiffer LTD PHOTOGRAPHY TECHNIQUES Today’s Top Stationery Artists. Tori Higa. The Art of Flower Photography. Entertaining with Flowers: The This book profi les over 160 color images of Lucian Niemeyer. Vivid color photos illus- Floral Artistry of Bill Murphy. Bill artwork from contemporary greeting card and trate the steps necessary to create artful Murphy, AIFD. Floral designs for a spring stationery designers. Each artist readers are color photographs of the world’s fl ora, bridal shower, tropical dinner party, introduced to through images and text has a including the right choice of setting, garden party, retirement celebration, unique and modern approach to designing for the lighting, the color palette, equipment, and weddings winter, spring, summer age-old concept of handwritten correspondence. techniques, and the documentation and fall. They are all trendsetters in the stationery arena. and storage of the resulting images. Size: 11" x 8-1/2" • 235 color photos • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 169 color photos • 112 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 215 color photos 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2556-6 • hard ISBN: 978-0-7643-2832-9 • soft cover $24.95 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3633-1 • cover • $29.95 hard cover $34. 99 CHILDREN'S CRAFTS & ACTIVITIES
Today’s Top Stationery Artists 2. Tori Higa. Underwater Photography: A Guide Soap Carving for Children of All Ages. This book contains the work of 52 new stationery to Capturing the Mysteries of the Howard K. Suzuki. Bar soap provides a wonderful artists and over 350 vibrant color photos of their Deep. Trent Burkholder. An informative carving medium for children or adults to learn imaginative work. Short artist biographies and guide to underwater photography, and teach basic carving techniques. Starting with 16 in-depth feature interviews with various covering the technical, mechanical, and directions for making safe and simple wooden stationers provide readers with insight into their compositional factors that contribute carving tools, basic soap-carving techniques are inspiration and business. Valuable tips are pro- to quality images. Includes 120 beau- shown with step-by-step color photos. vided for starting your own stationery company. tiful color photos and 18 instructional Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 195 color photos Graphic art designs are small and personal. images. A must have for any scuba 48 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-0859-8 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 355 color photos • 144 pp. enthusiast. soft cover • $12.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3737-6 • soft cover • $29.99 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 138 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4234-9 • hard cover $34.99
Today’s Botanical Artists. Cora Marcus The Traveling Nature Photogra- Carving in Soap: North American Animals. and Libby Kyer. The work of 65 top botanical pher: A Guide for Exploring the Howard K. Suzuki. Advanced methods of making artists from America. Gorgeous fl owers, Natural World through Photog- multiple-bar soap carvings of selected North leaves, plants, roots, and vegetables have raphy. Steven Morello. Over 220 American mammals. Beautiful color photographs been beautifully drawn and painted and are color photos present stunning nature and the text move step-by-step through the displayed here. Gardeners, nature lovers, photography and the equipment used to carving of eight animals: a bear and cub, wolf, graphic designers, collectors, and decorators capture it. A detailed reference designed cougar, prairie dog, harp seal, killer whale, and will fi nd much to absorb and enjoy. to prepare readers for photo adventures otter. Art, natural history, and environmental Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 220 color illustrations in the wild. issues are integrated into the instructions. Value Guide/Index • 160 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 222 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 262 color photos ISBN: 987-0-7643-2905-0 • hard cover • $39.99 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3055-1 • soft cover • $29.99 8 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1292-8 • soft cover • $12.95 PAPER ART FLOWER ARRANGING & DESIGN Constructing and Covering Boxes: Taking the Flower Show Home. Bill Soap Carving Ocean and Coral Reef Crea- A Beginner’s Guide. Tom & Cindy Hollander. Schaffer, AIFD, AAF, PFCI, & Kristine tures. Howard K. Suzuki. Over 270 color photos Over 230 clear color photos illustrate every step Kratt, AIFD, PFCI. Cutting-edge fl oral and 53 patterns show how to carve twelve sea needed to make hinged lid, clamshell, and creative artists Bill Schaffer and Kristine Kratt creatures, including the clownfi sh, starfi sh, boxes from book board covered with book cloth share an exclusive behind-the-scenes octopus, seahorse, penguin, orca, sperm whale, or paper. Tools and materials are discussed and look at their creative process and offer sea otter, manatee, queen angelfi sh, sea lion, formulas provided for each box type. Basic skills detailed, helpful steps to assist the and beluga. Carvers will produce soap carvings in necessary for box production are explored in depth. reader in creating their own designs at low and high relief and from fused raw material. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 234 color photos • 80pp. home.The book includes all you need Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 273 color & ISBN: 978-0-7643-3158-9 • soft cover • $14.99 to bring the show home to you and insightful techniques to help you create 53 b/w images • 64 pp. fl oral designs of your own. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2754-4 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 303 color photos & diagrams • 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0- 7643-4430-5 • hard cover • $45.00 CHILDREN'S CRA FTS & ACTIVITIES • ROYALTY-FREE ART RESOURCES • CONTEMPORA RY FINE CRA FTS • SCULPTURE TECHNIQUES 25
Saltbox House: Color ’n Build Art Nouveau Era Graphics: Ornamental Humor in Craft. Brigitte Martin. What happens Activity Playset. Build and color a Figures, Flowers, Emblems, Landscapes, when craft artists are allowed to explore their Saltbox House from printed, pre-cut, and Animals with DVD. A rich treasury of mischievous and irreverent sides? Find out in this sturdy art board. The house measures designs to inspire and enrich decorative arts groundbreaking book which reveals an entirely approximately 7 1/2" wide x 9 1/4" long projects. Originally presented in the 1890s different side of typically "serious" craft. A great x 8" high and sits on its own platform. for use in home interiors, ceramics, textiles, variety of traditional and non-traditional craft Inside is a staircase and loft; outside stationary, stained glass, and ironwork. techniques are shown together with artists’ is a fence, deck, 4 dogs, a doghouse, Size: 9" x 12" • 152 pp. commentary. This book is a treasure trove for two chairs, and garden plants that 500 color and 275 b/w graphics with CD-Rom craft afi cionados and humor enthusiasts alike. are easy to personalize with your own ISBN: 0-7643-2042-4 • soft cover • $34.95 Size: 9" x 12" • 465 color photos • 256 pp. decorations. Grades 3 & up. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4059-8 • hard cover • $50.00 Size: 9" x 12" • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3443-6 • boxed kit • $14.99 SCULPTURE TECHNIQUES Victorian Doll House. Children and Fabulous Floor Patterns: with CD. Direct Metal Sculpture. Revised & Expanded. adults alike will enjoy the rich archi- "Jerry" S. F. Cooke III & Tina Skinner. Explore Dona Z. Meilach. This revised edition retains all the tectural ornamentation of this classic, hundreds of fl oor patterns, from checker- techniques and inspiration of the original edition Victorian cottage. It is easily assembled boards and wild tile confi gurations to fl orals, plus new chapters update the history of direct metal and measures 13 1/3" tall, 6 3/4" x 9 faux marble, and fantastic parquetry. The sculpture over the past quarter century, including the 1/2". Create your own beautiful color enclosed CD-Rom presents the images in of impact public art programs and the computer, scheme for both its interior and exterior. various formats, making it easy to experiment exploring the importance of computer aided design, Made of sturdyboard, this dollhouse with, manipulate, and apply. and the Internet for successfully marketing one’s art. folds fl at back into its own box, and can Size: 9" x 6" • 400+ color illustrations • w/ CD-Rom Size: 7" x 10" • 115 color & 475 b/w photos • Index be used again and again. Grades 3 & up. 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2291-5 • hard cover • $34.95 248 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1254-5 • hard cover • $39.95 Size: box: 9" x 12" x 1 3/4" ISBN: 978-0-7643-2956-2 • boxed kit • $14.95
Shaker Village. Edmund V. Gillon, Jr. Children Historic Holiday Art. Tina Skinner and Mary L. Bronze Sculpture Casting & Patination: and adults alike will enjoy this cut and assemble Martin. Charming clip-art dates from the turn of Mud, Fire, Metal. Steve Hurst. Photographs Shaker village. Six architectural models in H-O the century and up through the Arts and Crafts by Steve Russell. An illuminating text combines scale, printed on heavy stock in full color: a great movement of the early 1930s. Royalty free images with 646 color photoswand 78 drawings ex- round stone barn, four-story brick communal are perfect for today’s messages from those plore in detail the processes involved in forming dwelling, schoolhouse, gambrel-roof church, with a nostalgic yearning for an era gone by. metal sculpture. Metal fi nishing processes are laundry, and privy. The buildings represent Size: 9" x 6" • 295 color illus. • 176 pp. explored in detail, including an unprecedented the nucleas of an agrarian village typical of the ISBN: 0-7643-2119-6 • hard cover • $24.95 177 patination recipes and working practices. Shaker communites of the eastern states in the Size: 9" x 12" • 646 color photos & 78 line early 19th century. Middle grades–ages 8-12. drawings Index • 368 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2164-1 Size: 9" x 12" • 6 cut-out models • 46 pp. hard cover • $125 ISBN: 978-0-88740-077-3 • soft cover • $9.99
An Early New England Seaport. Edmund Historic Christmas Art. Mary L. Martin and Passion for Metal: Refl ections and Tech- V. Gillon, Jr. Typical buildings of late 18th and Tina Skinner. Enjoy charming clip-art dating niques of a Metal Sculptor. Henry Harvey. An early 19th century New England seaports in back through the turn of the century and up account of the world of metal sculpting, from the a cut-and-assemble form that will be loved through the Arts and Crafts movement of the lighting of a torch, to techniques, patinas, and a by adults and children. It contains ten archi- early 1930s. More than 300 royalty free images candid insight into the genesis of his sculpture. A tectural models in H-O scale, printed in full are ready for application to your professional number of projects are illustrated and explained color on sturdy stock. The authentic buildings projects or casual communications, in a format in exquisite detail, making this an absolute must represent types that existed in waterfronts of suitable for Mac or PC use. for everyone contemplating becoming a sculptor. New England seaports. Size: 9" x 6" • 330 color • illustrations • 176 pp. It is richly illustrated. Size: 9" x 12" • 40 photos • 56 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2120-X • hard cover • $24.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 315 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-063-9 • soft cover • $5.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1840-3 • hard cover • $39.95 ROYALTY-FREE ART RESOURCES Foliage Textures: Royalty Free Art for Chinese Flower Art: Line Drawings with Contemporary Stone Sculpture. Dona Z. Mei- Designers. Compiled by Ginny Parfi tt. This CD. Centuries of fl ower arrangement wisdom in lach. An exploration of modern stone sculpture, with beautiful book and its accompanying Mac and exquisite calligraphic representation. Each image hundreds of examples by today’s top sculptors, illus- PC compatible CD contain over 150 photographs a perfect arrangement, delicately balanced within trated and explained with hundreds of clearly detailed of summer, autumn, and evergreen foliage, as an imaginary frame. Perfect for adaptation to photographs. Specifi c, step-by-step instructions for well as grasses, groundcovers, and tropical and art projects in want of Asian fl air. Traditional creating stone sculpture, with descriptions of various succulent foliages. Chinese characters accompany each. types of stone, selecting and transporting it, carving Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 202 drawings • 160 pp. the stone with hand or power tools, and the methods 160 pp. • With CD-Rom ISBN: 0-7643-2083-1 • soft cover • $24.95 of fi nishing the work. ISBN: 0-7643-2289-3 •$39.95 Size: 7" x 10" • 17 color plates, 340 illus • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-089-2 • soft cover $24.95
Paper Textures: Royalty Free Art for De- Heraldic Designs: Royalty-free im- Direct Stone Sculpture. Milt Liebson. Revised signers. With two CDs. A treasury of textures, ages. Thousands of wonderful motifs and expanded second edition. After a histor- this beautiful book and its accompanying Mac drawn from historic reference works. ical overview of stone sculpture, the reader is lead and PC Compatible CDs are fi lled with 114 Includes state seals, royal seals, coats- through the hands-on experience of sculpting in colorful images of handmade papers, from of-arms, college fraternity emblems, and stone. The types of stone used are covered, as are soft and subtle to deeply marbled and highly societal emblems with animals, mytho- the types and use of basic hand sculpting tools. For textured. Ready-to-use high resolution images. logical creatures, nautical and military the advanced sculptor, there is information on the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 114 color plates motifs, armor, rosettes, crowns, and use of power tools, lamination, and repair. Now with 96 pp. • With CD-Rom much more. additional photos. ISBN: 0-7643-2118-8 • $39.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 2,180 b&w images Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 300 photos • 160 pp. 96 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2458-6 • hard cover • $19.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1224-3 • hard cover • $39.95 CONTEMPORARY FINE CRAFTS World Designs: 1200 Historic Patterns Masters of Craft: 224 Artists in Fiber, Clay, Direct Wood Sculpture: Technique- with Royalty-free CD. Decorative designs, Glass, Metal, and Wood: Portraits by Paul Innovation - Creativity. Milt Liebson. An from civilizations over 3000 years, are displayed J. Smith. Paul J. Smith. This collection of 240 pho- illustrated history of direct wood sculpture is here and on CD. The designs, most shown in tographs documents 224 top studio craft artists in explored, along with a vital resource for those beautiful color and exquisite detail, display their studios and at events. The photographs are seeking to create sculpture in wood. A complete Ancient, Gothic, Renaissance, and Classic styles. by Paul J. Smith, Director Emeritus of the Muse- description of the qualities and types of wood, A classic reference and source for designers. um of Arts and Design, and combine to refl ect his tools (both hand and power), techniques, and Size: 9" x 12" • 1203 images • 160 pp. fi rsthand experience of the changing currents in fi nishing, complements discussions of the art With CD-Rom twentieth-century craft. form and philosophy. ISBN: 0-7643-2295-8 • soft cover • $29.95 Size: 9" x 12" • 240 b/w photos • 248 pp Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 209 photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4929-4 • hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 0-7643-1299-5 • hard cover • $39.95 26 SCULPTURE TECHNIQUES • MOSAICS • GLASS ART • CERA MIC ART
CONTEMPORARY GLASS ART Introduction to Soapstone Sculpting. Lynn The Encyclopedia of Modern Marbles, International Glass Art. Richard Yelle. The A. Bartlett and Tasha Unninayar. Photography Spheres, and Orbs. Mark P. Block. The vast range works of over 175 of the top known international by Josh Steck. New sculptors of any age and of today’s handmade and machine-made marbles, artists, such as Dan Dailey, William Morris, skill level can easily accomplish fun projects edition types, regular stock, open edition production Linda MacNeil, Mary Shaffer, Howard Ben Tré, with soapstone. Carve a rabbit or a snail. Sculpt stock, prototypes, limited editions, experimental Dale Chihuly, and Karen La Monte. Essays by a fl ower, a heart, or a butterfl y. With 737 color works, and studio glass in over 900 photos, exploring collectors and contemporary artists worldwide images, patterns, and step-by-step directions, you the close relationships among today’s studio art glass introduce the gallery of over 780 stunning color will be carving away in no time at all! Artists of all and the marbles of childhood that preceded them. photographs. This book honors the support of trades, especially woodworkers, will be enamored Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 784 color photos collectors for the artists, galleries, and museums with this artform once they see how easy it is. Price Guide/Index • 272 pp. that promote glass art. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 725 images,18 patterns 160 ISBN: 0-7643-2294-X • hard cover • $69.95 Size: 9" x 12" • 810 color photos • 400 pp. pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3781-9 soft cover $29.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1834-9 • hard cover • $95.00
Carving a Bear in Soapstone. Tasha Un- Contemporary Marbles & Related Art Women Working in Glass. Lucartha Kohler. ninayar and Lynn Bartlett. Artwork by Dawn Glass. Mark P. Block. Marbles produced by Works of over 40 talented female artists, including Hartwig. Illustrated, step-by-step directions over 130 artisans are presented in 600 color Asa Brandt, Yoko Ono, and Linda MacNeill. Coming provide techniques for carving your own bear in photographs. A history of the contemporary from the 1960s to contemporary times, their beau- soapstone from designing the bear to adding the handmade marble movement is provided, along tiful sculptures, mosaics, and delicate creations are fi nal polish. Chapters include carving the bear’s with tips for the purchase and care of marbles, illustrated in over 350 dazzling color photographs. waist and belly, head and shoulders, legs and tail, a glossary, and a valuation guide. This book will This book is a must-have for collectors, enthusiasts, and its ears and snout. A gallery of completed be a joy for everyone fascinated with glass. historians studying the studio glass movement, and projects will inspire your own creativity. Size: 9" x 12" • 845 color photos especially aspiring young artists. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225+ color images • 48 pp. Price Guide • 256 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 378 color & b/w photos 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4084-0 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1166-2 • hard cover • $59.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1807-1 • hard cover $59.99
Carving a Sitting Bear in Soapstone. Tasha The Artistry of Peggy Karr Glass. Peggy GLASS ART: TECHNIQUES Unninayar & Lynn Bartlett. Artwork by Dawn Karr. 500+ color photos display the fused glass Hartwig. Illustrated, step-by-step techniques products produced by the Peggy Karr Glass Glass Art From the Kiln. Rene Culler. Over for carving the sitting bear in soapstone from company of New Jersey, beginning in 1987 290 beautiful color photos and engaging text designing to adding the fi nal polish. Chapters including plates, bowls, trays, platters, clocks, reveal the versatility of glass and how it can be include carving the bear’s head, ears, legs, and ornaments, and roundels decorated with fl owers, inspired by art. Learn about kiln selection and paws. A gallery of completed projects will inspire animals, fi sh, still life imagery, seasonal motifs, instruction to develop fi ring schedules for working your own creativity. special order patterns, and more. Size: 8 1/2" x in glass. Methods for cutting, fusing, and cold Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color images & 4 pat- 11" • 295 color & 12 b/w photos working glass are provided, with 292 how-to terns • 48 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-41 48-9 soft Rarity Scale/Index • 190 pp. photos covering two specifi c glass art projects: cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2144-7 • hard cover • $29.95 reference maps for fusing and simple shapes. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 292 color photos • 208 pp. MOSAICS: INSPIRATION GLASS ART: INSPIRATIONS ISBN: 978-0-7643-3542-6 • hard cover • $50.00 Mosaic Art Today. Jeffrey B. Snyder. Creative Glass. Danijela Kracun & Charles Over 50 contemporary, mosaic artists McFadden. Explore the work of 108 artists Sculpture and Design with Recycled Glass. reveal the diversity of materials used whose techniques include blown, cast, fused, Cindy Ann Coldiron. This “green” book is dedicated and forms created in this ever-growing etched, layered, copper foil, enamel, paint, and exclusively to the topic of recycled glass in artistic and fi eld. Using tesserae, stone, pebbles, fl ame work along with glass blowing, casting, design applications. Includes photos of original and ceramics, found objects, and other ma- fusion, etching. amd much more. More than content driven recycled glass craft and sculpture, terials, these artists "paint" intricate and 550 art objects are shown, from intricate jewelry technical issues in working with glass, and four how-to beautiful images. pieces to architectural installations. projects. This is a great resource for interior designers, Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 582 color photos 208 pp. LEED professionals, homeowners, museums, galleries, Index • 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4001-7 hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD ISBN: 978-0-7643-3505-1 • hard cover • $39.99 art collectors, art educators, and artists. Size: 8 1/2 " x 11" • 375 color images • 208 pp. • MOSAICS: TECHNIQUES ISBN: 978-0-7643-3889-2 • hard cover •$49.99
A Beginner’s Guide to Mosaics: Four Studio Glass in America: A 50 Year Journey. Leaded Glass: Projects and Techniques. Decorative Projects. Alexandra Carron. Ferdinand Hampson. The American studio glass Julia Rodriguez and Eva Pascual. An overall From the basics of mosaic materials to the movement can be traced to 1962, when a professor view of the methods and techniques from an most sophisticated techniques, step by step you at the University of Wisconsin, had a dream to alter educational viewpoint, and building confi dence will produce four original and elegant objects molten glass into unique forms in a studio setting for working directly with glass. Step-by-step (a vase, colorful table, springtime mirror, and and teach his techniques. This book takes us from instruction for six different leaded glass projects decorative tiles) assisted by your own crafting its origin to reveal decade by decade the growth is included, with the complete process – from the coach. This beginner’s level how-to book details of studio glass. High-quality detailed images and initial plan to the fi nished object – broken into user-friendly techniques for cutting glass and stories, a retrospective of 50 top artists. simple and easy to follow procedures. ceramic tile, patterning, grouting, and fi nishing. Size: 9" x 12" • 455 color images • Index 256 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 450 color images • 144 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 196 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4230-1 • hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4514-2 • hard cover • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4096-3 • hard cover $19.99
Mastering Mosaics: 19 Artists, 19 Proj- Art Glass Today. Jeffrey B. Snyder, Tiffany Studios’ Techniques: Inspiration for ects. Rayna Clark. Learn proven techniques editor. Unique glass artworks by in- Today’s Artists. Edith Crouch. Explore the creative and successful methods of creating mosaic art ternational artists. Techniques include media that master designer Louis Comfort Tiffany from 19 different artists. Patient professionals blown, cast, kiln-formed, lampwork, (1848-1933) and Tiffany Studios in NY pioneered, give informative, specifi c, and even moving cold work, fusing, laminating, carving, with related masterpieces that followed by 17 accounts of their personal mosaic strategies. sand blasting, and more. See installa- contemporary artists. Covers Tiffany’s original Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 534 color photos & draw- tion pieces, tableware, vases, bowls, paintings and fi ne arts, stained glass windows and, ings • 192 pp. sculptures, furniture, paperweights, mosaics, favrile glass objects, metalwork, enamels, ISBN: 978-0-7643-4362-9 • hard cover • $34.99 beads, and diptychs. and jewelry.Size: 9" x 12" • 560 color photos • Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 364 color photos Index 320 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3624-9 • hard Index • 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3464-1 cover • $100.00 • Schiffer LTD hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD CONTEMPORARY CERAMIC ART Fused Glass Mosaics: Master Class Tech- Glass Art From UrbanGlass. Richard Wilfred Ceramics Today. Jeffrey B. Snyder, niques with Martin Cheek. Martin Cheek. A Yelle. Artists and designers associated with editor. Meet 120 ceramic artists through practical mental tool kit to assist you in making UrbanGlass: New York Center for Contemporary 495 color photos of their work around your own mosaics. Over 300 color images and Glass, have infl uenced the Studio Glass Move- the globe. The ceramic artworks range an engaging text will inspire ideas of color, ment in many ways. This volume documents the from small objects for use and ornamen- background, and style. Make a subtle mosaic work of 173 of these artists, and celebrates their tation to large-scale sculptures. • Size: by using analogous colors or a piece inspired by achievements in art and design. An authoritative 11" x 8 1/2" • 495 color photos • 256 pp. your favorite artist. For the seasoned mosaicist. text by prominent curators, critics, and writers ISBN: 978-0-7643-3465-8 • hard cover Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 345 b/w & color images round out this defi nitive survey. $50.00 • Schiffer LTD 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3933-2 • hard Size: 9" x 12" • 515 color photos • 320 pp. cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1116-6 • hard cover • $79.95 CERA MIC ART • IRONWORK 27
William Daley: Ceramic Artist. Ruth Fine. Contemporary Wildlife Art. Cindy Art Deco Ironwork & Sculpture. “Jerry” S. F Retrospective of William Daley’s ceramic art, Ann Coldiron. Over 360 spectacular art Cook III & Tina Skinner. The work of artisans of the 1950s through the 2000s. Over 300 images pieces celebrating the personal connec- burgeoning Art Deco or Moderne Art movement in display the artwork, including commissions. tions that artists have to wildlife. Includes Paris. Selected from folio volumes published in the Daley’s geometric ceramic vessels explore the contemporary artworks in a variety of mid-1920s to inspire fellow artists on the cutting synthesis between interior and exterior, volume media from 74 artists from Australia edge, the more than 500 exciting pieces shared in and surface, form and symbol. Their unglazed to Canada, New Zealand to Alaska, this compendium have proven themselves timeless surfaces echo architectural spaces and rhythms. and coast to coast in the United States. in their classic lines and exquisite detailing. This is a Also included are Daley’s thoughts on ceramic Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 361 color photos • must-have volume for artisans of the forge, sculp- art and teaching the process. Index • 208 pp tures, and all fans of Art Deco-era decorative arts. Size: 9" x 12" • 300+ color photos • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4864-8 • hard cover • $39.99 Size: 9" x 12" • 500+ photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4523-4 • hard cover • $60.00 ISBN: 0-7643-2292-3 • hard cover • $49.95
Wood-Fired Ceramics: 100 Contemporary From Fire to Form: Sculpture from Decorative Ironwork: Wrought Iron Artists. Amedeo Salamoni. Through over 500 the Modern Blacksmith and Met- Gratings, Gates and Railings. Margarete color photos and personal statements, this book alsmith. Mathew S. Clarke. 521 color Baur-Heinhold. Artists have made gates and fences showcases the contemporary ceramic artists who photos display metal art produced by in wrought iron over the centuries in ornamental de- use the labor intensive, unpredictable process today’s leading blacksmiths and met- signs. The restoration of wrought iron is discussed of wood-fi ring. Contact information, examples alsmiths. Private and public sculptures and ironwork examples are organized according of each artist’s work, kiln drawings, fi ring logs, for individual homes, public parks, and to their uses, such as gratings that protect doors clay, glaze and slip formulas, and wood-fi ring other outdoor venues are included. and windows, entries and gates from Europe in resources are included. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 521 color photos the Middle Ages, artistic creations of the 17th Size: 9" x 12" • 526 color photos • 248 pp. Index 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3247-0 and 18th centuries, and works of our own day. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4533-3 • hard cover • $59.99 hard cover • $50.00 Size: 9" x 12" • 368 photos • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-0153-7 • hard cover • $49.99
Pit Firing Ceramics: Modern Methods, Fireplace Accessories. Dona Z. Meilach. Unique Architectural Ironwork. Dona Z. Mei- Ancient Traditions. Dawn Whitehand. Pit custom-made fi replace accessories as works of lach. Showcases a vast array of ironwork Firing is the fi rst text to comprehensively explore art by talented modern artist blacksmiths. Over commissioned for new commercial and the complex nature of pit fi ring based on his- 400 ideas for unusual fi replace designs refl ect residential building projects. Spectac- torical evidence and the artistic perspectives of historical styles from Renaissance to Post-Modern. ular examples from more than 100 of contemporary ceramicists. Included is a historical A wonderful sourcebook for homeowners seeking today’s top blacksmiths, supplemented chapter, a how-to chapter, and artist profi les original art for their homes. with historical works from 15 countries, that showcase the pit fi red ceramics of modern Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 362 color & 55 b/w photos including doors and hardware, staircases practitioners. Index • 256 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1615-X • hard and railings, and gates and fences. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 bw and color photos • 128 pp. cover • $49.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 233 color & 53 b/w ISBN: 978-0-7643-4172-4 • hard cover • $29.99 photos • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1324-X • hard cover • $49.95 CONTEMPORARY IRON ART Ironwork Today: Inside & Out. Dona The Contemporary Blacksmith. Dona Z. Decorative Architectural Ironwork. Z. Meilach. Over 480 color photos of iron Meilach. Over 500 works by nearly 200 art- Diana Stuart. Historic exterior designs of art for indoor and outdoor use, including ist-craftsmen from 16 countries illustrate the architectural ironwork on display in the sculpture, fences, railings, gates, doors, unprecedented activity in modern ironwork that 5 boroughs of NYC in 400 color photo- furniture, lighting, candleholders, and has led to its blossoming into a serious art form. graphs, with background info and the more, ranging from the truly modern You’ll learn several techniques using hot and location of each piece included in cap- to historical references. cold forming and see the results: architectural tions. Includes iron fences, gates, newel Size: 11" x 8-1/2" • 482 color photos • ironwork, sculpture, furniture, containers and posts, balustrades, & more. Designers, Index • 256 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2390-3 vessels, lighting fi xtures and candleholders, collectors, and ironworkers will be in- hard cover $49.95 and more. spired by the rich selection of designs. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 542 photos • 256 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1106-9 • hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 0-7643-2192-7 • hard cover • $39.95
Ironwork Today 2: Inside & Out. Ironwork: Dynamic Details. Dona Z. Meilach. Art Nouveau Ironwork of Austria & Hun- Jeffrey B. Snyder. 100s of color photos Unique ironwork created by artist-blacksmiths, gary. Federico Santi & John Gacher. 500 vivid display the work of today’s top art- with details of fl owers, leaves, and amazing critters photos show many and varied interpretations ist-blacksmiths. Working in a variety make ordinary fences, gates, and chandeliers of Art Nouveau forms in the balustrades and of styles, they create innovative original extraordinary. Functional joints become beautiful balconies, lanterns and gates, doorways and works of art for homes, offi ces, and elements for furniture, fi replace accessories, can- elevator door facades of Budapest , Hungary, public use, including sculpture, gates, dlestick holders, and other iron items we use daily. and Vienna, Austria. Explanations of the settings furniture, lighting fi xtures, candlehold- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 251 color photos • 160 pp. discuss the details and decorative motifs on ers, doors, locks, and more. ISBN: 0-7643-2549-3 • hard cover • $39.95 the ironwork. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 500 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 500 color photos • 240 pp. 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3064-3 • ISBN: 0-7643-2436-5 • hard cover • $49.95 hard cover • $50.00 IRONWORK TECHNIQUES
Ironwork Today 3: Inside and Out. Decorative & Sculptural Ironwork: Tools, Italian Ironwork: Medieval : Renaissance: Jeffrey B. Snyder. 100s of color photos Techniques & Inspiration. Dona Z. Meilach. The Baroque : Neo Classical. Giulio Ferrari. Italian show the artwork being created by fascinating properties of iron and other metals cre- ironwork from Roman times, through Medieval today’s artist-blacksmiths. Over eighty atively explored in 52 color plates and 717 b/w photos centuries, and up to Neo Classical designs of the artists’ works are displayed, including and drawings. Smithing tools and techniques are early nineteenth century comprise this collection art found in public spaces, offi ces, and explored in depth. of photographs from Italian sources. They depict homes. The art work is arranged by artist Size: 7" x 10" • 52 color and 717 b/w photos • 312 pp. trellises, grilles, gates, fencing, household light- alphabetically, allowing readers to see ISBN: 978-0-7643-0790-4 • soft cover • $34.99 ing, fi replace accoutrements, and door hardware the full scope of each artist’s work all that will inspire today’s designers. together on adjoining pages. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100 b/w images Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 462 color photos • Index • 256 pp. Index • 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3560-0 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3876-2 • hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD HISTORIC IRON ART hard cover • $29.99
Ironwork Today 4: Inside and Out. Edgar Brandt: Art Deco Ironwork. Joan Decorative Ironwork of Italy. Photography Catherine Mallette. Hundreds of detailed Kahr. A premier early 20th century metalsmith by Augusto Pedrini. Beautiful hand-wrought iron color photos provide a sweeping over- in France, Edgar Brandt (1880-1960) designed gates, grilles, architectural details, and fi replace view of the wide range of iron artwork and fabricated some of the most beautiful ar- equipment features scrollwork and fl oral embel- being created by over 90 of today’s chitectural and decorative ironwork of his age. lishments from many ancient towns in Italy. 487 artist-blacksmiths. These fascinating This elegant book recounts his life and work with full-page, black and white photographs clearly works of art in metal are found in homes, scholarly text and over 300 photographs. Lyrical show details that will inspire blacksmiths and offi ces, and public spaces alike. The gates, doors, and tables, including his most designers today. pieces, discussed by the artists, include famous screen L’Oasis, appeared at the seminal Size: 9" x 12" • 487 b/w photos • Index • 320 pp. sculpture, gates, railings, furniture, and- 1925 Exposition des Arts Décoratifs, in Paris. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3399-6 • hard cover • $45.00 irons, lighting fi xtures, doors, door knockers, and much more. Size: 9" x 12" • 306 photos • Index • 240 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 300+ color photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3666-9 • hard cover • $79.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4673-6 • hard cover • $50.00 28 METALWORK • KNIFEMAKING
METALWORK KNIFEMAKING Blacksmithing Techniques: The Basics Japanese Knife Sharpening: With Traditional Forging Damascus Steel Knives for Beginners. Explained Step by Step, Complete with 10 Waterstones. Rudolf Dick. Everything readers should Ernst G. Siebeneicher-Hellwig & Jürgen Rosinski. With Projects. José Antonio Ares. Over 500 full-color know about sharpening Japanese blades. Learn how to this guide, novice blacksmiths and bladesmiths have a photos enhance this accessible introduction to make knives sharp and to gain their best performance. practical and budget-consious approach to forging their the craft, teaching basic techniques in eight key The author expert explains special Japanese knives, own Damascus steel knives. Starting with the basics, areas, and giving full instructions for ten creative helps readers choose the correct sharpening stones, this practical guide shows how easy it can be to build projects. It introduces the traditional techniques and gives detailed guidance for practice. A chapter on a simple Damascus-grade forge; forge Damascus steel from a modern perspective, including processes the pinnacle of blade sharpening, polishing Japanese into different patterns; and forge a blade into shape, such as plasma cutting and manual power tools. swords, completes the standard work for all users and harden it, and turn it into a fi nished knife. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 502 color photos • 144 pp admirers of Japanese knives. Size: 6" x 9" • 180+ photos & diagrams • 102 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4935-5 • hard cover • $29.99 Size: 6" x 9" • 151 color & b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4012-3 • spiral bound • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4680-4 • spiral bound • $29.99
On Body and Soul: Contemporary Making Full Tang Knives For Beginners: Step- Making Hidden Tang Knives. Heinrich Schmid- Armor to Amulets. Suzanne Ramljak. by-Step Manual from Design to the Finished bauer & Hans Joachim Wieland. This beginner-level, The craft of making armor and amulets Knife. Stefan Steigerwald and Peter Fronteddu. From how-to guide explains step by step how to make a has existed since prehistory and the drawing the initial sketches of a design to etching your fi xed-blade hidden tang knife and a matching leather results found in art museums across initials into the handle, this duo expertly demonstrates scabbard. Knifemakers will fi nd the 200+ photos the globe. The work of contemporary how to build a fi xed-blade, full tang knife with detailed, and diagrams, the tools and materials lists, and the crafters showcased here in 200 photos step-by-step instructions and illustrations. No previous detailed instructions perfectly suited to creating this demonstrate the enduring artistry of the knifemaking knowledge is necessary, and the list of knife. The section on tools and steps necessary for forms and the role such objects can play required tools is short: fi les, sandpaper, a drill, and making a sheath round out this guide. in safeguarding body and soul. elbow grease. Size: 6" x 9" • 200+ photos & diagrams • 108 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200 color photos • 160 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 186 color photos • 136 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4014-7 • spiral bound • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4647-7 • hard cover $45.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4752-8 • spiral bound • $29.99
Model Building with Brass. Kenneth C. Foran. Making Leather Knife Sheaths, Volume 1. David Making Integral Knives. Peter Fronteddu & Stefan This book explains all the tools and techniques Hölter & Peter Fronteddu. From basic leather working Steigerwald. Through step-by-step instructions and necessary to successfully build models with techniques to a completed sheath, this how-to book images, three integral knife projects with varying brass. Whether the reader wishes to substitute will walk you through the steps to produce your own levels of diffi culty are explained here. From basic plastic model kit parts with brass, create master fi xed blade knife sheath. Choose from four different patterns and principles to technical solutions to various patterns for casting, or scratch building brass designs, each presented in detail, including a sheath variations in design and process, this guide is ideal for models, instructions are provided for modelers with folded belt loop, scabbard with leather lining and the intermediate to advanced knifemaker. With 350 of all skill levels. Brass cutting, forming, fabri- riveted belt loop, sheath with safety strap and attached photos and illustrations, this comprehensive guide cating, soldering, and fi nal fi nishing methods belt loop, and scabbard with belt clip. is ideal for mastering how to make integral knives. are explained. Size: 6" x 9" • 350 photos & diagrams • 144 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 350 photos & diagrams • 144 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 327 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4015-4 • spiral bound • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4011-6 • spiral bound • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4004-8 • hard cover $34.99
Making a Copper Weathervane. Bruce Helm- Making Leather Knife Sheaths, Volume 2: Fancy Knives: A Complete Analysis & Intro- reich. Over 290 color images, 25 line drawings, Welted Sheaths Step by Step. David Hölter. This duction to Make Your Own . Stefan Steigerwald and a clear, concise text guide readers through how-to book guides you in creating your own fi xed & Ernst G. Siebeneicher-Hellwig. Through over 300 the steps needed to build a fully functioning, blade knife sheath. Two welted-style sheath designs color photos and concise text, you can learn the ma- hand-hammered copper weathervane. Classic are presented in detail, one with attached belt loop and terials, qualities, working styles, and handle materials American folk art subjects are shown, including one with belt clip and protective strap. For beginners of penknives. Knife decorating techniques include animals, birds, occupations, patriotic themes, and and advanced crafters alike, this manual also helps engraving, etching, inlay, scrimshaw, and coloring. transportation. Use the complete plans included you develop your own welted-style designs. Size: 7" x 10" • 316 color photos • 184 pp. to produce a traditional rooster weathervane. Size: 6" x 9" • 300 color photos & diagrams • 144 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3067-4 • hard cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 299 color photos, ISBN: 978-0-7643-4934-8 • spiral bound • $24.99 25 b/w drawings • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643- 3207-4 • soft cover • $29.99
Making Mobiles. Bruce Cana Fox. A practical Pocketknife Making for Beginners. Stefan Stei- Basic Knife Making: From Raw Steel to a and encouraging step-by-step instructions for gerwald & Peter Fronteddu. Make your own folding Finished Stub Tang Knife. Ernst G. Siebeneich- making horizontally balanced mobiles. From pocketknife with this easy-to-follow guide. Step by er-Hellwig and Jürgen Rosinski. Learn the craft of assembling the materials and tools through step, this instructional manual unfolds the secrets of knifemaking. 205 color images and step-by-step the designing, fabricating, assembly, painting, constructing a slip joint folding knife, which is held instructions provide for all stages of construction, and hanging stages, you can create your own open by spring force and friction. From template to from selection of the steel to forging the blade, mobiles. By following Bruce's steps and positive detailed, step-by-step explanations to fi nished knife, assembling the handle, and constructing a holder. attitude, hours of fun and challenge will be even beginners can master this project with minimal Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 205 color images rewarded with art you are proud of. tool requirements. 10 drawings • 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 199 color photos • 80 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 275+ photos & diagrams • 128 pp. 3508-2 • spiral bound • $29.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2474-8 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3847-2 • spiral bound • $29.99
Basic Metal Jewelry Techniques: A Mas- Damascus Steel: Theory and Practice. Gunther The Lockback Folding Knife: From Design terclass. Carles Codina. The fundamentals of Löbach. This comprehensive book unravels the history to Completion. Peter Fronteddu and Stefan metallurgy and basic formulas that every jeweler and mysteries surrounding various types of Damascus Steigerwald. Create your own folding knife should know and master. The accurate and steel before delving into the theory and mechanics of with lockback design. The fi t, combination, up-to-date content is accompanied by a large forging your own complex Damascus steel creations. and variety of shapes of each knife are always number of images and drawings, including Complete with material and equipment requirements, a new challenge and presented here in clear, stamping, polishing, casting, and beveling. safety precautions, practical tips, temperature charts, and easy-to-understand, step-by-step instructions Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 276 photos & diagrams examples of fi nished works, this book offers inspiration with 236 color images. 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4367-4 • hard cover • $24.99 and the fundamentals of working in this ancient medium. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 236 color images • 112 pp. Includes a bonus poster, "Practical Tips for the Blacksmith." ISBN: 978-0-7643-3509-9 Size: 7" x 10" • 225+ images & diagrams • 176 pp. spiral bound • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4294-3 • hard cover • $39.99
Metal Jewelry Techniques: Enameling, Forging Japanese Knives for Beginners. Ernst G. Knife Sharpening Made Easy. Stefan Steigerwald Engraving, Setting, and Mounting – A Siebeneicher-Hellwig and Jürgen Rosinski. Learn how to and Peter Fronteddu. The ideal guide for knifemakers, Masterclass. Carles Codina. This book takes a make two types of Japanese knives: a tanto (dagger) and collectors, culinary professionals, and more, this book detailed and visual approach to metal working a hocho (chef's knife) using traditional techniques. With teaches multiple methods for making your blades techniques, showing the most common pro- step-by-step images and clear instructions, this how-to as sharp as new—or even sharper. Each process is cesses and techniques used in jewelry making guide covers acquiring iron ore, building and using a illustrated with pictures and offers practical instruction, today, including enameling, engraving, and bloomery furnace, forging the blades, fi tting the blades including methods suited for challenging blades like mounting gem stones. Accompanying the text with handles, and sharpening the blades with water stones. serrated blades and knives with wavy or convex cuts. are over 260 images and drawings that help Size: 6" x 9" • 195 color photos • 128 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 89 images • 112 pp. to identify each step of the processes shown. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4556-2 • spiral bound • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4306-3 • soft cover • $16.99 Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 256 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4532-6 • hard cover • $24.99 KNIFEMAKING • BOWMAKING • GUNMAKING • SCRIMSHAW • MAKING MINIATURE FIGURES 29
Sharpening and Knife Making. Jim Watson. Carving Gunstocks: Power Techniques. Modeling Military Miniatures: Tips, Tools, Sharpening techniques for numerous woodcarving Jose Valencia. With 250 color photos, all the & Techniques. Kim Jones. Tips on constructing tools and knives of various sizes and shapes, including steps needed to transform a plain gunstock weapons, adding straps and belts to a fi gure, pocket knives and kitchen knives. The necessary ma- into a work of art are explained, from creating and creating realistic terrain using materials that terials for proper sharpening are listed and discussed patterns, removing factory checkering, and using can be found around the house. Help in solving with methods for reconditioning and making new a high speed power pen and bits to create scroll, some of the seemingly diffi cult problems that can knives and tools and information on resurfacing the basket weave, and maple leaf patterns, along confront the novice sculptor. Each technique is sharpening stones. with realistic wildlife carvings. detailed using close-up photography and clear, Size: 6" x 9" • 330 b/w photos • 176 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, concise captions to explain every step. ISBN: 0-88740-118-3 • soft cover • $12.99 7 b/w patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3370-5 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-88740-883-4 • soft cover • $14.95 BOWMAKING
The Bow Builder’s Book: European Bow Powder Horns: Fabrication & Decoration. Modeling Weapons & Accessories for Building from the Stone Age to Today. Jim Stevens. 275 color photos illustrate working, Military Miniatures. Kim Jones. While there Revised 2nd edition. F. Alrune, W. Hein, J. shaping, decorating, and fi nishing techniques, are many commercially available weapons and Junkmanns, B. Pantel, H. Riesch, A. Stegmeyer, U. including inlays, engrailing, and scrimshaw. accessories for military miniatures, sometimes Stehli, K. Vögele, & J. Zschieschang. The history, Leather strap weaving and braiding methods are you wish you had a different rifl e or sword with evolution, and construction of European style also provided for carrying the fi nished horn in an which to arm your latest fi gure. Using step-by- longbows. For the beginner, clear, uncomplicated authentic manner. For inspiration, photo gallery step photographs Kim Jones illustrates methods instructions are offered. More advanced bowyers shows fi nished powder horns and a contact list of creating rifles, swords, pistols, cartridge will fi nd tips on choosing wood and adhesive, and includes the artists featured. pouches, and other accessories. detailed info on replicating historic bow types. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 275 color photos • 176 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos & Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 232 illustrations • 216 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3489-4 • soft cover • $29.99 illustrations • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4153-3 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0128-4 • soft cover • $16.95 SCRIMSHAW TECHNIQUES Making Bows with Children. Wulf Scrimshaw in Theory and Practice. Richard Creating Scenes for Military Miniatures: Hein. If you want to build yourself a Maier. Learn the art of scrimshaw, carving fi ne lines Groundwork, Foliage, & Settings. Kim real bow, here is where the adventure into complex images on bone and other materials. In Jones. When you fi nish your latest military minia- begins! Learn how to build 2 different this volume, a skilled engraver explains the history and ture, you want to display it at its best. This book bows, arrows, bowstrings, and quiv- technique of scrimshaw engraving to those looking to helps you build imaginative settings for your er with step-by-step instruction. This try their hand at this artwork. model with step-by-step, close-up photographs. well-illustrated book also takes you on Size: 6" x 9" • 156 color & b/w images • 136 pp The artist describes his techniques for creating a brief excursion through the history of ISBN: 978-0-7643-4967-6 • soft cover • $24.99 groundwork, foliage, and diorama settings. this ancient implement. Proven methods for creating scenes for your Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 265 photos & military miniatures to give that perfect touch. drawings • 208 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4442-8 • hard cover • $34.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos • 92 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0370-8 • soft cover • $16.95
Making a Rattan Bow. Linda Schilling & Scrimshaw Techniques. Jim Stevens. This is Painting Miniature Military Figures. Mike Michael Wlotzka. Using rattan or a combina- the most complete technical and aesthetic book Davidson. While it may seem easy to paint a tion of rattan and wood, this book guides you in the fi eld, guiding readers through both classic three-dimensional miniature fi gure, to do it through the making of seven bow designs with and modern scrimshaw techniques. With over properly requires a practiced hand and some illustrated, step-by-step instructions. Sections 200 color photos, this is a step-by-step guide artistic techniques. Mike Davidson takes a com- include creating the bow profi le, tillering, leather includes information on scrimshaw tools, carving mercially produced casting and leads the reader grips, shaping the handle, making wood overlays techniques, patterns, inking, inlays, and ivory through the process of assembly, painting, and for the tips, and much more. Perfect for archers, alternatives, including bone, horn, and nuts. mounting. Each step is clearly photographed woodworkers, and crafters of all skill level. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 224 color photos • 176 pp. and captioned so the reader may follow them. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 328 color images, 8 graphs ISBN: 978-0-7643-2831-2 • soft cover • $29.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4546-3 • soft ISBN: 0-88740-625-4 • soft cover • $14.95 cover • $24.99
Teaching the Bow to Bend: Making a Long- Advanced Scrimshaw Techniques. Jim Painting Ancient and Medieval Warriors bow. Linda Schilling and Michael Wlotzka. Making Stevens. Learn techniques every scrimshaw carver With Mike Davidson. Mike Davidson. Ancient a longbow in only two days? No sweat! In their two- needs for true profi ciency in this art form. 130 and medieval warriors, clad in leather or metal day workshops, the bowmakers team of Kunst-Griff color photos show carving with hand and power armor, make wonderful, challenging fi gures to introduced many enthusiastic beginners to the basics tools, color and power engraving and painting, paint. Using clear, concise instructions and de- of making a wooden longbow--demonstrating each and practices on the care, conservation, repair, tailed photographic illustrations, Mike Davidson action step by step, in a comprehensible and clear and restoration of ivory scrimshaw objects. guides readers through the steps necessary to way. This compact book, now in color, brings their Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 134 color photos • 80 pp. fi rst prepare, then paint, and fi nally display these workshop to you! ISBN: 978-0-7643-3017-9 • soft cover • $14.99 warriors of ages past; he also includes instruc- Size: 6" x 9" • 183 color images • 80 pp. tions on building attractive display backgrounds. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4595-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 257 color photos • 64 pp ISBN: 0-7643-0648-0 • soft cover • $14.95
Bow Accessories. Volkmar Hübschmann, Contemporary Scrimshaw. Eva Halat. Over Painting Civil War Miniatures. Mike David- Editor. Fourteen archers provide detailed, step-by- 700 photos illustrate the history of scrimshaw and son. Text written with and photography by Jeffrey step instructions to completely equip archers with provide instruction on carving and decorating B. Snyder. Miniature American Civil War fi gures personal equipment, accessories from tension scrimshaw. A gallery of 45 international artists have become extremely popular in the past few spring to string holder, ten types of quivers, and their works gives carvers inspiration. This years. Using a clearly photographed step-by-step bowstrings, targets, and making arrows. Over unique book provides comprehensive information approach, Mike utilizes hobby paints and oils 600 color photos illustrate the instructions. 14 for artists, collectors, and everyone interested to bring these highly detailed miniatures to life. experienced archers have developed this instruc- in scrimshaw. Mike also provides formulas for mixing a variety tive text from their own practice and testing. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 318 color & 390 b/w photos of Civil War uniform colors. The techniques are Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 653 color photos • 208 pp. 240 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3049-0 • hard easily used on any Civil War model. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3035-3 • hard cover • $34.99 cover • $39.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-884-2 • soft cover • $14.95 GUNMAKING MAKING MINIATURE FIGURES Guns and Gunmaking Tools of Sculpting Miniature Military Figures. Kim Painting Napoleonic Miniatures. Mike Southern Appalachia: The Story Jones. Step-by-step through the art of creating Davidson. The Napoleonic era has been called of the Kentucky Rifle. John Rice military miniatures. The feature fi gure is an the age of the military tailor because of its Irwin. The people of the isolated American cavalryman of the late 19th century. colorful, ornate uniforms. With clear photos mountain valleys of Appalachia tell Sculpted from epoxy putty on a brass armature and instructions, the reader is guided through how they make and use the Kentucky with accuracy and realism, this fi gure makes a the process of assembly, painting and display and related fi rearms and the supplies great project for the modeler, and for all who of a commercially produced figure. Using a that go with them, both in the past and use this fl exible and exciting medium. combination of hobby paints and oils, Mike today as tradition continues. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 375 color, b&w photos provides formulas for a variety of Napoleonic Size: 11’’ x 8 1/2’’ • 315 illus. 96 pp.• ISBN: 0-88740-626-2 • soft cover uniform colors. Index • 118 pp. • ISBN: 0-916838-81-1 • soft cover • $14.95 $17.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0129-2 • soft cover • $16.95 30 MAKING MINIATURE FIGURES • DOLLMAKING • HOLIDAY CRA FTS • GOURDING
Painting World War II Miniatures. Mike Creating Christmas Ornaments from Creative Rims for Gourd Art. Marianne Davidson. World War II saw a large variety of Polymer Clay. Bridget Albano. Add the Barnes. Through more than 200 color images uniforms on battlefi elds around the globe. Mike personal touch to your Christmas celebration and tutorials from contributing artists, learn how Davidson turns his painting skills to twentieth with ten adorable, whimsical ornaments of to fi nish the rims of many gourd bowls using chip century warriors. Starting with commercially your own making. Create Santa, two different stone, tubular beading, paper, coiling, leather, produced fi gures, he guides the reader through reindeer, a snowman, penguin, gingerbread wire, clay, pine needle, and fl owers--or just the process of assembly, painting, and mounting. man, a gift-bearing polar bear, a puppy in a leave the rim natural. Rims can be very simple There are also formulas for mixing a variety of stocking, & more. or extremely elaborate. A gallery of completed World War II uniform colors. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 266 color photos, works will inspire your own creative ideas. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos • 80 pp. 10 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 205 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0371-6 • soft cover • $16.95 ISBN: 0-88740-850-8 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4614-9 • soft cover • $19.99 DOLLMAKING GOURDING The Art of the Contemporary Doll. Doodling Borders for Wood Burning, Cut-out Gourd Techniques. Susan Nonn. This Sandra Korinchak. More than 220 color Gourds, & Drawing. Bettie Lake. Learn book was written for gourd artists looking to photos, together with descriptions of techniques for using resin inlay with gourds improve their skills with the mini jigsaw with 221 over fi fty dollmakers' richly varied works and wood projects, including carving, mixing, colored images and step-by-step instructions for and techniques, make up this fascinating insetting, sanding, and polishing. Instructions ten projects. By working through these projects, overview of the state of the dollmaking and original designs, and an extensive gallery artists will build their confi dence in using the art today. of gourd and wood turned art, will inspire mini-saw to execute techniques such as cutting Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 222 color photos •128 pp readers to add personal touches to their projects. tighter lines, cutting through a tight curve, and ISBN: 978-0-7643-4860-0 • hard Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 203 color photos & drawings • 48 pp. cutting 90-degree angles. cover • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4750-4 • soft cover • $12.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 221 color photos• Index 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4296-7 • soft cover $19.99
Whimsical Elegance: The Costumed Cat InLace Techniques: Resin Inlay for Gourd Miriam Joy’s Wax Design Techniques. Dolls of Helen Cohen. Helen Cohen. A self- and Wood Crafts. Betsey Sloan. Learn tech- Miriam Joy. Using less than one crayon on a taught doll-artist enamored of historical fashion, niques for using resin inlay with gourds and wood gourd makes wax designs easy to learn, inex- Helen Cohen presents a true cat fancy! For over projects, including carving, mixing, insetting, pensive, and practical. Illustrated instructions forty years Helen made and sold numerous dolls, sanding, and polishing. Instructions and original guide you through six fun projects. Chapters many during her twenty-two year ownership of designs, and an extensive gallery of gourd and include preparing your gourd, the basics of wax The Doll Lady, a now-closed shop in Pennsylva- wood turned art, will inspire readers to add per- design, embellishing your designs, suppliers, and nia. Artfully photographed by David Gehosky, sonal touches to their projects. The most common a gallery of completed works. This instructional Whimsical Elegance features 31 fashion dolls challenges working with resin inlay are addressed how-to guide is a great addition to the library of with Cat faces, magnifi cently attired in historical and ten gourd artisans share experiences. any gourd artist, woodworker, or other crafter. costuming spanning 400 years. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 198 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 251 color images • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 151 color photos • 128 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3330-9 • soft cover • $12.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4467-1 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4099-4 • hard cover • $24.99 Coiled Designs for Gourd Art. Catherine Antler Art for Baskets and Gourds. Betsey Making Colorful Corn Shuck Dolls. Anne Devine. Coiling is a basketry technique used Sloan. Enhance your gourd vessel or basket Freels. This book contains over 200 full color as decoration in gourd art. Step-by-step coiling with antlers. Containing 169 color images illustrations and step-by-step instructions on how techniques, as well as pattern designs, help gourd and step-by-step instructions, learn how to to make two different styles of a traditional corn enthusiasts use coiled waxed linen and colored drill, frame, and attach antlers to a traditional shuck doll, with Anne Freel's signature colorful thread to enhance their work. 196 color photos weave basket, gourd bowl, fl oor vases, and style. Readers also receive lots of practical advice show how to trim a gourd bowl or vase and use even masks. Twenty projects — both baskets as well as suggestions on how to personalize the coiled threads to add color to your favorite and gourds — are featured for the beginner and the dolls so the reader's own creativity shines gourds. A special chart will help crafters design advanced crafter. A gallery provides inspiration through. their own coiling patterns. for your own creations. Size: 8 1/22" x 11" • 212 color photos • 80 pp Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 209 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 169 color images • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3935-6 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3011-7 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3615-7 • soft cover • $19.99
Weaving on Gourds. Marianne Barnes. Five Creating Bottles with Gourds and Fiber. Country Dollmaking. Tom & Nancy Wolfe. A projects show how to combine basket weaving Jim Widess. This new DIY guide shows how step-by-step guide to making unique dolls in the and gourd art. Twine on a gourd, add undulating different forms of fi ber have been used to tie country tradition. Tom gives clear instructions for tapestry to a gourd basket, and make a con- a loop around the neck or waist of a gourd or carving and painting the head, hands, and feet. tinuous twill woven gourd. Includes 200 color to weave an intricate basket structure to hold Nancy then shows the reader everything from photographs, step-by-step directions, and a the handle. With more than 350 color images laying out and cutting the pattern to sewing, gallery of completed works. and step-by-step instructions, seven projects assembling, and dressing the doll. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color images & are based on water containers from around the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 23 color photos, 300+ b/w 3 b/w patterns • 112 pp. world. These projects show the universality of photos • 136 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3565-5 • soft cover • $19.99 the gourd in the human settlement of the earth. ISBN: 978-0-8874-0129-9 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3866-3 • soft cover • $19.99
HOLIDAY CRAFTS New and Different Materials for Weaving A Guide to Chip-Carving Gourds. Marilyn Wax on Crafts Holiday Projects. Miriam and Coiling. Marianne Barnes. Over 350 color Rehm. Step-by-step instructions, along with Joy. Create bright and cheerful designs for images display the raw materials, techniques, 176 color images, show how to chip and chisel the holidays, using a box of crayons and a few and fi nal works of art created in weaving and a gourd into a decorative piece for the house simple tools! With step-by-step instructions and coiling baskets and decorating gourds. Where or outside. Create a stunning array of bowls, over 400 images, you can turn inexpensive and to fi nd, collect, and how to prepare natural birdhouses, and ornaments. Chip-carving on everyday items into family treasures. Decorate materials ranging from vines and reeds to plants gourds is a gentle, relaxing, dust-free handcraft tile magnets, ornaments, and other mediums. and grasses is explored. Projects from weavers that any beginner or seasoned crafter can learn Use wax with paper, wood, glass, metals, boxes, and gourd artists are included. and enjoy. eggs, and felt. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 358 color photos • 208 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 189 color images • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 410 color images • 96 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3992-9 • soft cover • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3210-4 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4955-3 • Binding: soft cover •$19.99 Creative Embellishments for Gourd Art. Chip-Carving Gourds: Advanced Tech- Marianne Barnes. Through 300 color images and niques. Marilyn Rehm. See what a gourd and a Delicious Christmas Decorations at His- tutorials from several contributing artists, see how chisel can make and learn that chip-carving has toric Houses and Your Home. Patricia embellishments can add variety to your gourds. never been so easy. This step-by-step guide, with Hart McMillan. Taking inspiration from the Beads, metal, wire, clay, antlers, and other art 229 color photographs, demonstrates the many decorations of fruits and greens from historic mediums are among the featured items used to ways to decorate a gourd with only the simplest homes across the nation, Essential details for give character to a gourd mask, dress up your of tools. Includes 10 projects ranging from creating colorful decorations for your entry- gourd doll, or add the fi nal touch to your gourd bowls, birdhouses, and jewelry to ornaments ways, mantels, bedrooms, dining rooms, and jewelry and holiday-themed gourd decorations. and a gallery of completed works. the kitchen from fruits and greens, as used in Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color images, 33 b/w Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 229 color photos • 64 pp. historic homes across the nation. patterns • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4492-3 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3289-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 75 color soft cover • $24.99 images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3726-0 • hard cover • $19.99 GOURDING 31
Decorating Gourds: Carving, Burning, Building Gourd Birdhouses with the Fairy Apples to Apples: Basic Techniques for Painting and More. Sue Waters. Produce Gourdmother®. Sammie Crawford. Offer Decorating Gourds. C. Angela Mohr. Make gourd-geous results in a minimal time! Step- your feathered neighbors a handcrafted home a ‘Be My Valentine’ gourd, fish and rooster by-step photos & text demonstrate several tech- with this detailed project book for making and adorned gourds, gift-wrapped gourds, and niques for decorating gourds, including carving, decorating gourd birdhouses and feeders. From a a ‘Thinking of You’ gourd with well-wishes woodburning, painting, staining, and stenciling, charming hacienda birdhouse to a wall-mounted written on it. Through 178 color images and and pine needle weaving. The projects covered house in the shape of a wide-brimmed hat to a step-by-step directions, compare decorating here include vessels, a hanging potpourri, and delightfully sarcastic hanging cat’s head bird- techniques using color, paper, and common an adorable Santa Claus. Patterns are included house, birds will fl ock to nest in your creative art supplies. A gallery of fi nished projects will to get you started. backyard subdivisions. inspire your own creations Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190 color photos • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 140 color photos • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 178 color images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-1312-7 • soft • $14.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3736-9 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3621-8 • soft cover • $19.99
One Gourd at a Time: A Beginner’s Guide. Making Gourd Bowls with the Fairy Making Gourd Headpieces: Decorating Tricia Sutton. For crafters who like the idea of Gourdmother®. Sammie Crawford. Make and Creating Headgear for Every Occasion. working with gourds but don’t know where eight colorful bowls in this new DIY book from C. Angela Mohr. With simple tools and supplies to begin, this Beginner’s Guide provides basic the Fairy Gourdmother®, from a ghastly witch to already in the house or from the local craft shop, techniques. Step-by-step instructions and 361 laughing clowns, Christmas balls to Easter eggs, the author demonstrates how to make a variety color images take you through 21 projects. and hearts to seashells. Ideal for the aspiring of tiaras, barrettes, seasonal headbands, and Chapters include cleaning and cutting gourds, gourd crafter, this how-to book has nearly 140 hatpins from pieces of gourds. In fact, with a coloring and decorating, and easy-to-do projects images. Complete with patterns, color palettes, gourd thinking cap, like the one shown in this with your left-over gourd pieces. A gallery of supply lists, and tips for preparing the gourd. book, you can create your own from gourd parts. completed projects will further inspire you. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 127 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2’ x 11" • 259 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 361 color images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3980-6 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2869-5 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4146-5 • soft cover • $24.99
Gourd Crafts: 6 Projects & Patterns. Ro Time for Gourds: 8 Clock Projects. Sammie Gourd Puppets and Dolls: A Do-It-Yourself Shillingford. Over 220 color photos and text Crawford. With 199 color images, patterns, color for Crafters. C. Angela Mohr. These projects guide readers through every step needed to palettes, supply lists, tips for preparing the gourd, join two age-old skills: gourding and sewing. create gourd bird houses, bowls, apple box- and step-by-step directions, eight clock projects With simple techniques, you can combine es, whimsy-bird vases, ewers, and scarecrow will make an ideal accessory to your décor or a gourds with a cloth body to make dolls or roly-polys. The text provides information on gift to family members and friends. This new puppets to enjoy or give as gifts. Learn how growing, curing, and cleaning gourds. Cutting how-to book is perfect for gourd crafters and to make a gourd ragdoll, reversible dolls, and cleaning techniques, how to transfer pattern woodworkers of all levels. Themes include cats, marionettes, even bobble gourdheads! drawings, and gourd decoration are covered. zebras, the seashore, Christmas, and many more. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 233 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 222 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 199 color photos, 14 pat- ISBN: 978-0-7643-2868-8 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2825-1 • soft cover • $14.95 terns • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3981-3 • soft cover • $16.99
Painting Gourds with the Fairy Gourd- Gourd Art Basics: The Complete Guide to mother®. Sammie Crawford. Bring your gourds Cleaning, Preparation and Repair. C. Angela to life through these ten whimsical and fun Mohr. Learn how to select and prepare gourds to gourd projects. Sammie Crawford, the Fairy make home accessories such as bowls and vases. Gourdmother, provides patterns, color palettes, Author Angela Mohr demonstrates the aspects of supply lists, and step-by-step instructions for cleaning and gutting gourds, and fi xing gourds, painting and beautifully decorating a gourd for everyday use. Perfect for any beginning gourd snowman, witch-in-training, baby chimp, wall artisan to learn the fi ner points of a gourd, fi x pocket, Christmas oil lamp, and a magi. their common fl aws and put the gourds to good Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 209 color photos, 16 pat- use as accessories around the house. terns 80 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-4309-4 • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 159 color photos • 64 pp. soft cover $16.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2829-9 • soft cover • $14.99
Gourd Fun for Everyone. Sammie Crawford. Historic Gourd Craft: How to Make Tra- Painting and decorating techniques, patterns, ditional Vessels. C. Angela Mohr. What did and practical instruction will have you creating America’s fi rst inhabitants use for cooking and masterpieces. Whether you create a Christmas eating? What did the stranded characters of character, a frog prince, a snowman, a mermaid, televisions Gilligan's Island use to prepare and a lighthouse, or a bow-legged cowboy, you’ll be eat food? Author Angela Mohr demonstrates smiling from start to fi nish. Eight step-by-step how to create authentic vessels by using gourds. projects are shown to get you started, and there A watering can, cooking utensils, and bowls are are lots of other examples to inspire your own created in this step-by-step instruction book. ideas of what a gourd can be. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 178 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" X 11" • 239 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2830-5 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3124-4 • soft cover • $22.99
Holiday Fun: Painting Christmas Gourds. Making Gourd Ornaments. C. Angela Mohr. Sammie Crawford. Learn techniques for painting Clear instructions and 162 color photos teach gourds as Christmas ornaments and decorations. readers to create Christmas ornaments from Step-by-step instructions and tips for selecting miniature, hard-shelled gourds. Designs include the right gourds to paint and brush to use will birdhouses, snowmen, angels, tree balls, tree ensure your success. 138 color photographs and toppers, and wall hangings. Instructions proceed 11 projects show all the details. The gallery of from initial gourd cleaning to fi nal painting, completed projects will inspire your own ideas wood burning, and the installation of hangers. for holiday decorating. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 162 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 154 color photos ISBN: 978-0-7643-2716-2 • soft cover • $12.95 13 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3279-1 soft cover • $14.99
Creating Gourd Birds with the Fairy Making More Gourd Ornaments. C. Angela Gourdmother®. Sammie Crawford. The Fairy Mohr. Make a Santa head from a banana gourd, Gourdmother® returns with another brilliant a snow couple from mini-bottleneck gourds, step-by-step guide to crafting with gourds, and paint, ribbon, and beads to make shiny FOR MORE INFO ON THESE & and this time it’s for the birds! Follow along as ornaments from egg gourds. With 203 color she walks you through building and decorating images and step-by-step directions, both the OTHER TITLES VISIT twelve feathered friends, from the austere Edgar beginner and advanced gourd artist will have Allen Crow to a super cute pop-up birdie toy. fun decorating this holiday season.Features a Ideal for gourders of all ages, this latest how-to gallery of completed projects that will inspire WWW.SCHIFFERBOOKS.COM is sure to help your gourding skills take fl ight. new innovations of your own.Size: 8 1/2" x 11" Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 220+ color photos • 96 pp. 203 color images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3735-2 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3620-1 • soft cover • $19.99 FIBER ARTS & WEARABLES
FIBER ART ...... 32 QUILTING ...... 35 MACRAME, KNITTING, KNOTTING ....41
TEXTILE DYEING & COLOR ...... 32 LACE ...... 37 BASKETRY ...... 42
NEEDLECRAFT ...... 32 EMBROIDERY ...... 37 KNOT MAKING ...... 42
WEAVING & TAPESTRY ...... 33 LINENS ...... 36 LEATHERCRAFT ...... 43
FLAX & LINEN ...... 33 VINTAGE TEXTILES ...... 38 JEWELRY MAKING ...... 43
HOOKED RUGS ...... 33 FABRIC REFERENCES ...... 39 MAKING BRAIDED PURSES ...... 45
RUG MAKING ...... 34 FASHION DESIGN ...... 41
FELTING ...... 35 SEWING ...... 41
FIBER ART TEXTILE DYEING & COLOR
Fiber Art Today. Carol K. Russell. Schiffer LTD Dyeing Wool: 20 Techniques, Beginner to Earthen Pigments: Hand-Gathering & A survey of sculpture and wall art, portrayed in Advanced. Karen Schellinger. Learn how to add Using Natural Colors in Art. Sandy Webster. 335 images and text, recognizing the work of fascinating dimension, intensity, and texture to Through recipes and illustrations, learn how to three generations of fi ne artists who create a your textile projects. Step-by-step lessons show turn hand-gathered pigments into a variety of boundless range of expressive possibilities in you how to spot dye, paint, and overlay color, artist mediums from water-based paints, to textile methods or materials. Weaving, crochet among many great techniques that let you play pastels and oil/wax crayons casein solutions, or quilting techniques are employed to create with color. Gain skills, learn color theory, and printmaking inks, and even spun into paper unique works of art. fi nd your color voice. threads for weaving, stitching, and tying. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 335 color photos • 192 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 627 color illus. • 256 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 74 color images, 38 drawings ISBN: 978-0-7643-3777-2 • hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3432-0 • Hard cover • $59.99 • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4178-6 • Schiffer LTD soft cover • $19.99 NEEDLECRAFT TECHNIQUES What If Textiles: The Art of Gerhardt Color and Fiber. Patricia Lambert, Barbara Left-Handed Stitchery. Sally Cowan. Illustrations Knodel. Contributions by Janet Koplos, Shelley Staepelaere, and Mary G. Fry. Fiber artists will by Kurt Loftus. For the 15% of the population who Selim, Douglas Dawson, Rebecca A. T. Stevens, welcome this opportunity to learn how to use usually are left out of stitching instruction manuals, this and Gerhardt Knodel. This photo-rich exploration and control color with this monumental and book is a wish-come-true. Sally Cowan, a left-handed covers all aspects of internationally-renowned exquisitely beautiful book. Whether they stitch, professional dressmaker, writes sympathetically for textile artist Gerhardt Knodel's works. It features quilt, weave, work in macrame, hook rugs, knit, left-handed sewers. Forty varieties of straight, back, over 400 photographs, essays from art world crochet, or experiment in mixed media, the caught, blanket, buttonhole, chain, knotted, cross, experts who share insights on the phases of his artists will benefi t from the authors’ techniques couching, satin and laid fi lling stitches all are illustrated career, and a chronology of nearly 300 works. for solving color problems. by 96 clear drawings of progressive steps. Size: 9" x 12" • 425 color photos • 224 pp Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 105 color photos, 18 charts, Size: 6" x 9" • 96 drawings • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4994-2 • hard cover • $45.00 49 b/w photos, 71 line drawings • 255 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-110-7 • soft cover • $9.99 ISBN: 978-0-88740-065-0 • hard cover $49.99 NEEDLECRA FT • WEAVING • TAPESTRY • FLAX & LINEN • HOOKED RUGS 33
The Stitches of Creative Embroidery. Jacque- Weaving a Chronicle. Judith Poxson Fawkes. Weaving As an Art Form. Theo Moorman. Illustrated line Enthoven. This classic book of embroidery stitch Over 90 color photos display tapestries by the with beautiful examples of the author’s work are her instructions shows more than 200 different stitches, artist created using double weave, inlay, and thoughts on the design and aesthetic expression many of them endangered ethnic types which have not pattern weave techniques. The tapestries are or- embodied in a woven fabric. The numerous ways been in print before. Many countries including France, ganized chronologically and detail stories of the the Moorman technique may be varied and used are Spain, India, Mexico, and the Orient are represented. competitive/collaborative nature of commissions explored. Her experiences with commissioned works Step-by-step diagrams and photographs of fi nished integral to the creation of many tapestries. The are utilized in a special chapter relating the problems articles will inspire even a beginner. history of each of the 98 tapestries displayed and opportunities these present. Size: 7 3/4" x 10 1/2" • 22 color plates, 113 b/w is provided. Size: 6" x 9" • 8 color & 60 b/w photos • 104 pp. photos, 590 drawings / Index • 238 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 98 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-068-X • soft cover • $12.99 ISBN: 978-0-88740-111-4 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4063-5 • hard cover $39.99
Universal Stitches for Weaving, The Techniques and Art of Weaving: A Basic Weft-Faced Pattern Weaves: Tabby to Embroidery, and Other Fiber Arts. Guide. Marylène Brahic. Make placemats for the Taqueté. Nancy Arthur Hoskins. In this com- Nancy Arthur Hoskins. Teaches how 5 kitchen table. Create a tapestry from wool or a prehensive guide to weft-faced pattern weav- basic stitches, plus 195 variations and plaid scarf. Weave a rug or a jacket. Weaving is ing, beginning and experienced weavers will combinations, work upon warp and upon a lost art form and this book brings it back into learn how to plan, predict, and weave colorful, fabric in functional and decorative ways. the spotlight by offering history, techniques, and rhythmical patterns, charming folk fi gures, and Diagrams and directions for stitches that DIY projects in an organized, clear, and concise geometric designs in fabrics that are decorative will work in loom weaving, tapestry, manner. This book is perfect for both beginning and durable. Includes 53 projects and directions, openwork, or as edges, joins, and fringes. and seasoned weavers. patterns, and tips. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 113 illus • 128 pp. Size: 9" x 12" • 637 color photos • 192 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 526 b/w & ISBN: 978-0-7643-4431-2 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4413-8 • hard cover • $34.99 color images • 352 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3851-9 • soft cover • $39.99 WEAVING & TAPESTRY TECHNIQUES Weaving Innovations from the Bateman Frances L. Goodrich’s Brown Book Weave Classic Crackle & More. Susan Collection. Robyn Spady , Nancy A. Tracy, Marjorie of Weaving Drafts. Barbara Miller, Wilson. This book offers a comprehensive explo- Fiddler, Foreword by Madelyn van der Hoogt. This with Deb Schillo. A collection of tradition- ration of classic crackle weave, with tools and tips full-color resource presents the weaving studies al 18th and 19th century weaving drafts for independent designing, a myriad of treadling completed by scientist Dr. William Bateman over 50 in their original form gathered by Frances variations, and unique ways to use crackle. years ago. Selected from the nearly 1,500-sample L. Goodrich and illustrated in over 160 Meticulously presented by a noted weaving collection owned by the Seattle Weavers' Guild. color photos. It also contains over 200 teacher, and providing over 200 illustrations, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 408 color photos and diagrams valuable modern translations of the it is the fi rst book for American handweavers • 272 pp • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4991-1 • hard same drafts for use by today’s weavers. devoted exclusively to crackle in 50 years. cover • $34.99 Size: 12" x 9" • 169 color & 208 b/w Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 154 color & photos 192 pp. 51 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4541-8 • hard cover • $45.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3940-0 • hard cover • $34.99
Weaving Shaker Rugs: Traditional Tech- Weaving Designs by Bertha Gray Hex Weave & Mad Weave: An Introduction niques to Create Beautiful Reproduction Hayes: Miniature Overshot Patterns. to Triaxial Weaving. Elizabeth Harris and Rugs and Tapes. Mary Elva Congleton Erf. Norma Smayda, Gretchen White, Jody Charlene St. John. Through 120 patterns and Learn how to make colorful, gorgeously pat- Brown, & Katharine Schelleng. Color re- 95 color images, learn the two simplest forms terned rugs with contemporary appeal, using productions of 72 original sample cards of triaxial weaving – the Hex Weave and Mad the 200-year-old techniques of the Shakers. and 20 recently discovered patterns, many Weave. Learn basics of each weave and how You'll learn the history of the Shakers and get with a picture of a woven sample, and each to design various shapes, and practice with six detailed instructions for creating your own rugs, with computer-generated drawdowns projects. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 95 color images, from dyeing wool with traditional formulas to and drafting patterns of weaver Bertha 121 diagrams • 112 pp. twisting braids to weaving the strands. Gray Hayes unique miniature overshot ISBN: 978-0-7643-4465-7 • soft cover • $24.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 89 color photos • 144 pp patterns for four-harness looms. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 127 color & 72 B&W • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4907-2 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3246-3 • hard cover • $39.99 FLAX & LINEN Contemporary International Tapestry. The Art of Weaving. Else Regensteiner, The Big Book of Flax: A Compendium Carol K. Russell. Featuring more than 40 top Afterword by Margie Thompson. Now it its of Facts, Art, Lore, Projects and Song. international artists spanning three generations, fourth edition, this handbook is a must-have Christian and Johannes Zinzendorf. Learn the this book presents full-view color images of resource for weavers of all skill levels. Weave fascinating story of the fl ax to linen process in tapestries, as well as detail shots, and pro- structures covered include weaves, tapestry history, legend, song, crafts, lesson plans, and vides insight into contemporary approaches to techniques, knotted, pile, and fl at-woven rugs, recipes. With 414 images, this comprehensive the handwoven art. The appendix includes a and two- and three-dimensional wall hangings. book offers suggestions for fl ax projects, collect- glossary, artist and gallery contact information, This classic now features examples of contem- ing fl ax-related tools and clothing, and planting bibliography, and more. porary work and discusses using digital tools and harvesting fl ax. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 153 color images • 112 pp for hand-weaving. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 52 color Size: 9" x 12" • 414 images • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4869-3 • hard cover • $29.99 & 380 b/w photographs • 216 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3715-4 • hard cover • $59.9 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4856-3 • soft cover • $34.99 9
Norwegian Pick-Up Bandweaving. Heather Tor- Geometric Design in Weaving. Else Re- Linen: From Flax Seed to Woven Cloth. genrud. For the fi rst time in English, a complete gensteiner. The study and practice of graphic Linda Heinrich. Follow the saga of this remarkable book about Norwegian pick-up bandweaving- design with the exploration and execution of fi ber from seed to woven fabric. Learn about -the fascinating history of how these beautiful weaving techniques. In three parts, the reader fl ax cultivation, processing and spinning, natural bands were used in the old rural society, along is given design information, a wide variety of and synthetic dyeing, and weaving and fi nishing with clear, step-by-step instructions and more weaver- and loom-controlled techniques. Clear linen cloth. 233 color and 156 b/w photos and than 100 pattern charts from museum collec- photographs, diagrams, and weavers’ drafts drawings reveal the characteristics of linen. tions. This book will interest not only weavers with directions. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 233 color photos 156 b/w but anyone who appreciates textile arts, folk Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 45 color & 205 b/w photos, photos & drawings • Index • 232 pp. costumes, and Norwegian culture. 102 diagrams & drafts • 222 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3466-5 • hard cover • $49.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 152 illustrations • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-078-7 • hard cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4751-1 • hard cover • $24.99 HOOKED RUGS: INSPIRATION Tapestry Handbook: The Next Generation. Carol Weaver’s Study Course: Sourcebook for The Creative Hooker. Jessie A. Turbayne. Russell. This classic book, now completely revised Ideas and Techniques. Else Regensteiner. Over 525 color images highlight what’s being and expanded, is a favorite of teachers and A book for weavers who are eager to explore hooked in North America today. Includes designs students of tapestry. Learn to weave tapestry new fi elds but need stimulation and direction. of Americana and Canadiana, advertising art, on any kind of loom, vertical or horizontal. Make Weaver’s Study Course provides much stimulation angels, and abstract motifs, as well as hooked an elaborate, but logical, tapestry sampler with through examples and directions for six main works of art motivated by exotic cultures, Ko- step-by-step instructions, over 300 beautiful uses of weaving: clothing, accessories, interiors, rean cranes, and ancient Persian textiles. Visit photos, and diagrams of tapestry techniques. interior accessories, toys, & wall hangings. Niagara Falls, tour Soho, and preview the latest Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color & 125 b/w photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 176 pp. in hook-and-wear fashions. Index • 240 pp. 256 b/w photos, 52 color plates, 196 drawings Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 543 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2756-8 hard cover • $59.95 & drafts / Index ISBN: 978-0-7643-2645-5 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 0-88740-112-0 • soft cover • $19.95 34 HOOKED RUGS • RUG MAKING
Hooked on Rugs: Outstanding Contem- Hooked Rugs Today: Holidays, Geometrics, The Hooker’s Art: Evolving Designs in porary Designs. Jessie A. Turbayne. Over 570 People, Animals, Landscapes, Acces- Hooked Rugs. Jessie A. Turbayne. Over 300 color photos chronicle what is being hooked sories, and More — 2006. Amy Oxford, color photos of old and modern hooked rugs, today, putting to rebrast any notion that no photography by Cynthia McAdoo. Over 475 some from the nation’s most elegant homes, are one hooks rugs anymore. Included are hooked hooked rugs created by talented members of presented with fascinating histories. Exploring abstracts, animals, commemorative pieces, Vermont’s Green Mountain Rug Hooking Guild. the craft’s background, Jessie Turbayne weaves landscapes, portraits, nautical themes, tradi- Included are rugs depicting people, landscapes, together its technical details, the materials tional patterns, and primitive styles. Of interest fruit, cabbage roses, fl ower baskets, holidays, used through the years, biographies of great to collectors, textile artists, and dealers. Be geometric designs, and animals. “hookers," and photos of many striking pieces. inspired to join this growing creative outlet! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 502 color photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 465 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 573 color photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2636-3 • soft cover • $29.95 Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2502-7 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 0-88740-459-6 • hard cover • $49.95
Hooked Rug Storytelling: The Art of Hooked Rugs Today IV: Expect the Un- Hooked Rug Treasury. Jessie A. Turbayne. Heather Ritchie. Lesley Mary Close. 370 expected. Amy Oxford. Rae Harrell & Diane This treasury holds more than 500 of the choicest photos and insightful text introduce readers Kelly display their personal styles, along with hooked rugs. The chapters present the best work to renowned rug-maker, Heather Ritchie, her other members of the Green Mountain Rug found from Nova Scotia to Hawaii over many hooked rugs and unique style. Valuable insights Hooking Guild. Works range from lifesize, years. Some of the fi nest private and museum into her techniques are shared, which transform three-dimensional sheep to extraordinary collections are represented and noteworthy a basic handicraft into an art form of great miniature punch-needle works, plus animals, public exhibits, auctions, dealers, and clubs subtlety. Over twenty of her “memory rugs" fl orals, landscapes, penny rugs, and even for hooked rugs are listed. are displayed and discussed in detail. a small section dedicated to the smallest Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 516 photos • Price Guide/ Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 332 color & 38 b/w photos members of the group: the children. Index • 176 pp. Index • 192 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400+ color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0301-5 • hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3695-9 • hard cover • $39.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3283-8 • soft cover • $29.99 RUG MAKING TECHNIQUES Hooked Rugs of The Deep South. Jessie A. Rug Hooking In Maine: 1838-1940. Mildred Penny Rugs: Sewing Wool Appliqué. Janice Turbayne. The tradition of rug hooking is alive and Cole Peladeau. Maine’s rug hooking tradition, Sonnen. Learn the history of penny rugs, how kicking in the Heart of Dixie. Through 844 images, including Waldoboro rugs, is explored, the they were made, and where they originated, see lush fl oral motifs, intricate geometrics, Oriental myth of Acadian rugs is explained, and Edward illustrated with wonderful antique examples. and Persian styles, impressionistic portraits, scenic Sands Frost’s well-known preprinted burlap rug Color instructions walk you through the basic landscapes, and glimpses of the Old South. This is patterns of the mid-19th century are discussed skills and materials for making your own rugs. a great reference book for rug hooking enthusiasts, at length. Covers rugs created throughout Maine Patterns provide you with the charming sheep, fi ber artists, folk art lovers, collectors, history buffs, and eastern Canada. This book highlights this watermelon, crows, tulips, and hearts so beloved and lovers of anything Deep South. homegrown and much loved art form. in primitive arts. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 105 color Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 844 images • Index • 288 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 267 color photos photos & 13 drawings • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3801-4 • hard cover • $59.99 Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3467-2 • soft cover • $12.99 • Schiffer LTD ISBN: 978-0-7643-2882-4 • hard cover • $39.95
Modern Hooked Rugs. Linda Rae Coughlin. Rags to Rugs: Hooked & Hand- Hooked Rugs & Wool Appliqué. Christine Features stunning images of 540 rugs created sewn Rugs of Pennsylvania. Pa- Jansen. Two centuries-old crafts, rug hooking by 292 of today’s contemporary rug hooking tricia T. Herr. Frugal sewers saved and and wool appliqué, are demonstrated here. artists. Enjoy rugs depicting American icons, shared their textile scraps to create Accompanied by 202 color photographs, de- animal designs, circus themes, self-portraits, useful, pretty rugs, especially in the tailed instructions guide novice and advanced family celebrations, and more. Showcases some late 19th to early 20th centuries, in crafters through 17 projects featuring fl oral, folk of today’s most noted artists, along with artists southeast Pennsylvania. This book art, and Christmas designs. Chapters include making their debut. An inspiring and beautiful shows step and techniques to design, buying materials, dyeing wool, and the care book for all levels of fi ber artists. make, sell, and use hooked rugs. and cleaning of your rug. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 540 color photos Size: 11" x 8-1/2" Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 202 color photos • 112 pp. Index • 176 pp. 173 color photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3473-3 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2631-8 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3125-1 • soft cover • $29.99
Contemporary Hooked Rugs: Themes and The Big Book of Hooked Rugs: 1950-1980s. How to Hook Rugs. Christine J. Brault. With Memories. Linda Rae Coughlin. An exciting, Jessie A. Turbayne. Over 450 vintage color photographs 159 photos and clear instruction, you can diverse selection of over 475 contemporary chronicle the pivotal years of rug hooking-the 1950s create marvelous hooked projects for rugs, rugs, illustrating family memories, honoring through the mid-1980s. These meticulously crafted rugs, pillows, eye masks, footstools, and stair children’s births, celebrating friendship, and available at auctions, estate sales, fl ea markets and treads in a wide range of colorful, playful depicting portraiture, ancient legends, scenic on-line, are much in demand today. Includes lush fl oral patterns. Learn about the tools, techniques, locations, and more. Showcased are some of motifs, Oriental-inspired patterns, intricate geometric and patterns provided for each project. This today’s most noted artists, along with new designs, childhood themes, animal portraits, scenic book is essential for everyone interested in artists making their debuts. landscapes, and much more. the art of rug hooking, whether a fi rst timer Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 478 color photos Size: 6" x 9" • 458 color photos • 448 pp. or a comprehensive pro! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2198-6 • soft cover • $29.95 159 color photos & 16 b/w patterns • 80 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2557-4 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2890-9 • soft cover • $14.95
Hooked Rugs Today. Amy Oxford. Photogra- Hooked Rugs. Jessie A. Turbayne. The historical Punch Needle Rug Hooking: Techniques phy by Cynthia McAdoo. Over 625 outstanding background and 300 color photos of many and Designs. Amy Oxford. A complete “how hooked rugs portraying a multitude of subjects: whimsical and geometric designs of hooked to" photo essay walks you through every stage family, country, home, children, pets, fl owers, rugs appear here along with instructions for of rug making. A question and answer section, history, wildlife, hobbies, and more, from classic starting a rug of your own. Hundreds of dif- interviews with professional punch needle rug forms to abstracts, traditional to contemporary, ferent rugs in lively geometric, abstract, fl oral, hookers, and photographs of work from some of rugs for the fl oor and rugs for the wall. A cele- animal, Oriental, and original designs, and the fi eld’s most innovative and inspired craftspeo- bration of the love of rug hooking. factual discussions of the interesting people ple make this book a must for any textile lover. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 635 color photos who motivated the designs will delight all. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 160 pp Index • 192 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • over 300 color photos 424 color photos, 37 b/w illustrations. ISBN: 0-7643-2152-8 • soft cover • $29.95 Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-1689-0 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 0-88740-370-0 • hard cover • $39.95
Hooked Rugs Today: Strong Women, The Complete Guide to Collecting Hooked Designing & Hooking Primitive Rugs. Susie Flowers, Animals, Children, Christmas, Rugs: Unrolling the Secrets. Jessie A. Tur- Stephenson. This book offers basic techniques Miniatures, and More - 2006. Amy Oxford, bayne. Sought after by collectors, antique for rug hooking, including fi nishing and dying photography by Cynthia McAdoo. Over 450 dealers, rug hookers, textile enthusiasts, folk techniques. More importantly, it attempts to wonderful hooked rugs by talented members art lovers, and interior decorators, the hooked unleash your creative side, encouraging you to of Vermont’s Green Mountain Rug Hooking rugs documented in this book, complete with let your imagination be your guide. Stephenson’s Guild. Included are over 100 pieces depicting the over 400 color photos, make it a must-have own story of recycling wool into a menagerie theme “Strong Women," plus rugs with Oriental for all who admire these versatile fl oor and of animals, pictorial scenes, geometrics, and motifs, fl orals, abstracts, animals, architectural wall coverings. Included is a price guide and nautical themes will add impulse to creativity. designs, delicate miniature rugs smaller than a inspiring chapter dedicated to hooking your own: Explore one artist’s imaginative expressions and credit card, and many more. another innovative way to build your collection. get motivated to create your own. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 456 color photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 422 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 231 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2578-7 • soft cover • $29.95 Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3288-3 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1954-X • hard cover • $39.95 RUG MAKING • ORIENTAL RUGS • FELTING • QUILTING 35
FELT CRAFTS Combining Rug Hooking & Braiding: Ba- Fun Felt Crafts: Penny Rugs & Pretty From Ensign's Bars to Colonel's Stars: sics, Borders, & Beyond. Kris McDermet, Things from Recycled Wool. Tina Skinner. Making Quilts to Honor Those Who Serve. Christine Manges, and Dianne Tobias. The go- Christmas ornaments, decorative penny rugs, Renelda Peldunas-Harter. Six quilts honor the to book on rug hooking and braiding skills for pretty pouches, and fl oral brooches are among offi cer ranks between 2nd Lieutenant/Ensign all fi ber artists, especially those looking for a the simple, featured projects. Recycle some wool through Colonel/Captain. Original designs provid- comprehensive guide to combining the two arts clothing, buy a few pretty yarns and threads, ed to follow along or to inspire your own ideas. into fascinating and ornate projects. Includes sharp scissors, and a good needle and you’re Tips are given for fabric selection, constructing beginning-to-end projects: tote bag, chair pad, on your way. Clear, illustrated instructions and the quilt, appliquéing, squaring a quilt, border and a trivet. fun templates preparation, and binding while galleries show Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 550+ illustrations • 272 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150+ color photos • 64 pp. versatility of quilts for non-military applications. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3789-5 • hard cover • $49.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3299-9 • soft cover • $12.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 118 color images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4719-1 • soft cover • $19.99
Braiding with Barbara™: Wool Rug Braid- Felting. Elvira López Del Prado Rivas. Basic felt The Quilt: New Directions for an American ing with a Contemporary Flair. Barbara A. techniques are thoroughly explained and illus- Tradition. Quilt National. A comprehensive and Fisher and Janet A. Fitzgerald. Braid a wool rug trated with over 550 step-by-step photographs. stimulating look at the best in contemporary with an expert. The supplies needed include Learn to create and work with wet and dry felt quilting through quilts selected for the Quilt normal tools a sewer has around the house. techniques, creating felt fl owers, balls, cords, National 1983 competition. The state of this Step-by-step braiding instructions for rugs of and more. Projects for children, home decoration, lively art form is captured through comments any shape, size, or color. Patterns are provided and clothing accessories are provided, including made by the show’s artists and jurors, and by for a variety of styles. Ruggies™ slippers are fi nger puppets, table runners, sunfl ower bowls, Michael James and Nancy Crow. made like a tiny wool rug! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • rings, and purses. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 95 photos • Index • 80 pp. 200 illustrations & photos • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 582 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-92-7 • soft cover • $10.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3458-0 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4531-9 • hard cover • $29.99 ANTIQUE & CONTEMPORARY ORIENTAL RUGS QUILTING: INSPIRATIONS Oriental Rugs: The Secrets Revealed. Mark The Fiona Quilt Block: 14 Projects from Fiber Expressions: The Contemporary Blackburn. Answers the most frequent questions Sassy to Classy. Carolyn Perry Goins. With their Quilt. Quilt National. More than 90 quilts juried and offers a great introduction to this ancient crisp geometric shapes, block patterns highlight in the most prestigious international exhibition and continuing weaving tradition. Nearly 900 the unique textures, colors, and patterns of of contemporary quilts are featured here. These contemporary rugs are shown, from Tibet, India, leftover or designer fabrics. The book's fi ve block exciting examples demonstrate the varied fi eld China, Turkey, Afghanistan, Pakistan, and Iran. sizes will help quilters expand their repertoire of the quilt as a modern form of art. The book With this information a buyer can approach the exponentially beyond the book's 14 projects, is enriched by comments from the artists and rug market confi dently. which are illustrated in step-by-step diagrams. jurors, including Gerhardt Knodel and Jan Myers, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 894 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 99 color images • 80 pp and author/curator Penny McMorris. Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4981-2 • soft cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 99 photos • Index • 88 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2641-7 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 0-88740-093-0 • soft cover • $12.95
Oriental Rugs from A to Z. J. R. Azizollahoff. Recycled Hexie Quilts: Using Vintage New Quilts: Interpretations & Innovations. With this book, novices and connoisseurs will Hexagons in Today’s Quilts. Mary W. Kerr. Nancy Rae. 82 quilts juried into Quilt National ’89 be able to correctly identify the most distinctive More than 140 color images, showing both competition with text and comments by jurors styles and purchase contemporary Oriental traditional and contemporary designs, show to support and explain the selections. The book rugs. Over 270 color photos, including close- how vintage hexagon textile fragments can be also has a retrospective of Quilt National’s fi rst ups, display many fascinating carpets. The text repurposed and fashioned into new, beautiful decade, demonstrating the variety of designs and provides valuable information on rug pedigree quilts. Packed with ideas and practical tips, this an index of all artists and works for 10 years. and discernible workshop style, knot count, art-fi lled guide featuring fi fty-two new quilts will Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 110 quilts in color • dyes, unusual rugs, the Lotus design, and specifi c inspire quilters to try their own new projects. Index • 96 pp. rug-weaving areas. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 271 color Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 148 color photos • 112 pp ISBN: 0-88740-157-0 • soft cover • $14.95 photos • Price Guide • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4820-4 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1995-7 • hard cover • $39.95 QUILTING: DESIGN & TECHNIQUES The Illustrated Buyer’s Guide to And Still We Rise: Race, Culture and Vi- Quilting with Doilies: Inspiration, Tech- Oriental Carpets. Revised & Ex- sual Conversations. Carolyn L. Mazloomi. niques, & Projects. Barbara Polston. Beau- panded 3rd Edition. J.R. Azizollahoff. Contemporary quilt artists trace the path of tiful vintage doilies are given new life, with 10 A practical introduction to Oriental car- black history in the United States with 97 original patterns and 137 color images. Techniques pets for laymen, designers, and collectors. works exploring important events, places, people are demonstrated, including appliqué, ma- A concise text, over 400 beautiful color and ideas over 400 years. The 69 artists who chine-embroidered ribbon border trim, no math photographs, and detailed line drawings contributed works for this curated collection fabric-changing binding, adding embellishments unveil the complexities. The wonderful provide narrative explaining the important and words, and tips for working with silk, denim, energy and creativity found in modern rugs stories and histories behind the quilts. or upholstery fabric. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 137 are also shown. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 97 color images • 208 pp color images, 10 patterns • 216 pp. • ISBN: Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 424 photos/drawings Price Guide/Index • 194 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4928-7 • hard cover • $34.99 978-0-7643-4699-6 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2605-8 • hard cover • $39.95
Flat-woven Rugs & Textiles from the Cau- Creating Hawaiian-Inspired Quilts. Judith Trip Around the World: A Country Quilt casus. Robert H. Nooter. Explore Caucasian Sandstrom. With 26 patterns to get you started Block Travelogue. Holly Anderson and Anita fl at-woven carpets and textiles. 436 beauti- and easy-to-follow directions, learn to cut and Zaleski Weinraub. Over 200 color photos display ful color photographs, including kilims, zilis, stitch both hand- and machine-appliquéd blocks the 12" quilt blocks of over 150 quiltmakers. Each khorjins, and mafrash bedding bags. Weaving for your own Hawaiian-inspired quilt. The designs block represents a nation and an original design styles include a rich mixture of geometric and begin with single color, appliquéd blocks and researched by the artists involved to articulate some fi gurative forms. Descriptions of the author’s progress to blocks adorned with additional aspect of their chosen countries. Artists' statements fi eld visits and investigation into the origins colors and motifs. For quilters of all skill levels. accompany the images. The Georgia Quilt Project of these pieces. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 83 color images & 26 pat- amassed these globe-spanning blocks of quilt art. Size: 9" x 12" • 436 color photos terns • 80 pp Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 207 color images • Index Price Guide • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4858-7 • soft cover • $16.99 216 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4000-0 soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1961-2 • hard cover • $59.95
Kilim Rugs: Tribal Tales in Wool. Susan Inspired by the Beatles: An Art Quilt A Quilt Block Challenge: Vintage Revisited. Gomersall. Packed with 235 big, striking color Challenge. Donna DeSoto. To celebrate the Mary Kerr Foreword by Pepper Cory. What would photos, and simply presented as a guide for both 50th Anniversary of The Beatles fi rst performance happen if sets of vintage quilt blocks were divided would-be buyers and for rug owners seeking the in the United States, 150 fi ber artists each chose among a group of artists and each was left to story behind their precious fi nds. Both antique a different song by The Beatles and interpreted create new quilts from them in her own style? In and modern rugs can be found along with some that song as a small quilt. This book is a collection answer, this book presents 117 quilts made from indication of what these generally cost in a retail of those quilts, and the songs and stories that six sets of vintage blocks by 19 talented quilters. situation. • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 235 color photos inspired them. Be inspired to create your own quilt block chal- Price Guide • 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1158-1 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 169 color images • 176 pp. lenge using the tips and guidelines provided. soft cover • $24.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4700-9 • hard cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 301 color photos Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3457-3 • soft cover • $24.99 36 QUILTING: DESIGN, TECHNIQUES & HISTORY
A Quilted Memory: Ideas and Inspiration Celebrate the Day with Quilts: An Art World War I Quilts. Sue Reich. Quiltmaking for Reusing Vintage Textiles. Mary Kerr. Quilt Challenge. Shannon Gingrich Shirley. in the 1910s saw the convergence of the quilt Award-winning quilter Mary Kerr shares tips Fifty-three artists from seven states share 72 styles of the late nineteenth century with the and ideas on how family memories can live on original wall hangings made to celebrate some of innovations of the early twentieth century. Two by creating contemporary quilts from vintage those random, lesser- known holidays throughout catastrophic events interrupted the emergence textiles. Repurpose rather than purchase is the year. Take a look at where the ideas came of the new trends in quiltmaking. World War I the focus here and, through more than 100 from and what techniques were used to make and the 1918 Pandemic Flu brought hardship images, quilters are encouraged to breathe these amazing pieces. The artists had a great and death to America, and the entire world. new life into objectsr. time creating unique wall-hangings with personal Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 265 color & b/w photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 color & connections, and you can too! 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4754-2 • hard b/w images • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 185 color photos • 128 pp. cover • $39.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3921-9 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4613-2 • soft cover • $24.99
Cutting-Edge Art Quilts. Mary W. Kerr. Ac- Heirloom Quilt Designs for Today. Lorie Making the Lancaster Diamond Sampler: companied by 262 color images, fi fty-one quilters Martin & Jim Burnley. Over 210 color imag- A 19th Century Quilt Design by Fanny’s share their love of the craft and encourage others es display traditional quilt designs and their Friend. Ann Parsons Holte. Learn or re-learn in the fi eld of textile art by offering design and contemporary counterparts, all produced on skills needed for making your own unique quilt. technique tips. Design processes include color modern heirloom quilts from Pennsylvania’s over 500 instructional images and diagrams of play, alternative fi ber, threadwork, and embel- Amish country, including traditional patterns quilts, blocks, and needlework, the basics of lishments. This book is a great resource for quilt such as Log Cabin, Basket, Nine Patch; and fabric selection, grain, placement, and seaming lovers, textile collectors, and design students. pieced patterns, such as Irish Chain, Railroad are demonstrated, from simple piecing to the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 262 color images • Index Crossing, Pin Wheel, and Shoefl y. elements of patchwork, complex miniatures, and 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4313-1 • hard Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 215 color images • 144 pp. appliqué. Perfect for group work! Size: 8 1/2" cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2669-1 • soft cover • $24.95 x 11" • 348 images, 175 templates 224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4549-4 • hard cover • $39.99
Dare to Dance: An Art Quilt Challenge. Mary Creating Celebration Quilts. Cyndi Souder. Civil War Quilts. Pam Weeks & Don Beld. Kerr. Dance is a means of expressing joy, and 60 artists With 124 photos and a worksheet for helping With over 170 photos, 47 quilt patterns, and were challenged to create a small quilt that refl ects the you design your own Celebration Quilt, this book engaging text, this book tells the stories of theme, “Dare to Dance: An Artist’s Interpretation of takes you through the creative process of fi ve fourteen extraordinary Civil War quilts and Joy." Be inspired by the design, awed by the talent, or such quilts. A gallery at the end of the book offers the women who made them. Also included is simply touched by the stories contained in these works more inspiring ideas. The possibilities are endless information on reproduction fabrics and how to of art. Some expressed their joy in overcoming steep and a gallery of completed quilts offers lots of participate in modern soldier-related community obstacles. Others created a quilt to express support for inspiring ideas. This book is a great addition to service quilting. This book is a must read for any social causes while still others simply wanted to share any quilter’s or crafter’s library. serious quilter, historian, or Civil War enthusiast. the joy they feel when they are dancing. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 118 color images, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 162 color & Size: 6" x 9" • 60 color photos • 128 pp. 8 b/w worksheets • 80 pp. 59 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4612-5 • hard cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4350-6 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3936-3 • hard cover • $39.99
Mary’s Garden Quilt: 10 Floral Block Proj- Mariner’s Compass Quilts: Solid & Split World War II Quilts. Sue Reich. Many American ects. Jenny Rundle. Mary’s Garden was a place Point Patterns. Cynthia Sisler Simms. With women applied their skills in making quilts for of beauty and pleasure, dating from medieval 197 instructional images and patterns, this the benefi t of U.S. soldiers during the period times. Ten quilting projects represent fl owers book introduces new patterns and shapes for 1940-1945, either as gifts outright or as raffl e from the garden. Make a single fl ower for a the traditional quilter’s favorite, the Mariner’s items to raise money for good causes. 335 cushion or a wall-hanging. With patterns and Compass. Discover how to eliminate the curved color photos and descriptive text identify many design tips, this book is perfect for seasoned edge of the oval and replace it with eye-catching colorful, patriotic quilts with military symbols and quilters looking to make something new and block shapes, including the hexagon, rectangle, insignia. When possible, the original patterns unique. Chapters include appliqué basics and and diamond. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 121 photos and and designs that inspired the quilts are included. how to “re-create" Mary’s Garden. Size: 9" x patterns • 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4525-8 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 335 color photos 12" • 44 color images, 30 patterns 56 pp. • soft cover • $19.99 Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4462-6 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3451-1 • hard cover • $39.99
Quilts of Chestnut Ridge: Autumn at Free-Form Patchwork Techniques: Strip Quilts in Everyday Life, 1855-1955: A the Courthouse. Debbie Pierce. Learn how Piecing, Log Cabin Pattern, Carpet Pat- 100-Year Photographic History. Janet E. to combine two traditional patterns, Autumn tern. Tina Mast. Learn about the approaches Finley. The history of quilts and their usage Leaf and Courthouse Steps, with non-traditional and various scopes of design for free-form strip is presented here in full detail through 330 methods. Self-taught quilter, Debbie Pierce, offers piecing, the log cabin pattern, and the carpet vintage photographs containing a quilt. Each her own twist on the art form with step-by-step pattern. Quickly enjoy success with 19 models vivid image provides commentary on quilting instructions, insider secrets, and shortcuts for and ideas that are small, easy to reproduce, and specifi cs, photography, costume, and American simplifying the construction of her popular quilt are not very time-consuming. Projects include cultural history. This book is a wonderful resource pattern, Autumn at the Courthouse. cute bags, attractive covers for binders or small for all quilters, historians, and photographers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190+ photos & notebooks, small wall hangings, and many more. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 330 images • 192 pp. diagrams • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 126 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4216-5 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3699-7 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4019-2 • hard cover • $19.99
Creating Children’s Artwork Quilts. Shan- Christmas Magic: Decorative Ideas for Quilts of Virginia 1607-1899: The Birth non Gingrich Shirley. This fun, do-it-yourself Winter and Yuletide Patchwork. Ingrid of America Through the Eye of a Needle. quilting book offers a chance to preserve your Perra. Learn 25 simple, stitched Christmas Virginia Consortium of Quilters’ Documentation children’s artwork by incorporating it into quilts projects for beginners, including ornaments Project. Over 270 beautiful historic quilts and and other fi ber art projects. Chapters include and items for the home, and incorporate more ephemera in over 430 color and vintage photos. artwork selection, techniques, combining mul- advanced challenges into the plan by reworking From quilted armor of the 17th century to crazy tiple pieces of art, product lists, and a glossary the more complex models. quilts of the 19th century, they include homespun of terms. A gallery of completed works will Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 317 color photos & diagrams work of slaves and fancy work of freed women inspire your own creative ideas. Instruction for 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4219-6 • hard and First Ladies. both novice and seasoned quilters is provided. cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Index Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 224 color images • 64 pp. 428 color & 4 B/W photos • 160 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4180-9 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2465-9 • soft cover • $29.95 QUILTING: HISTORY Let’s Get Creative With Quilt Labels. Japanese Contemporary Quilts and Quil- Quilts and Quiltmakers Covering Con- Shannon Gingrich Shirley. Through 250 color ters: The Story of an American Import. necticut. The Connecticut Quilt Search Project. images, learn tips and techniques for making Teresa Duryea Wong. Discover how quilting Over 145 outstanding and diverse quilts from fun, beautiful, and informative labels for came to be a favorite pastime for an estimated 3 Connecticut, dating from the pre-Revolutionary your quilts. Chapters include shaped and million quilters in Japan today. Meet prominent War era to the mid-20th century. Includes stories themed labels, preparing and transferring award-winning quilters. Learn their inside stories of the quiltmakers, historical background, and an text onto labels, and hand-embroidering by viewing more than 200 photographs showing extensive bibliography. A must for students of your labels, as well as patterns and step- contemporary quilts, the studios where the quilt history, women’s studies, textile enthusiasts, by-step directions. artists work, and the antique American quilts and lovers of American history. Size: 9" x 6" • 250 color photos, 25 patterns • 160 pp. that once inspired them. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 278 color photos ISBN: 978-0-7643-4472-5 • soft cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 216 color images • Index • 144 pp. Index • 176 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1472-6 • soft ISBN: 978-0-7643-4874-7 • hard cover • $34.99 cover • $29.95 QUILT HISTORY • ANTIQUE LACE • ANTIQUE EMBROIDERY • ANTIQUE LINEN & TABLECLOTHS 37
Quilts of the Oregon Trail. Mary Bywater Pennsylvania Patchwork Pillowcases & Graced by Lace: A Guide for Collectors of Cross. Presents quilts as documents of history Other Small Treasures: 1820-1920. Ann R. Antique Linen & Lace. Debra Bonito. Centuries that help us learn about the lives and experiences Hermes. Gathered from private collectors and of lacemaking and embroidery are presented of the many women who traveled the Oregon museums, a study of Pennsylvania pillowcases in vivid photographs. A broad range of lace Trail from 1840-1870. Features 56 quilts made made from about 1820 to 1920, predominantly is covered: lace trim, bridal hankies, fashion, before, during, and after the journey, shown in the area of Southeastern Pennsylvania. Over society embroidery, Appenzell-work, bed linens, in full color along with vintage photos of the 250 color photos showcase a huge assortment table linens, and more. Detailed descriptions and makers and historical background. of nineteenth century printed fabrics, as well photographs, including close-ups, will prove to Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Index as intricate pieced and appliqué quilt designs. be excellent references. A value range is given 138 color & 40 b/w photos • 184 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 284 color images • 128 pp. for each piece. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 388 color photos ISBN: 978-0-7643-2316-4 • soft cover • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4610-1 • hard cover • $29.99 Price Guide • 208 pp. •ISBN: 0-7643-1269-3 • hard cover • $39.95
Quilting Traditions: Pieces from the Quiltings, Frolicks, & Bees: 100 Years Lace: The Poetry of Fashion. Bella Veksler. The Past. Patricia T. Herr. Quilts made by of Signature Quilts. Sue Reich. Historically, most ingenious and ephemeral of textiles, lace is Amish, Mennonite, and other Pennsylva- the society of women gathering together for presented as the poetry of fashion. Here over 225 nia German groups, with contributions the purpose of quiltmaking has been referred pictures, including dramatic photographs and from the Scots-Irish Presbyterians and to as quiltings, frolicks, and bees. This book historical illustrations, portray various types of lace the English Quakers, in 225 gorgeous brings together newspaper articles about their and garments from different periods. An outstanding color photographs, enhanced by close- needlework activities with quilts inscribed with resource for fashion historians, designers, collectors, up details, tools, accessories, and the hundreds of names – known as signature quilts. students, and afi cionados, this unique study is for people surrounding their creation. With needle and scroll, quiltmakers continue to all who appreciate beautiful clothing and fabrics Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 225 photos capture special events. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 258 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 photos and illustrations Index • 160 pp. color images • Index • 144 pp. • 168 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0538-7 • hard cover ISBN: 0-7643-1121-2 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4098-7 • hard cover • $29.99 $39.95
Amish Quilts of Lancaster County. Patricia Quilting News of Yesteryear: Crazy as a Bed 20th Century Linens and Lace: A Guide to T. Herr. Enjoy the bold design and glowing colors Quilt. Sue Reich. From the early 1880s through the Identifi cation, Care and Prices of House- of Amish quilts, specifi cally the 82 Lancaster second quarter of the twentieth century, American hold Linens. Elizabeth Scofi eld & Peggy Zala- County, Pennsylvania, Amish quilts formerly women made patchwork “crazy" quilts in colossal num- mea. 20th century European and North American known as the Esprit collection. This volume bers. Newspapers picked up on the accomplishments linens and lace, including Appenzell, Battenberg, gives new insight into their beauty, using over of these talented women and shared them with their needle, bobbin, chemical and machine laces, 350 detailed color photographs and discussions communities. Here are over 200 newspaper articles crochet, cutwork, embroidery, damask, net of Amish culture, quilting patterns, materials, dating from 1880 to 1945, illustrated with quilts that darning, tatting and drawnwork. Size: 8 1/2" x and construction. are contemporary to the articles. All of the pictures 11" • 213 color photos • Price Guide • 208 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 351 color photos are close-ups, showing their intricate hand work. ISBN: 0-88740-826-5 • hard cover • $39.95 Index • 176 pp.ISBN: 0-7643-2017-3 • soft Size: 6" x 9" • 200 color photos • 160 pp. cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2795-7 • hard cover • $25.95 ANTIQUE EMBROIDERY Amish Quilts and the Welsh Connection. Quilting News of Yesteryear: 1,000 Pieces and Silk Art Embroidery: A Woman’s History Dorothy Osler. More than 90 images show Counting. Sue Reich. This book gathers newspaper of Ornament & Empowerment. Donna colorful combinations and design repertoire accounts of quiltmaking in the 19th century into a Cardwell. Learn the fascinating history of a of quilts that provide a possible cross-cultural chronicle of the work. Arranged chronologically, the distinct style of needlework fashionable in link between the Amish and the Welsh. Learn reports are accompanied by detailed photographs Victorian America from about 1877 to 1912, about the history of Amish quiltmaking and of quilts made during the same time period. This with history, techniques, and identifi cation, Welsh immigration and the threads that tie visual record of the antique quilts makes it clear how and Candace Wheeler’s ingenuity to create an these two groups of settlers together. painstaking and beautiful was the quiltmaker’s work, innovative opportunity for women to earn their Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 63 color and 31 black & and why it attracted attention. own living. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260 color & 133 white images • 144 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 206 color photos • 160 pp. b/w photos Price Guide/Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3916-5 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2595-7 • hard cover • $25.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2906-7 • soft cover • $29.99
Quilts: The Fabric of Friendship. The History of the Patchwork Quilt. Arts and Crafts Embroidery. Laura Euler. The York County Quilt Documentation Schnuppe von Gwinner. The origins of patch- Embroidered textiles are the most personal art Project & The York County Heritage work in clothing and quilts are explored from form practiced by the Arts and Crafts Movement Trust. 200 exquisite quilts-plus many multi-national examples over the past 500 years. (c. 1860-1910). This is art from another time, family stories and local history behind Photos showcase beautiful applique and Amish which has its own story to tell. Some are the them-provide a fascinating look at quilt- quilts, crazy quilts, bridal and friendship quilts humble workaday pieces for home use, while ing traditions in York County, PA, from and more. Examples represent historical and others are staggering works of art. Features pho- 1790 to 1950. Included are appliqué, contemporary prize-winning designs. tos of the work of famous designers, including pieced, and signature quilts, fads and Size: 7 3/4’’ x 10 1/2’’ • 115 photos William Morris and Gustav Stickley. Size: 8 1/2" x novelties, and crib and doll quilts. Index • 196 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-88740-136-7 11" • 305 color & 83 b/w photos • Index • 176 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color & 53 b/w photos • 160 pp. • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4409-1 • hard cover • $49.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-1195-6 • soft cover • $29.99 ANTIQUE LINEN & TABLECLOTHS A People and Their Quilts. John Rice Irwin. Colorado Quilting: From Mountains to Linen: From Flax Seed to Woven Cloth. Interviews with hundreds of old-time quilters, Plains. Mary Ann Schmidt & the Colorado Linda Heinrich. Follow the saga of this remarkable some over one hundred years old, present a fresh Quilting Council. Explore important historical fi ber from seed to woven fabric. Learn about fl ax oral history of the subject. Emphasis is placed on quilting moments, traditional and modern quilting cultivation, processing and spinning, natural and quilts and quilters in the Southern Appalachian themes, and the beginnings of the Rocky Moun- synthetic dyeing, and weaving and fi nishing linen region, but quilts from throughout America are tain Quilt Museum and the Quilter’s Newsletter cloth. 233 color and 156 black-and-white photos included. magazine. Different council members researched, and drawings reveal the characteristics of linen Size: 9’’ x 12’’ • 239 photos & color plates •Index photographed, and recorded the most signifi cant and emphasize its practical use throughout history. 214 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-024-8 • soft cover events, memories, quilters and quilts. Size: 8 1/2" Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 233 color photos 156 b/w $19.95 x 11" • 160 b/w & color photos 128 pp. • ISBN: photos & drawings • Index • 232 pp. 978-0-7643-4596-8 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3466-5 • hard cover • $49.99 ANTIQUE LACE Eagle Motifs in America: Decade Art Antique Lace: Identifying Types & Tech- Antique Linens: From the Kitchen to the Quilt Series 1770 to the Present. Susan E. niques. Heather Toomer, photography by Cyn- Boudoir. Marsha L. Manchester. 300+ photos Wildemuth. Combining quilt art and history, and thia Voysey. Fascinating information about guide you through the identifi cation and pricing illustrated with 117 color photos, this book tells needlepoint laces, embroideries, lace knitting of antique linens from the 19th and 20th centuries, the story of the American bald eagle, symbol and tatting, and bobbin laces made in Europe including tablecloths, towels, napkins, pot of the U.S., through 28 quilted wall hangings. from the 16th century forward, including 19th holders, doilies, runners, bed covers, boudoir These hangings capture the spirit and times of century revivals. Each type is described and cases, bureau scarves, and more. Enjoy the each decade from the Revolutionary War to the illustrated with 100s of photos and drawings. intricate workmanship of fi ne appliqué work, fi rst decade of the twenty-fi rst century. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 302 color photos embroidery, and laces. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 117 color photos • 80 pp. Price Guide/Index • 224 pp. 323 color photos ISBN: 978-0-7643-4527-2 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1384-3 • hard cover • $49.95 Price Guide • 192 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1691-5 hard cover • $39.95 38 ANTIQUE LINEN & TABLECLOTHS • ANTIQUE DOMESTIC TEXTILES • ANTIQUE & VINTAGE INTERNATIONAL TEXTILES
Vintage White Linens: A to Z. Marsha L. Collector’s Guide to Vintage Tablecloths. Vintage Feed Sacks: Fabric From the Manchester. From common domestic doilies to Pamela Glasell. A pictorial reference guide Farm. Susan Miller. Over 500 color photographs custom European tablecloths exquisitely adorned covering the history of the printed tablecloth present colorfully-printed cloth feed and food with hand embroidery and lace, white linens are from the 1700s to the 1950s. Over 500 striking sacks. Treasured for their fabulous patterns, shown in great variety here. Organized alpha- photographs of vintage tablecloths, period and for the memories of a simpler time which betically, beginners, collectors, and discerning advertising and packaging, up-to-date values, they evoke, printed cloth sacks have become a decorators all can easily fi nd information and and detailed captions. Includes sections on hot collectible. Especially appealing to quilters identify variations from handmade knit lace to dating your tablecloths, spotting reproductions, and crafters. Includes price guide. machine-made eyelet embroidery. and information about major manufacturers. Size: 8 1/2" X 11" • 510 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 318 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 536 color & 3 b/w photos Price Guide • 160 pp. Price Guide • 240 pp. • Price Guide • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2611-2 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0363-5 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1616-8 • soft cover • $29.95
Colorful Tablecloths 1930s-1960s: Threads Terrifi c Tablecloths: from the ’40s & ’50s. Vintage Victorian Textiles. Brian D. Coleman of the Past. Yvonne Barineau & Erin Henderson. 2nd edition, revised. Loretta Smith Fehling. Photography by Linda Svendsen. A sumptuous This ultimate guide to tablecloths from the 1930s These tablecloths include colorful prints inspired look at rich and varied Victorian textiles on to early 1960s in countless styles, colors, fabrics, by wartime victory gardens, mountain dogwood, everything from Victorian footstools to portieres and themes will help identifying the manufac- and springtime bouquets as well as fruits, vege- are captured in elegant color photographs. Advice turers, dates, and values of these wildly popular tables, berries, fl orals and rich border patterns. on the care and conservation of vintage textiles collectibles. A must-have resource for interior 400+ color photographs with captions and and a guide to establishing values helps designers designers, antique dealers, and textile collector. updated values make this an invaluable resource and collectors alike to use authentic fabrics. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 450 color photos • Price for collectors, designers, and antique dealers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 170 color photos Guide/Index • 176 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 421 color photos • Price Value Guide • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2073-4 • soft cover • $29.95 Guide • 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1902-7 • soft ISBN: 0-7643-1504-8 • hard cover • $49.95 cover • $29.95
Collecting Household Linens. Frances John- More Terrifi c Tablecloths. Loretta Smith Coverlets and the Spirit of America. Joseph son. The origins of handmade household linens, Fehling. Tablecloths from the 1940s and ’50s D. Shein & Melinda Zongor. A comprehensive including afghans, later altar cloths, curtains, display brightly colored fruit and fl ower designs, tour of fi gured coverlets made between 1817 and shade pulls, and bedspreads. Centerpieces and Mexican motifs, ivy and foliage prints, and 1869. These antique woven bedcovers, with their doilies are the best known of these. Decorator Pennsylvania Dutch-infl uenced patterns sure to graphic and colorful images of trains, animals, pillows, napkins and napkin rings also appear, whisk you back to Mom’s or Grandma’s kitchen. buildings, heroes and patriotic symbols, provide along with helpful information on caring for Also included is a section on specialty cloths. a wonderful and perhaps unique snapshot of old linens and creative ideas for saving dam- This book captures a rich part of our textile the bright optimism that was the 19th-century aged linens. history with over 300 delightful photographs. spirit of America. Over 100 coverlets in full color Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 450 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos • 160 pp. and on both sides. Value Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0975-7 • soft • $29.95 Size: 9" x 12" • 200+ color photos • Index 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0111-X • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1660-5 • hard cover • $69.95 OTHER ANTIQUE DOMESTIC TEXTILES Collecting More Household Linens. Frances Colorful Vintage Kitchen Towels. Erin Chenille: A Collector’s Guide. Judith Ann Johnson. This illustrated survey presents com- Henderson & Yvonne Barineau. Vintage towels Greason & Tina Skinner. A rich visual tour of mon linens and fabrics ranging from detailed are small art canvases, affordable, easily cleaned, vintage chenille, displaying hundreds of beau- samplers to simple but elegant hand towels and and easily displayed. These irresistible charmers tiful bedspreads and a few novelty items along splashers, pillow cases, quilts, coverlets, rugs, are showcased here in over 490 color photos. with details that highlight manufacturing tech- sheets, blankets and tablecloths. Over 500 Manufacturers include Wilendur, Startex, Martex, niques and styles. A price guide is included in color photos and the Price Guide make it useful. Broderie, Bucilla, and JS&S, and more. Also the captions. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 508 color photos includes manufacturer and designer informa- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 203 color photos Price Guide • 160 pp. tion, cleaning and storage tips, measurements, Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0208-6 • soft cover • $29.95 values, and helpful glossary. • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" ISBN: 0-7643-1511-0 • soft cover • $29.95 • 495 color photos • Price Guide/Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2380-6 • soft cover • $29.95
Elegant Table Linens: from Weil & Durrsé Fun & Collectible Kitchen Towels: 1930s Beacon Blankets: Make Warm Friends. including Wilendur™. Michelle Hayes. Linen to 1960s. Michelle Hayes. This informative ref- Jerry & Kathy Brownstein. Beacon cotton and products of the Weil & Durrsé Company of New erence contains over 350 beautiful photographs wool blankets in Indian and geometric designs York City, from the 1920s to 1984, are of the of printed kitchen towels and bathroom sets and color catalog pages from 1917 to 1957, highest quality, including Wilendur™ and other from the 1930s to the 1960s. The designs relate together with original blanket designs, history brands. Over 250 tablecloths in 120 printed to food, the outdoors, people, and childhood of the company, advertisements, and labels. designs are featured. 425 color photos display as captured by towel manufacturers Martex, Special sections on crib blankets, bathrobes using exquisite fl oral tablecloths, napkins, placemats, West Point-Stevens, Vera, Cannon, and more. Beacon fabric, related blankets, and Skookum curtains, towels, aprons, and handcrafted items. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color photos Indian dolls. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 425 color photos Price Guide/Index • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 622 color photos Price guide/Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2315-6 • soft cover • $29.95 Price Guide/Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2090-4 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1359-2 • hard cover • $49.95
Fun Linens of the 20th Century. Elizabeth Gay & Gifty Pot Holders. Barbara E. Mauzy. 100s Sweetheart & Mother Pillows, 1917-1945. Scofi eld and Peggy Zalamea. Whimsical house- of examples of pot holders from the 1940s and 1950s, Patricia Cummings. These collector items provide hold linens of the mid-twentieth century, most explained, dated, and priced. Collectors and dealers a unique insight into World War I and World II from the “fun linen" period after World War II alike will appreciate the comprehensive look at an and the years of Civilian Conservation Camps. through the 1960s. Items include eye-catching art form few know how to create, but so many enjoy Sections include the fi ber used in making them, tablecloths, napkins, placemats, runners, towels, collecting. 260 color photos illustrate a wide variety of the manufacturers, and distinguishing factors doilies, potholders, bedspreads, pillowcases, pot holders, and concise captions provide information between World War I and World War II pillow curtains, laundry bags, and aprons. Collecting and current values. covers. tips, new information on textile designers, and Size: 6" x 9" • 260 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 247 b/w & color images • value guide are provided. Price Guide • 160 pp. Price guide, Index • 128 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 308 photos • Price Guide/Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1686-9 • soft cover • $16.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3917-2 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1599-4 • soft cover • $29.95 ANTIQUE & VINTAGE INTERNATIONAL TEXTILES Collectors’ Guide to Vintage Souvenir Christmas Household Textiles: Hmong Story Cloths: Preserving Historical Tablecloths and Linens. Pamela Glasell. 1920s-1970s. Jeanette and Donald Micha- & Cultural Treasures. Linda Gerdner PhD, 300+ photos showcase state and souvenir lets. Illustrated with over 440 color photos, RN, FAAN. This book provides a comprehensive tablecloths, towels, aprons, and scarves, all this book captures the beauty, charm, and look at the story cloths of the Hmong people, featuring wonderful graphics of state-related whimsy of a wide-range of Christmas textiles, including visual displays of 48 vibrant examples. themes, popular tourist attractions, and historic both mass-produced and handmade, from the Learn the unique history of this embroidered art events. Info on dating, price guide, craft sugges- 1920s to the 1970s. Included are handkerchiefs, form that began in refugee camps and how it tions, and resource list. An invaluable resource tablecloths, tree skirts, tea towels, table runners, has become a cultural legacy. Augmented with for vintage kitchen textile collectors and interior and aprons. Some packaging is shown and personal stories and artifacts. designers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 315 color photos values are provided for each item. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 266 color & 3 b/w images Price Guide • 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1978-7 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 446 color photos • Index • 168 pp soft cover • $29.95 Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4859-4 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2646-2 • soft cover • $29.95 ANTIQUE & VINTAGE INTERNATIONAL TEXTILES • FABRIC REFERENCES 39
FABRIC REFERENCES Threads of Gold: Chinese Textiles: Ming American Toile: Four Centuries Paisley: A Visual Survey of Pattern and to Ching. Paul Haig & Marla Shelton. A com- of Sensational Scenic Fabrics and Color Variations. Tina Skinner. Organized prehensive guide to collectible Chinese textiles Wallpaper. Michele Palmer. Over 180 into a sweeping visual survey including orderly with an understandable grading system to aid bright color photos capture American foulard patterns, elaborate borders, experimental in establishing value. This book is designed for toile in its many themes. American toile’s media, and ornate fl orals of printed and woven all historians, Asian study scholars, and textile major topics of illustration include the fabrics alike. collectors. It is a real-world representation of colonial era, the new republic, the Civil Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 561 color photos • 112 pp. court robes, badges and decorative textiles. War, the West, farm and city life, mari- ISBN: 0-7643-0546-8 • soft cover • $24.95 Size: 9" x 12" • 510 color photos • Value Guide time and leisure activities, as well as a 304 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2538-8 • hard cover variety of patriotic symbols. $79.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 182 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4406-0 • hard cover • $34.99
Southeast Asian Textiles. Claire & Steve Toile: The Storied Fabrics of Europe Dots: A Pictorial Essay on Pointed, Printed Wilbur. Southeast Asian textiles have long been and America. Michele Palmer. Toile– Patterns. Tina Skinner. Dots of great variety, recognized as superb examples of textile art. scenic fabric originally printed from in all their minuscule glory, are depicted on This book explores their artistic signifi cance, copperplates–has been a decorating historic fabric. An invaluable encyclopedia of providing an overview of the various styles, sensation for over 250 years. This com- dotty design ideas. designs, and decorative techniques through prehensive guide presents the history Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 540 color photos • 112 pp. over 260 color photographs. It gives practical of toile from its beginnings in 18th cen- ISBN: 0-7643-0634-0 • soft cover • $24.95 suggestions for collectors on how to care for, tury Britain and France. 100s of scenic value, and use specimen textiles in the home. designs in 225 beautiful color photos. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 266 color photos • Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 226 color photos Price Guide • 176 pp. Price Guide • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1810-1 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1891-8 • hard cover • $34.95
Traditional Kimono Silks. Anita Yasuda. The Mola: Traditional Kuna Textile Art. Stripes: A Survey of Fabric Designs. Tina This swatch book is an inspiring visual tour of Edith Crouch. Over 890 color photos display the Skinner. A zigzag tour through seventy years of design using kimono remnants from Japan’s mola, a multilayered textile art and metaphor stripes. Historic fabric swatches from all over the Showa Period (1926–1989). More than 400 for the Kuna, indigenous people of Panama. world. Woven-in and imitation weaves, wavy photographs and captions provide information This book provides insights into design sources lines to prim and proper pin stripes. The largest on motif identifi cation, Japanese history and and infl uences for molas, perspective on the photo album of striped textiles ever. cultural traditions. aesthetic practices of women creating this art, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 557 color photos • 112 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 458 color photos • 208 pp. and hints for collecting and preserving them. ISBN: 0-7643-0482-8 • soft cover • $24.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2691-2 • soft cover • $34.95 Size: 9" x 12" • 886 color & 7 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3845-8 • hard cover • $59.99
Japanese Anime Linens: 1970s Bogolanfi ni Mud Cloth: Textile Art with Plaids: A Visual Survey of Pattern Varia- to Present. Anita Yasuda. Over 325 CD. Sam Hilu & Irwin Hersey. Color photo- tions. Tina Skinner. More than fi ve decades of dazzling color photos of vintage and graphs detail the mud-cloth art of the Bogolan twentieth century plaids. Photographs of actual contemporary anime fabrics, hand- people in Mali, Africa. Geometric, abstract, printed and woven textiles. A sweeping survey of kerchiefs, yukatas, and appliqués are and semi-abstract patterns are hand painted plaids, from the standard checks and ginghams identifi ed and assigned values. Infor- with mud dyes on hand woven cloth. The CD to the farthest reaches of designers’ imaginations. mative sections on design, color trends, contains over 200 patterns. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 558 color photos • 112 pp. and fabric resources, with labels to help Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0481-X • soft cover • $24.95 date and identify pieces. ISBN: 0-7643-2187-0 • hard cover • $49.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 337 color photos Price Guide • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2155-2 • soft cover • $34.95
Japanese Children’s Fabrics: 1950s-1970s. Ralli Quilts: Traditional Textiles from Tartans: Three by William H. Johnston Anita Yasuda. Over 300 beautifully photographed Pakistan and India. Patricia Ormsby Stoddard. & Philip D. Smith, Jr. Centuries old, images will pique the interest of fabric collectors These quilts, from Pakistan and India, have stun- tartan is the very fabric of Scotland. and historians, sewing enthusiasts, designers, ning designs, brilliant colors, and an intriguing These three volumes provide over 400 and those who love all things Japanese, with history. More than 130 ralli quilts from the mid colorful and vividly striped tartans sections about design history, lists of manufactur- to late twentieth century are shown, along with each, plus brief historical background, ers, and photographs of their labels. A glossary background information on where they were defi nitions of related terms, and thread of terms, care guide, and fabric resources round made, pattern characteristics, type of fabric, counts for the tartan weaver. An in- out this book. and dimensions. valuable resource. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 photos • Price Guide • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 251 color photos, 80 b/w Each: 11" x 8 1/2", 112 pp. soft cover 208 pp.• ISBN: 0-7643-1967-1 • soft cover • $34.95 illus. • Value Guide/Index • 160 pp. with 400 color images and index. ISBN: 0-7643-1697-4 • soft cover • $29.95 $24.95 each.
Nomadic Embroideries: India’s Tribal Eastern European Folk Designs. John Gabri- Tartans: Abbotsford to Fraser. Textile Art. Tina Skinner with the Sam Hilu an Marinescu. More than 288 full color, allover ISBN: 0-7643-0961-7 Collection. More than 500 images explore the patterns, borders and corners of decorative free-form embroidered creations of the tribal textile motifs from Romania. Inspiration for Tartans: Frederickton to MacNeil. people of India’s renown Gujarat Province. decorations of fabrics, wall coverings, carpets, ISBN: 0-7643-0962-5 Dating back 30 to 100 years, they include original ceramics, historical ornamentation, and jewelry. garments, temple offerings, and second-gen- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 315 color illustrations • 160 pp. Tartans: MacNichol to Yukon. eration quilted works. The elaborate, mica ISBN: 0-7643-1706-7 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1029-1 and bead-studded creations include abstract, geometric, fl oral, and religious imagery. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 800 color photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3032-2 • hard cover • $49.99
Antique French Textiles for Designers. June Textile Art of the Bakuba: Velvet Embroi- Foulards: A Picture Book of Prints K. Laval. A basic history of French textiles, from deries in Raffi a. Sam Hilu & Irwin Hersey. for Men’s Wear. Tina Skinner. More the Middle Ages to Art Deco, and 416 beautiful Striking velvety embroidered raffi a cloths and than 350 photographs of historic fabric color photographs demonstrate traditional and ceremonial appliqué skirts created deep in swatches explore design variations in contemporary uses for tapestries, cottons, linens, the heart of the Congo by the Kuba people. foulards, the small motifs printed on silks laces, embroidery, needlepoint, and trims. Sug- The intricate abstract designs, executed in an and related fabrics that were intended gestions are given for their use in contemporary appealing palette of vegetal dyes, have inspired for men’s ties and dressing gowns. interior and home decor. innumerable artists and designers including Klee, Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 357 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 416 color photos Matisse, Chillida, Braque, and Tzara. 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1256-1 • soft Price Guide/Index • 192 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 425 color photos cover • $24.95 ISBN: 0-7643-2039-4 • hard cover • $39.95 Value Guide • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1685-0 • hard cover • $39.95 40 FABRIC REFERENCES
African Prints: A Design Book. Fun Fabrics of the ’50s. Joy Shih. This Fabulous Barkcloth: Home Decorating Leslie Piña. The printed designs book will transport you back to the days Textiles from the ’30s, ’40s, & ’50s. Loretta include abstract, fl oral, pictorial, of shirt plaids, cowboy heroes’ fl annel Smith Fehling. Barkcloth is a dense, textured animal and fi gural themes. The fab- pajamas, early American rec room drap- cotton weave and was often used in draperies ric is contemporary, most made of ery, splashy lounge chair tropical blooms, and slipcovers. Patterns, colors, and fl oral motifs cotton in Africa commercially, and housewives’ duster fl orals, and festive are illustrated as used on authentic barkcloth. many designs are adaptations of south-of-the-border kitchen curtains. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 215 color photos • 112 pp. traditional African woven textiles. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 300 color photos ISBN: 0-7643-0837-8 • soft cover • $24.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 231 color photos 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0173-X • soft 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0694-4 • soft cover • $19.95 cover • $24.95
African Fabric Design. Leslie Conversational Prints: Decorative Vintage Children’s Fabrics. Kay Hanauer. Piña. Includes contemporary bold Fabrics of the 1950s. Joy Shih. A Relive childhood memories through this collection two- and three-color designs, prominent feature in the homes of the of vintage children’s fabric. Chapters highlight stripes, grids, and geometrics ar- 1950s, these large, splashy print de- similar themes with displays of letters and number ranged with a focus on design, color, signs were used for drapery, upholstery, block and progress through various childhood and pattern. Shown are commercial- slipcover, and tablecloth fabrics, estab- points of interest. Collectors, designers, and ly-made adaptations of traditional lishing a decorative theme or bringing fabric buffs will fi nd this an invaluable resource. African designs. a splash of color and humor. Size: • 8 1/2" x 11" • 500 color images • 144 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 233 color photos Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 250+ photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3855-7 • soft cover • $29.99 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0831-9 • soft ISBN: 0-7643-0341-4 • soft cover cover • $24.95 $19.95
Abstract Textile Designs. Tina Couture Fabrics of the ’50s. Joy Shih. Cowboy Textiles. Tom Kiley. Cowgirls, cow- Skinner. Historic prints of the abstract Beautiful textiles from high-fashion Pari- boys, horses and Western heroes cover these genre — from upholstery fabrics and sian houses of the 1950s. Featuring exotic great vintage textiles. See the best chinille curtains to the wearable art we don and exquisite designs in silk, rayon, and bedspreads from the 1940s, rugs, blankets, daily — explored through photos of cotton used to create elegant women’s tablecloths, aprons, hankies, scarves and novelty fabric swatches from couture houses couture fashions. Of special interest are prints up to the 1970s. This comprehensive in Italy, France, and the United States. fabric swatches refl ecting seasonal styles, presentation of vintage household textiles will A must-have for designers ready to special effects" photo-engraving and inspire today’s designers and encourage collec- take a lesson from their predecessors lavish imitation weaves. tors to keep digging. in the everyday gallery of art. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color photos 112 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 378 color photos • 144 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 300 color photos • 112 pp. pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0199-3 • soft cover • $19.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3681-2 • soft cover • $29.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0674-X • soft cover • $19.95
Metallic Textile Designs. Tina Skin- Funky Fabrics of the ’60s. Joy Shih. Flower Power: Prints from the ner. They’re hot, they’re shiny, and The wide range of sixties fabric designs 1960s. Tina Skinner. All the orange, hot they’re oh-so-glamorous. This book refl ected the transition from the comfort- pink, and sky blue the era’s most fertile revisits metallic’s past, with historic ing tranquility of the early years to the imaginations could conjure. Featured are fabric swatches from Europe and Japan bolder, more “hip" end of the decade. more than 300 striking swatches from dating back to the 1950s, and takes A nostalgic tour of pastel and splashy top couture houses in Paris and Milan, us to today’s top European couture fl orals, patchwork calicos, denims and bold fl ower prints on silk, cotton, and houses in a visual exploration of me- stripes, wild abstract geometrics, and the acetates and polyesters that helped tallics’ allure. neon paisleys. shape fashion’s most eye-popping era. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 237 color photos • 112 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 250+ color photos Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 313 color photos pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0635-9 • soft cover • $19.95 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0174-8 • soft cover • $19.95 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0675-8 • soft cover • $19.95
Art Deco Era Textile Designs. Tina Designer Fabrics of the Early ‘60s. Fashion Fabrics: 1960s. Leslie Piña & Con- Skinner. More than 300 historic fab- Tina Skinner. From top couture fabric stance Korosec. Fabric colors, patterns, textures, ric samples from the mid-1920s and design houses of Paris during the early and fi bers reveal a culture. In the 1960s, tradi- 1930s provide a visual textbook of the 1960s, this visual feast explores a mul- tional plaids became popular at the same time everyday fabrics used for housedresses titude of styles, ranging from playful as bold prints and geometrics, notably Op Art and curtains, adorned with the era’s geometrics to novelty prints and from and “psychedelic" patterns. Close-up color with predominate geometric creations and abstract experimentation to the increas- informative captions and index. spiced with the exotic inspirations that ingly far-out fl orals. A special section Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 579 color photos • 176 pp. spurred one of the most popular artistic explores upholstery and household ISBN: 0-7643-0584-0 • soft cover • $29.95 movements of all times. fabrics of the era. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 317 color photos • 112 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 255 color photos ISBN: 0-7643-0650-2 • soft cover • $19.95 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0506-9 • soft cover • $19.95
Forties Fabrics. Joy Shih. Fabrics of the Cool Hot Colors: Fabrics of the The Synthetic ’70s: Fabric of the Decade. 1940s jump off the pages with vibrant Late 1960s. Joy Shih. Hot pinks and Leslie Piña & Constance Korosec. Experience an colors in fl orals, stripes, checks, and purples, chartreuse, orange, and yellow: era through bold prints, geometric patterns, and plaids. Patriotic themes predominate sometimes called neon colors, these cool “psychedelic" colors on polyester and stretch the war years, while the peace years hot colors were often combined into wild knits. Vivid close-up color photographs, in- give birth to bold fl orals and geometric and psychedelic fl oral and geometric formative captions, a glossary, and an index. graphics that would continue well into designs. Hundreds of splashy colors Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 261 color photos • Index • 112 pp. the ’50s. and designs from the 1960s European ISBN: 0-7643-0717-7 • soft cover • $24.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color photos and American textile manufacturers 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0198-5 • soft are presented. cover • $19.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0342-2 • soft cover • $19.95
Terry Cloth. Monique Combes. This Vintage Textured Barkcloth. Margaret Meier. Naturally ’70s Fabric. Constance Korosec & book - the fi rst devoted specifi cally to Barkcloth was the textile of choice for window Leslie Piña. Bold and dizzying complementary terry cloth - contains more than 500 treatments and other household textiles of the color patterns dominated the 1970s, displayed images that trace the fabric from its 1930s, ‘40s, and ‘50s. This book explores its on two general groups of textile: the naturals origins to modern fashion. Vintage ad- scintillating combination of pattern, texture, and the synthetics. This book presents a sam- vertisements, sewing patterns, apparel, and color in nearly 300 full-color photos and pling of silks, cotton, fl ax, and wool with solid, and design fabrics showcase styles from in-depth text. stripe, plaid, geometric, fl oral, and paisley prints. dainty fl orals to fabulous geometrics, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 290 color photos • Price Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 275 color photos • Index • 112 pp. especially from the 1950s to the 1970s. Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1030-5 • soft cover • $24.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 481 color & 25 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2663-9 • soft cover • $29.95 b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4185-4 • soft cover • $24.99 FASHION DESIGN: INSPIRA TION & DESIGN RESOURCES • SEWING • NAIL ART • MACRA ME • KNITT ING • KNOTT ING 41
FASHION DESIGN: INSPIRATION NAIL ART Emerging Fashion Designers. Sally Cong- The SFP LookBook: Mercedes-Benz Fash- Holiday Nail Art: 24 Design Projects. don-Martin. 285 color photos of new clothing ion Week Fall 2013 Collections. Jesse J. Janel Lucas. Follow along with step-by-step designs appear as drawings and fi nished outfi ts Marth. Schiffer Fashion Press launches its inau- tutorials to create attention-grabbing manicure on models. The best student work comes from gural LookBook with Fall/Winter 2013 runway looks with seasonal and holiday themes. There sixteen fashion design programs. Over 100 looks from Mercedes-Benz Fashion Week. Ideal are 24 featured nail designs inspired by winter, talented designers now entering the fashion for identifying trends in color, fabric, pattern, spring, summer, and fall, and holidays including industry are included. Inspirations for the de- and silhouette, here are images of thousands of Valentine's Day, St. Patrick's Day, Easter, Fourth signs and materials used are listed for each looks from more than 80 of today's top designers. of July, Halloween, Thanksgiving, Christmas and garment displayed. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 2500+ color photos • New Year's Eve. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 285 color photos • 208 pp. 384 pp. Size: 6" × 6" • 50 designs • 48 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3600-3 • hard cover • $39.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4570-8 • hard cover • $45.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5002-3 • soft cover • $9.99 FASHION DESIGN RESOURCES Emerging Fashion Designers 2. Sally Con- The SFP LookBook: Merceds-Benz Fashion Designing Fashion Accessories: Master gdon-Martin. Including over 300 color images, Week Spring 2014 Collections. Jesse Marth. Class in Professional Design. Marta R. this second edition picks up where the fi rst left Spring 2014 runway looks from Mercedes-Benz Hidalgo and Gabriel Martin Roig. Accessories off, spotlighting garments and illustrations Fashion Week. Ideal for identifying trends in color, are part of the great fashion family of various for eveningwear, menswear, children’s wear, fabric, embellishment, styling, and silhouette. pieces and adornments that complete a man’s, sportswear, and more. Included is a collection Images of more than 3,200 looks from more woman’s, or child’s outfi t. Various designers of bright and original designs by 60 recent grad- than 85 of today’s top designers. take you from the research of current trends in uates from 12 premier fashion design programs Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 3,200 color images • 384 pp. the accessories of footwear, purses, and hats in the United States. The designers are listed ISBN: 978-0-7643-4651-4 • hard cover • $45.00 through to its design and manufacture. alphabetically and indexed by school. Size: 9" x 12" • 575 images and patterns • 192 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 323 color photos • 208 pp. pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4215-8 • hard cover ISBN: 978-0-7643-3791-8 • hard cover • $39.99 • $45.00
Emerging Fashion Designers 3. Sally Con- The SFP LookBook: Mercedes-Benz Fashion Dress Shirt Design. Malie Raef. Every element gdon-Martin. Over 100 recent graduates from Week Fall/Winter 2014 Collections. Alexander of the man's dress shirt is explored, including 16 premier fashion design programs in the US L. Potter. For this 3rd installment in the successful collars, plackets, pockets, shoulder seams, have their creations illustrated in over 400 color LookBook series, Schiffer Fashion Press presents armholes, short sleeves, long sleeves, cuffs, cuff photos. Features unique and innovative garments the Fall/Winter 2014 Mercedes-Benz Fashion plackets, back yokes, garment shaping, bottom and illustrations for eveningwear, menswear, Week. This exhaustive compilation showcases not hems, and vents. Written by a professional children’s wear, sportswear, and more. The text only women's ready-to-wear and eveningwear, but designer, the book features over 840 computer includes a brief dossier of each young designer, also menswear, beauty and hair styling trends, and fl at sketches of many shirts' components, and including inspiration and materials. The designers accessories. The Trend Guide observes themes in fashion illustrations from guest artists. are listed alphabetically and indexed by school. color, pattern, textile and texture, and silhouette. Size: 9" x 12" • 31 color & 846 b/w illus • 208 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 422 color photos • 232 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 2894 color photos • 392 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2723-0 • soft cover • $79.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4029-1 • hard cover • $39.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4737-5 • hard cover • $39.99
Emerging Fashion Designers 4. Sally Con- The SFP LookBook Atelier to Runway: New Mannequins. Steven M. Richman. A photog- gdon-Martin. The latest edition of this series York Fashion Week Spring 2015. Andrea rapher’s artistic fascination with mannequins is showcases the new designs created by over 80 Kiliany Thatcher. The 4th edition of Schiffer explored through a series of 390 portraits from graduates from 18 premier fashion design pro- Fashion Press's (SFP) runway compendium tells around the world. This compelling photographic grams in the United States. With over 300 color the story of the Spring 2015 New York Fashion essay captures the personalities and drama of images, this edition brings the fresh perspective Week collections from "Atelier to Runway." storefront fi gures. Retailers, merchandisers, of the next generation of young designers to the From studio visits & designer interviews to members of the fashion industry, and pho- forefront via beautifully designed garments and backstage coverage and fi nal runway looks, it tography enthusiasts will all fi nd this book a skillfully rendered illustrations for eveningwear, offers a complete Fashion Week experience. valuable source of inspiration. menswear, lingerie, sportswear, and more. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 2,200 color images • 320 pp Size: 9" x 12" • 390 color photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 322 color photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4910-2 • hard cover • $45.00 ISBN: 0-7643-2351-2 • hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4713-9 • hard cover • $39.99 SEWING MACRAME, KNITTING, & KNOTTING TECHNIQUES Emerging Fashion Designers 5. Sally The Little Guide to Mastering Your 101 Socks: Circular Needles, Felted, Ad- Congdon-Martin. In this newest edition to a Sewing Machine: All the Sewing Basics, di-Express, Toe Up, Crocheted, and Spiral series, Emerging Fashion Designers 5 continues Plus 15 Step-by-Step Projects. Sylvie Knit. The Editors of the Oz Creativ Series. With to be a platform for the next generation of Blondeau. This step-by-step method, illus- seven techniques and 101 patterns, this how- young designers, exhibiting original designs by trated with nearly 200 photos and drawings, to book provides detailed, clear instructions more than 50 recent graduates from 13 premier helps beginners painlessly discover the basic for knitting and crocheting colorful and artful fashion design programs in the United States. techniques, from sewing a straight line to socks. Aimed at a wide range of skill sets, from Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 295 color images • 208 pp sewing on a button. You'll then very quickly the beginner to the advanced knitter, the book IISBN: 978-0-7643-4879-2 • hard cover • $39.99 be able to put your new sewing machine skills into practice with the 15 included also includes helpful tips and size tables.Size: 8 projects, designed especially for beginners. 1/2" x 11" • 319 color photos & illus. • 144 pp Size: 10" x 7" • 198 color photos & b/w illustrations • 80 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4850-1 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4970-6 • spiral bound • $24.99
Europe: Rising Fashion Designers. Patrick Bags for Fashionistas: Designing, Sewing, Macrame Fashion Accessories & Jewelry. Gottelier. In concise text and 490 vibrant color Selling. nani coldine. Through more than 500 Sylvie Hooghe. Create your own fashion acces- photos, discover the current and emerging trends illustrations, this do-it-yourself book shows you, sories through DIY macramé projects. Illustrated in European fashion design. Students from top with step-by-step instructions, how to create 25 step-by-step directions will guide you through the schools present their premier work, fashions styles of handbags. Chapters include information making of your own unique scarves, handbags, that are sure to inspire readers and fi re their on making custom linings and variations of bracelets, and necklaces. This book is perfect imaginations. Top-fl ight fashion design colleges the models, and includes interviews with the for both beginning and seasoned hobbyists and universities from England, Scotland, Ireland, “who's who" of bags. and the fashionista who wants to add to their Sweden, and the Netherlands, participated in Size: 9" x 10" • 582 color illustrations • 152 pp repertoire of fashion accessories. this fascinating project. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4912-6 • soft cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 87 color images • 80 pp Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 490 color photos • 200 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4857-0 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4242-4 • hard cover • $39.99
Europe’s Rising Fashion Designers 2. Patrick Upcycle Your Wardrobe: 21 Sewing Proj- Macrame Today: Contemporary Knotting Gottelier. 460+ images and incisive text illustrate ects for Unique, New Fashions. Mia Führer. Projects. Darlyn Susan Yee. Knotting as an art the work of students from top schools, who present Reuse, recycle and repurpose the clothing you form can be very diverse and result in a complex their best work, fashions that will inspire readers, love, creating new, one-of-a-kind garments. blend of texture and intricate patterns, using fi ring their imaginations as they get a glimpse of Every one of the twenty-one inspiring proj- such materials as yarn, fi ber, and string. With what the future may bring. Top fl ight fashion design ects in this book can be sewn quickly, even by 110 color images and step-by-step instructions, colleges and universities from the United Kingdom, beginners. The descriptive photo instructions this comprehensive guide will have you creating Ireland, Denmark, The Netherlands, and Sweden make it easy to follow the process step by step. beautifully designed wearable and functional art participated in this new edition. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 199 color photos & pieces. Basic knotting forms and ten projects of Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 461 color & 5 b/w images diagrams • 64 pp varying skill level is featured. 208 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4545-6 • hard cover ISBN: 978-0-7643-4849-5 • hard cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 110 color images • 64 pp. • $39.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3799-4 • soft cover • $19.99 42 KNITT ING • KNOTT ING • BASKETRY • KNOT MAKING
Basic Knitting and Crocheting for Today’s Basketry: Basic Techniques Explained Old New England Splint Baskets and How Woman: 14 Projects to Soothe the Mind Step by Step. Caterina Hernandez and Eva to Make Them. John E. McGuire. Beautiful color & Body. Anita Closic. This knitting/crocheting Pascual. Learn the various materials, tools, and photographs of antique New England baskets inspire book offers fourteen projects that are fun to techniques that can be used in basketmaking. readers to adapt the step-by-step instructions to make, while allowing the knitter to escape the With 474 images, clear, easy-to-follow text create three new baskets: a round, rectangular, and stresses of the day. Using basic knitting and provides a description of each material and square-to-round basket with traditional techniques. crocheting techniques, make throws, baby wraps, tips for preparing the wood. Techniques include A unique chapter on old tools and molds used in meditative yoga mats, a table runner, scarves, stitching coil, weaving the rim and handles, and past generations is fascinating to all who enjoy baby blankets, wrist warmers, and pillows. making different shaped bases for your basket. antique baskets. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 14 patterns • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 474 illus. & diagrams • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of photos & ISBN: 978-0-7643-4668-2 • soft cover • $16.99 144 pp. drawings • 100 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-045-0 soft ISBN: 978-0-7643-4471-8 • hard cover • $34.99 cover • $14.95
Patchwork Knitting: 18 Projects to Knit Basket Inspiration: For Makers & Col- Let’s Weave Color into Baskets. Pat and Crochet. Johanna Schwarz. Discover a lectors. Billie Ruth Sudduth. Get thoughtful, Laughridge. Introduces the reader to creative completely new form of patchwork knitting: the step-by-step, basket-making instruction from possibilities of adding color to baskets. Chemical knitting kit! The innovative methods to join simple a master teacher, and be inspired to collect art dyes are discussed with step-by-step instructions knitted pieces into chic fashion and accessories, baskets from beautifully made examples by 95 for their use. Many fi nished examples with color including skirts, jackets, scarves, hats, shrugs, top artists. Learn fundamentals and complete woven into them are presented to stimulate the pullovers, and more, will inspire you. Over 130 projects for plaited ribbed, twined, and braid- craftsperson’s creativity. Three sets of weaving photos and plans will guide you. Complete the ed construction, twill weaving, and surface instructions are included: a fi eld basket, a house simple pieces, join them following the diagram, embellishment. basket, and a market basket. and you are done! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 137 color Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 284 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 58 pp. photos & patterns 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643- Index • 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3468-9 33 color photos, 36 drawings, 52 b/w photos 4092-5 • hard cover • $19.99 hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-88740-056-6 • soft cover • $12.95
Knot Design. Kristin Möller. A variety of International Basketry. Christoph Will. This Ply-Split Braided Baskets: Exploring Sculp- knotting projects with different levels of diffi culty beautifully illustrated volume presents baskets ture in Plain Oblique Twining. David W. are provided, including cell phone or MP3 player woven from natural fi bers over many years and Fraser. With 176 images, including patterns, learn cases, wallets and key chains, bracelets or eye- from diverse American, European and interna- to make baskets using plain oblique twining, a glasses cases in contemporary colors and designs. tional cultures. The text explores the origins version of ply-split braiding particularly well-suited Important knots readers will quickly master of the plants which produce weavable fi bres, for the art of basketry. Chapters include creating include the vertical and horizontal half hitches, localized preparation techniques, and a wide fenestrations, substituting cords, combining bas- spiral knots, square knots, and fi nishing knots. variety of weaving styles and forms. Detailed kets, crossing planes, and harnessing the tension Each project is rated by its level of diffi culty. drawings of many weaves will enable craftsmen between right triangles when the hypotenuse of Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 81 color photos • 64 pp. to duplicate and experiment. one aligns with the leg of another. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3999-8 • soft cover • $16.99 Size: 9’’ x 12’’ • 436 photos • Index • 192 pp. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 176 color images • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-037-X • soft cover • $19.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4652-1 • soft cover • $24.99 BASKETRY: INSPIRATION Baskets. Revised 3rd Edition. Nancy Schiffer. The Nature of Basketry. Ed Rossbach. Hun- Earth Basketry. Osma Gallinger Tod. Use natural Baskets as functional and art objects, includes dreds of photos and text show Asian, American, materials, including leaves, roots, reeds, grasses, vines, over 300 pictures of baskets from all over the and European ceremonial baskets, humble work shoots, willow, bark and splints to create baskets. A wide United States and abroad. This pictorial survey of baskets and those made quickly to satisfy a mo- variety of weaving techniques are clearly illustrated with splint, wicker, and coil baskets shows them used ment’s need. Many traditional methods of using many examples and instructions for borders, lids, handles for storage, decorating, carrying, winnowing, plant materials for baskets are described with and miniatures. Seventy-fi ve pictures and drawings show gathering and trapping. They will inspire basket pictures and discussions of their unique qualities. details, progressive instructions, and fi nished examples. makers, and the up-to-date price guide will be a Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 256 photos Size: 6" x 9" • 23 b/w photos, help to collectors. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 333 illus. Index • 192 pp. 42 color photographs • 184 pp. & color plates • Price Guide/Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-059-0 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-88740-076-6 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-1380-6 • soft cover • $29.99 KNOT MAKING Baskets and Basketmakers in Southern A Guide to Basket Weaving. Marie Pieroni. Through Handbook of Knots. Raoul Graumont & Elmer Appalachia. John Rice Irwin. American baskets 284 photos and illustrations, plus informative instruc- Wenstron. Master an artistic and absorbing hobby. made by people in Appalachia are lovingly shared tions, learn to choose and prepare raw materials, and Provides detailed illustrations to make practical and with readers. Indian baskets, especially Cherokee, gather and use necessary tools. Discover optimal decorative knot-tying easy for the beginner. Hitches, also are included. Numerous photos detail every working positions, basketwork structures, essential sheepshanks, and bowlines are demonstrated with step in the Appalachian basket making process: steps (splitting, weaving, and peeling) in making good explanation of blocks and tackle. Most pieces from the time the tree is cut until the time the closed- and open-weave basketry, rib basket weaving, described are made of rawhide, but leather thongs and basket is completed. and border designs. A glossary of terms is provided plastic string can be used, too. 400+ knots illustrated Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 603 photos & drawings for quick reference. This informative guide will be a and indexed. Index • 192 pp. welcome addition to any basket weaver’s library.Size: Size: 4 1/2" x 7" • 565 illustrations • Index • 208 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-61-7 • soft cover • $19.95 6" x 9" • 284 color images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-030-8 • soft cover • $6.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4530-2 • soft cover • $24.99
Wicker Basketry. Flo Hoppe. Illustrated step- Rib Baskets. Revised & Expanded 2nd Encyclopedia of Knots and Fancy Rope Work. by-step instructions offer a range of techniques Edition. Jean Turner Finley. Step-by-step direc- 4th Edition. Raoul Graumont & John Hensel. A and tips for making both round and oval bases, tions for making fourteen different rib baskets comprehensive history of knots and ropemaking with making handles, preparing to weave, and adding are accompanied by suggestions for variations how-to instructions for tying and making useful and color. Projects include a simple plant basket, a to challenge the imagination of both novice and decorative articles with rope. More than 3,600 knots bread basket with beads, a lidded sewing basket, experienced basketmakers. With 231 images and described and illustrated in 348 full-page plates. and a large double-handled shopping basket. 107 diagrams, this how-to guide offers general Size: 7 1/4" x 9 5/8" • 4,501 illus., 7 b/w photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 290 photos, 169 patterns techniques and tips for successful weaving. Glossary/Index • 704 pp. Index • 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4080-2 Chapters on materials included. ISBN: 978-0-87033-021-6 • hard cover • $39.99 soft cover • $24.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 115 color & 116 b/w images, 107 patterns • 88 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4177-9 • soft cover • $19.99 BASKETRY: TECHNIQUES Award-Winning Basket Designs: Tech- Lightship Baskets of Nantucket. Rev. and Fisherman’s Knots and Nets. Raoul Graumont & niques and Patterns for All Levels. Pati Expanded 2nd Edition. Martha Lawrence. The Elmer Wenstrom. Professional and novice fi shermen English. Explore the art of basketry in this book history and makers of highly prized, distinctive, alike can learn to make hundreds of ties and bends to packed with practical guidance for weavers at old Nantucket Lightship Baskets chronicled with connect line to hooks, leaders, lures, nets, traps, and all levels. Detailed explanations feature more many color photos that detail construction and seines. The veteran fi sherman will fi nd it an indispens- than 300 colorful how-to photographs. Learn show beautiful examples. Includes what to con- able reference tool. Whether you fi sh for fun or to make the basics, practice your skills, and create bas- sider when evaluating antique and contemporary a living, this is a valuable addition to your tackle box. kets with plaids, twills, spiral, braids, arrows, baskets, plus step-by-step, illustrated instructions Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 565 illustrations, diamonds, twining, waling, handle wraps, rim for making your own Nantucket basket. 1 b/w photo • Index • 208 pp. borders, and more. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • over 115 photos ISBN: 978-0-87033-024-7 • soft cover • $8.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 349 color photos and pat- Price Guide • 128 pp. terns • 168 pp • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4971-3 • ISBN: 0-7643-0891-2 • soft cover • $24.95 soft cover • $24.99 LEATHERCRA FT • JEWELRY MAKING 43
LEATHERCRAFT JEWELRY MAKING Leather: History, Technique, Projects. Whips and Whipmaking. 2nd Edition. David Drawing for Jewelers: Master Class in Josephine Barbe. Leather can be smooth, soft, W. Morgan. Whipmaking is the highest refi nement Professional Design. Maria Josep Forcadell and cosmetic, or robust, resistant, and protective. of the art of leather braiding. Features whips made Berenguer and Josep Asunción Pastor. This For thousands of years this versatile material has in the Mongol tradition. Braiding details shown in a book teaches how to use drawing as means of provided the foundation for the manufacture of selection of photographs. Includes the evolution of expressing jewelers’ creative ideas. Mastering clothing, jewelry, and accessories. All projects a whip design that became world famous through this tool can be a great resource that can help can be made with a sewing machine and a its association with Hollywood. Introduces whips for jewelers to progress easily and steadily with few simple tools. performance and sport use. designing jewelry and presenting their ideas Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 308 • 168 pp. Size: 7" x 10" • 55 illus., 205 b/w photos and projects. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4484-8 • hard cover • $34.99 Index • 240 pp. Size: 9" x 12" • 763 b/w & color images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-557-0 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4058-1 • hard cover • $45.00
Encyclopedia of Rawhide and Leather Braiding. Leather Care Compendium: For Shoes, Clothing, Basic Metal Jewelry Techniques: A Mas- Bruce Grant. 350+ illustrations arranged so the step- and Furniture. Kim & Axel Himer. Leather care history, terclass. Carles Codina. The fundamentals of by-step instructions face the picture being described, application, and benefi ts are covered in text and over metallurgy and basic formulas that every jeweler making it easy to follow. Braidwork takes many forms; 500 color photos. Custom shoemakers show how to should know and master. The accurate and its applications are practical as well as decorative. expertly maintain leather shoes, furniture, bags, car up-to-date content is accompanied by a large While the book is primarily for those interested in leather, and more. Applying the techniques described in number of images and drawings, including leathercraft, in nearly all cases the methods of braiding this book will increase the life of your favorite leather, stamping, polishing, casting, and beveling. are applicable to many other materials, such as silk, make you a better caretaker of these transient objects, Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 276 photos & diagrams cotton, plastic, catgut, or horsehair. and will give you a far more sophisticated appearance. 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4367-4 • hard Size: 6" x 9" • 206 b/w photos, 1,254 illustrations Size: 7" x 10" • 763 color photos • 288 pp. cover • $24.99 Glossary/Index • 558 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4517-3 • soft cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-87033-161-9 • hard cover • $29.99 JEWELRY MAKING: INSPIRATION Leather Braiding. Bruce Grant. Defi nitive guide to Paper Jewelry: 55 Projects for Reusing Metal Jewelry Techniques: Enameling, the art of leather braiding, contains illustrations, step- Paper. Barbara Baumann, Photography by Engraving, Setting, and Mounting – A by-step instructions, and fascinating information from Flurina Hodel. With detailed instructions, tem- Masterclass. Carles Codina. This book takes a the simple but clever braided button to elaborate results plates and colorful photography, this book detailed and visual approach to metal working of thong appliqué. Includes a historical perspective of shows how to craft fi fty-fi ve paper jewelry techniques, showing the most common pro- leather and its function in society, leather braiding tools, projects. Colorful and graphic projects range cesses and techniques used in jewelry making and glossary of terms.The book includes a historical from necklaces, brooches, earrings and brace- today, including enameling, engraving, and perspective of leather and its function in society, a lets to hair accessories. mounting gem stones. Accompanying the text chapter on leather braiding tools, and a glossary of Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 217 color photos • 176 pp are over 260 images and drawings that help terms.Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 760 illus., 9 b/w photos ISBN: 978-0-7643-4852-5 • soft cover • $34.99 to identify each step of the processes shown. Glossary • 192 pp. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 256 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-039-1 • soft cover • $9.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4532-6 • hard cover • $24.99
Braiding Fine Leather: Techniques of the Aus- From Thread and Wire: 60 Jew- The Art of Jewelry Design: Principles of tralian Whipmakers. David W. Morgan. Written elry Projects Using Knitting and Design, Rings & Earrings. Maurice P. Galli, by the expert who made whips for the Indiana Jones Crocheting. Helga Becker, Photos by Dominique Rivière, & Fanfan Li. The combined tal- movies, this manual shows how to braid simple projects. Helga and Richard Becker. These 60 ents of three top jewelry designers have created Attention to detail and a little practice enable novices beautiful jewelry projects each use a this beautiful and practical book. Starting with to produce attractive and enduring items, from precut surprising technique: crocheting or a fully illustrated discussion of design principles lace, a skin, or a side of leather. knitting! Helpfully coded as to diffi culty and metal and stone rendering techniques, Size: 7" x 10" • 308 b/w photos level, they incorporate a variety of fi bers this volume then presents progressive detailed 5 illustrations • 160 pp. and wire types. Make jewelry from sketches and fi nished drawings of many varieties ISBN: 978-0-87033-544-0 • soft cover • $19.99 thread and other non-metallic strands. of ring and earring designs. Size: 9" x 10" • 182 color photos and diagrams • 176 pp Size: 9" x 12" • 104 color drawings • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4976-8 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-88740-562-2 • hard cover • $59.95
Braiding Rawhide Horse Tack. Revised & Ex- Art Jewelry Today: Europe. Cather- Designing Jewelry: Brooches, Bracelets, panded 2nd Edition. Robert L. Woolery. In this ine Mallette. Hundreds of color photos Necklaces & Accessories. Maurcie P. Galli, updated second edition, readers are shown, in over reveal the wearable artwork created Dominique Rivière, & Fanfan Li. The process of 180 drawings and photographs, every step to successful by today's top art jewelers of Europe, designing brooches, bracelets, necklaces and rawhide braiding, beginning with a fresh cowhide, including one-of-a-kind necklaces, accessories is carefully explained, illustrated and continuing through cutting strings and braiding, and brooches, bracelets, rings, and earrings explored in this volume. The beautiful and prac- ending with fi nished reatas, bosals, hobbles, or reins. in gold, silver, mixed metals, glass, tical step-by-step format clearly demonstrates Also discussed are tools and implements the beginner enamel work, found objects, and more. the jewelry designing process. Lavishly illustrated can make out of readily available materials. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200+ color photos with 89 hand-drawn renderings in full color. Size: 6" x 9" • 97 color & 87 b/w photos • 160 pp. 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4678-1 Size: 9" x 12" • 89 illustrations • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-629-4 • soft cover • $16.99 hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 0-88740-631-9 • hard cover • $59.95
How to Make Cowboy Horse Gear. Bruce Grant. Art Jewelry Today. Dona Z. Meilach. Turning Segmented Wooden Bangles on Bridles, hackamores, reins, quirts, and crops are among A beautiful look at art jewelry by today’s the Wood Lathe. Don Jovag. Using over 100 the gear you can make using this well-illustrated top art jewelers, whose work is often photos, this book guides you through each step book. Clear and detailed drawings show steps from shown in art galleries and museums. of the process for successful bangle turning on beginning to end. Create articles of gear the horseman Contemporary designs in gold, silver, a small lathe. Expert woodworker Don Jovag uses to “work or show" his horse to best advantage. mixed metals, found objects, glass, offers clear instructions for easy-to-build fi xtures, Clear and detailed drawings show from beginning to enamel work, and imaginative jewelry techniques, and designs. Also included are tips end how to make the articles of gear the horseman pieces that go beyond tradition. that help your workmanship shine. uses to “work or show" his horse to best advantage. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 550 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 128 color photos • 64 pp Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 417 illustrations Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4962-1 • soft cover • $19.99 56 b/w photos • Glossary • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-1766-0 • hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 978-0-87033-034-6 • soft cover • $12.99
How to Make Whips. Ron Edwards. Make Art Jewelry Today 3. Jeffrey B. Creative Variations in Jewelry Design. fi ne eight-strand whips, kangaroo-hide whips, Snyder. Hundreds of vibrant color Maurice P. Galli, Dominique Rivière, & Fanfan bullwhips, snake whips, and even whips from photographs display these one-of-a- Li. Step-by-step instruction through the creative precut lace. Includes instructions for plaiting kind works of art, including necklaces, drawing process for twenty-fi ve different styles names in whips and using plaiting designs for brooches, bracelets, rings, and earrings of jewelry sets, with four variations for each. whip handles. The fi rst section gives instructions in gold, silver, mixed metals, glass, and From each specifi c design idea, you will see for a basic eight-strand whip; the second deals enamels, with found objects and inno- jewelry being developed in silver and gold, old with the making of fi ne kangaroo hide whips. vative designs. gold, gold with diamonds, and platinum with Also included are instructions on plaiting names Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 613 color photos precious stones. in whips. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 780 illustrations • 256 pp. Size: 9" x 12" • 100 color drawings • 204 pp. Index • 166 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3883-0 • hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD ISBN: 0-7643-0330-9 • hard cover • $69.95 ISBN: 978-0-87033-513-6 • hard cover • $24.99 44 JEWELRY MAKING
Behind the Brooch: The Art of Backs & Pearl Projects for Beaders. Daphne Yu. Beads & Agate Jewelry To Create Yourself. Clasps. Lorena Angulo. The focus of this book Detailed photographs, diagrams, and sim- Connie Wagner. Learn how to create earrings, is on the side of the brooch we usually don’t ple-to-follow instructions guide you through a pin, a barrette, and a necklace, and various notice: the reverse. Clever brooch makers adorn 23 projects that showcase pearls with crystals ways to embellish these projects to change backs with items meant to complement the and semi-precious stones. Includes 186 color their look. 170 color photographs and step- front. The backside may even have a unique, images and 47 patterns, both the beginner and by-step instructions teach the process, and a intricate design all its own. When you flip advanced beader will enjoy making classical photo gallery of other projects will inspire you. a brooch over in your hand, fi nd a surprise to funky pieces, perfect for wearing or gifts. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 145 color photos • 64 pp. message or a hidden pattern. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 186 color images ISBN: 978-0-7643-2998-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 604 color photos • 47 patterns • 112 pp. 136 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3552-5 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4559-3 • hard cover • $34.99
Costume Jewelry. Elvira López Del Prado Fresh Floral Jewelry: Creating Beading Necklaces. Ani Afshar. Learn to make Rivas. With illustrated, step-by-step instructions, Wearable Art with Wendy Andrade, two different styles of beaded necklaces with a learn how to make various pieces of costume NDSF, AIFD, FBFA. An innovative designer renowned expert. With beads and supplies from jewelry with enameled copper wire, felt, poly- is always looking for new concepts. This any craft store, you can follow the step-by-step meric clay, cloth, and paper. Chapters include instructional introduction to the world of color illustrated directions to make a multi-strand a history of costume jewelry, techniques for fl oral design jewelry making, is the fi rst choker with an adjustable tie closure and a using each material, tools and materials needed, of its kind. Learn how to make beautiful, beaded rope with tassel ends. The author’s glossary, and an artist’s gallery to inspire your intricate jewelry with wire, beads, and practical advice and years of experience show own creative ideas. little else, to resemble foliage in which you how to design, build, and fi nish off projects Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 556 color images • 144 pp. to set your orchids, succulents, and many of exquisite beauty. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4149-6 • soft cover • $29.99 more fl oral varieties. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 414 color photos • 112 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4411-4 • hard cover • $29.99 ISBN: 0-88740-735-8 • soft cover • $12.95
Contemporary Enameling: Art and Flower Jewelry. Ani Afshar. Take a You Can Make Wire & Bead Jewelry. Patricia Technique. Lilyan Bachrach. The techniques jewelry-making workshop with designer De Marco. Time, space, and affordability of the explained are for vitreous, or hard, enamels on Ani Afshar, who will teach you step-by- materials are kept minimal, so the jewelry-making metal. More than 30 experienced enamelists step to make an elegant fl ower brooch, process remains fun. Instructions and color share their specialized knowledge for using a fl ower lariat necklace, and fl ower photographs of 60 necklace, bracelet and ear- cloisonne, plique—jour, champlev, and basse- dangle earrings with colored beads and rings sets are provided. You will love not only taille techniques on silver, gold, foils, and metal fi shing wire. A gallery of similar styles creating the jewelry shown, but also making your clay to make jewelry, vessels, portraits, and more. Ani has made with different beads and own jewelry designs in combinations of glass, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 359 color & colors will inspire you to keep creating. ceramic, or metal beads with wire elements of 14 b/w photos • 192 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 110 color photos • 48 pp. various types. ISBN: 0-7643-2355-5 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2855-8 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 60 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2729-2 • soft cover • $14.95
Enameling. Connie Wagner. Step-by-step Ribbon Jewelry. Ani Afshar. Join Braided Wire Jewelry with Loretta Henry. instructions and 252 color photos guide new- designer Ani Afshar for a jewelry-making Loretta Henry. Braided wire produces pretty, comers to enameling through 8 different projects, workshop to create a bead necklace delicate-looking jewelry, including pendants, including creating test enamel tiles, reversible with long ribbon streamers, another pins, watchbands, and earrings, using wires, earrings, bracelets, multiple piece pendants, a bead necklace with cropped ribbons, beads and stones. Monkey, butterfl y, and cross fl ower pin, enameled beads, and words with and a pair of beaded drop earrings. A shapes are illustrated in this book, and you are enamel. Features different techniques including gallery of similar styles Ani has made encouraged to design your own styles. scrolling and sgraffi to, counter enamel, and sten- with different beads and colors will Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • color photos • 64 pp. ciling. Common mistakes are identifi ed with ways inspire you to keep creating. ISBN: 0-88740-867-2 • soft cover • $12.95 to fi x them.Essential safety tips are provided. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 120 color photos • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 252 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2856-5 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3444-3 • soft cover • $14.99
Wire & Fused Jewelry: Techniques from Beads & Strings Jewelry: A Step- Brazilian Bracelets: Making Friendship the Sandkühler Studio. Iris Sandkühler. The by-Step Workshop. Ani Afshar. Chica- Bracelets & More. Florence Bellot. If you love beginner is taken through every step of the wire go jewelry designer Ani Afshar teaches making meaningful gifts for friends or just desire fusing process, starting with a detailed discussion you step-by-step to weave jewelry with to accessorize with style without breaking the of tools and materials. Projects designed to beads, fi shing line, and wire. Learn to bank, this book is a must-have. Coose from over successively build on your skills in working with make a 10-strand bead necklace with 20 projects and 75 variations. wire, starting with a simple charm bracelet and clusters of various beads, a beaded coil Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 133 color photos and progressing to more complicated, decorative choker with memory wire and fi shing drawings • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4557-9 chain and composition work. line, and seed bead loop earrings. A hard cover $24.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 191 color photos • 96 pp. gallery of similar styles will inspire your ISBN: 978-0-7643-3445-0 • soft cover • $19.99 own designs.Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 123 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2731-5 • soft cover • $12.95
Mixed Media Jewelry Techniques. Lana May Beads & Wires Jewelry: A Step-by- Bead Crochet Jewelry: Tools, Tips, and & Her Friends. Nine exciting projects combining Step Workshop. Ani Afshar. Step-by- 15 Beautiful Projects. Linda Lehman with various materials into jewelry designs for neck- step methods for weaving jewelry with Shelley Grant. The craft of bead crochet, and the laces, bracelets, earrings, and more. Each project beads and sterling silver wires. Create yarns, hooks, and beads used to make jewelry. brings together two or three techniques, each 5-strand and 3-strand necklaces and Instructions on starting bead crocheting, correcting of which could also be used for independent a 3-strand pearl bracelet, with beads mistakes, and creating necklaces, with fi fteen projects. The techniques include wire work, of your choice or similar to those in projects, incorporating different patterns and beading, chain mail, glass beading, macramé, the demonstrations. A gallery of Ani’s design techniques. The novice bead crocheter bead stitching, metal & polymer clay, netting, jewelry that uses the same techniques will emerge a master at this craft. and PMC. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 325 color photos will inspire designs of your own. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 18 color photos • 48 pp. & illus. • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 141 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2023-1 • soft cover • $18.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3429-0 • soft cover • $12.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2730-8 • soft cover • $12.95
Fashion Jewelry to Make Yourself. Renate Off-Loom Woven Bead Necklaces. Deb Making Simple Felted Jewelry. Marsha Bosshart. Over 100 jewelry designs, made with DiMarco. This comprehensive guide to off-loom, Fletcher. Make a brooch, necklace, wrap-around simple techniques. These are amazing, unique seed bead weaving uses the square stitch to bracelet, and accessorize a purse and a hat. These pieces that will complete any woman’s wardrobe explore design patterns. A photo-illustrated fun, wool jewelry pieces are sure to freshen with startling effects. The design palette ranges instructional chapter clearly explains stitching up all wardrobes. Step-by-step directions and from simple to extravagant, from carefree to and joining techniques. This easy-to-read pattern basic techniques are demonstrated through 113 richly precious. Easy to follow, step-by-step book is for anyone interested in learning off-loom, color images, along with 4 featured projects. instructions are included, which will produce seed bead weaving. Three necklace projects and Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 113 color images & 1 beautiful handcrafted jewelry. three bracelet patterns are included. b&w image • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 142 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 230 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3570-9 • soft cover • $9.99 70 drawings • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3306-4 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-88740-874-5 • soft cover • $24.95 JEWELRY MAKING • BRA IDED PURSES 45
Felt, Fiber, and Stone: Creative Jewelry Making Christmas Jewelry in Polymer Turning Wooden Jewelry. Judy Ditmer. Designs & Techniques. Suzanne O’Brien. Clay. Bridget Albano. Festive necklaces, pins Photography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. A discussion of materials and techniques in and earrings of your own making. Patterns for Beautiful, fanciful jewelry from the wood lathe. crocheting, making felt fl owers, and beading, endearing angels, Christmas trees, gifts, holly, Beginning with the turning of tiny “bowls" by with instructions for make chunky brooches, gingerbread men, teddy bears, and old Saint hand from a variety of wood, Judy takes the earrings, necklaces and funky cuff bracelets. Nick himself are provided, with easily followed turner step-by-step through the process of There are 12 projects described step-by-step and instructions and clear color photography. creating this wearable art form. Each step is illustrated photos, with 23 additional projects Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 208 color photos illustrated with a color photograph and captioned in the gallery. 14 patterns • 64 pp. in a concise and informative way. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color photos • 88 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-832-X • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3668-3 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-88740-611-4 • soft cover • $12.95 MAKING BRAIDED PURSES How to Make Wonderful Por- Carving Pins. Mary Finn. Accomplished wood- Knitting Beaded Purses: A Complete celain Beads and Jewelry. Vicki carver and teacher Mary Finn guides readers Guide to Creating Your Own. Nancy Seven Kahn. Over 100 color photos and through the creation of fi ve colorful pin designs: VanDerPuy. Antique beaded purses capture the clear instructions guide readers a sunfl ower, cardinal, bunny, Santa, and rose. imagination of artists and crafters today. This through the creation of porcelain Includes methods for creating blanks, carving the book will show how to use patterns and motifs layered beads, beads with inclusions, piece, adding texture and other details, painting, of vintage bags to create replicas of the purses millefi ori beads, necklaces, earrings, fi nishing, and attaching a pin to the back. with today’s materials in easy step-by-step and buttons.. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color photos directions. Seven original patterns for bead-knit Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 104 color photos 48 pp.• ISBN: 0-7643-1548-X • soft cover purses are also presented. 80 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2377-6 • soft $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 157 color photos • 64 pp. cover • $19.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2870-1 • soft cover • $16.95
Polymer Clay Jewelry: The Art of Caning. Making Wood Jewelry: Southwest Style. More Beaded Purses: Lessons in Knitting Mathilde Brun. Creating cane-based clay jewelry Thomas Freese. A fun guide to creating simple Techniques. Nancy Seven VanDerPuy. Fascinat- is made simple and easy with direction from wooden jewelry. Craft pins, beads, pendants, ed with beaded purses? The centuries-old art of Mathilde Brun. Supported by over 400 step-by- and earrings evoke delightful desert art. With bead knitting is revived in this illustrated guide. step illustrations, material lists, and instructional practical safety tips and a discussion of the best New techniques and basic knitting instructions guidance on making clay “canes" that can be tools, anyone can get started. Design discussion of 15 old and new patterns will help you to make repurposed for several different jewelry pieces, and many project photographs will launch you your own beaded purses. A gallery shows more this book provides everything you need to realize in creating exquisite jewelry perfect for gifts. ideas for variety. your own unique jewelry and design potential. Explore techniques for wood burning, inlayed Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 177 color images Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 408 color images & diagrams stones, and repurposed exotic woods. 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3172-5 • softcover • 80 pp. •ISBN: 978-0-7643-4456-5 • soft Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 152 color photos • 64 pp. • $19.99 cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3414-6 • soft cover • $12.99
Image from Inspired by the National Parks: Their Landscapes and Wildlife in Fabric Perspectives, Page 15
HAVE A BOOK PROPOSAL TO PITCH?
VISIT THE "AUTHOR RESOURCE CENTER" AT WWW.SCHIFFERBOOKS.COM 46 WOODWORKING
WOOD ART ...... 46 MAKING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS ...... 52 CARVING: CARICATURE FIGURES...... 58 FURNITURE MAKING ...... 47 WOOD BURNING ...... 52 CARVING: WOODSPIRITS ...... 61 UPHOLSTERY ...... 49 DECOY & LURE MAKING ...... 52 CARVING: CANES & WALKINGSTICKS ...... 61 INTARSIA ...... 49 CARVING: BIRDS & WATERFOWL ...... 52 CARVING: RELIEF, SIGN & OTHER ...... 62 SCROLL SAW ...... 49 CARVING: FISH & MARINE LIFE ...... 53 CARVING: CHIP CARVING ...... 62 MAKING WOODEN TOYS ...... 50 CARVING: ANIMALS ...... 54 BOAT BUILDING ...... 62 WOOD TURNING ...... 50 CARVING: CHRISTMAS & HOLIDAYS ...... 55 MODEL BUILDING ...... 62 BOWL HEWING ...... 51 CARVING: THE NATIVE AMERICAN STYLE 58 WOODWORKING TOOLS ...... 63 BOX MAKING ...... 52 CARVING: REALISTIC FIGURES ...... 58
CONTEMPORARY WOOD ART
Your Personal Hang-ups. The Center Robin Wood's CORES Recycled. The Center Wood Art Today 2. Jeffrey B. Snyder, for Art in Wood. Who doesn’t like for Art in Wood. Cores are solid, round chunks editor. Hundreds of color photos present discussing their personal hang-ups? of wood, by-products of an ancient pole turning a sweeping survey of current artwork of For a 2012 exhibition at The Center for technique used by Robin Wood of the United wood artists, including carvers, turners, Art in Wood, independent curator Gail Kingdom to craft bowls. Wood donated 100 and sculptors. See free standing and M. Brown challenged artists to create Cores to The Center for Art in Wood, which then wall mounted sculptures, installation functional sculptural objects with an challenged artists to create new pieces of art for pieces, furniture, vessels, jars, vases, emphasis on some more useful hang-ups: an exhibition, Robin Wood's CORES Recycled. bowls, boxes, teapots, and much more. hat, coat trees or hangers, wall hooks, Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 244 photos • 144 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 380 color photos • racks, and wall systems. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4783-2 • soft cover • $29.99 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3463-4 • Size: 9" x 6" • 58 color images • 96 pp hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD ISBN: 978-0-7643-4811-2 • hard cover • $19.99
Bartram's Boxes Remix. The Center for Wood Art Today: Furniture, Vessels, Direct Wood Sculpture: Technique- In- Art in Wood. The Center for Art in Wood Sculpture. Dona Z. Meilach. This idea-packed novation - Creativity. Milt Liebson. An in Philadelphia joined with the historical compendium presents the work of today’s top illustrated history of direct wood sculpture is organization Bartram's Garden to offer ar- wood artists in over 500 photos. More than explored, along with a vital resource for those tisans the opportunity to be inspired by the 130 artists from nine countries are showcased, seeking to create sculpture in wood. A complete famous botanist's work and methods. The including furniture makers, turners, and sculptors description of the qualities and types of wood, 40 selected artists created diverse works, who borrow ideas and techniques from one tools (both hand and power), techniques, and shown in more than 240 photos, that another to create their art. fi nishing, complements discussions of the art express Bartram’s voice and his dedication. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 497 color photos • 256 pp. form and philosophy. Size: 12" x 12" • 248 color photos • 176 pp. SBN: 0-7643-1912-4 • hard cover • $59.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 209 photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4736-8 • hard cover ISBN: 0-7643-1299-5 • hard cover • $39.95 • $49.99 HISTORIC WOOD ART • WOOD ART INSPIRA TIONS • FURNITURE MAKING: PERIOD 47
HISTORIC WOOD ART FURNITURE MAKING: INSPIRATIONS Wharton Esherick and the Birth of the Rooted: Creating a Sense of Place: Con- David N. Ebner: Studio Furniture. Nancy N. American Modern. Paul Eisenhauer and temporary Studio Furniture. The Furniture Schiffer. This designer-craftsman’s work subtly Lynne Farrington, editors. Explore Wharton Society. Over 75 contemporary furniture makers surpasses the limits of the furniture world and Esherick’s artistic evolution during the early share their recent work, exploring the role of often crosses over into the realm of sculpture. 20th century. Over 300 images fi ll this catalog place in the creative process. A wide variety of See more than 340 color photos and sketches of from the exhibition Esherick and the Birth of the styles, forms, and materials show the diversity of Ebner’s designs for diverse forms created with American Modern held at the Kamin and Kroiz the artists and their unlimited imagination. Essays “twisted sticks,” tubular metal, iron sections, Galleries of University of Pennsylvania, Sept 7, delve into the theme of rootedness in depth. and bamboo laminates. 2010 through Feb 13, 2011. • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 160 pp Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 341 color photos • 160 pp. • 323 images • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643- ISBN: 978-0-7643-4948-5 • hard cover • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4414-5 • hard cover • $39.99 3788-8 • hard cover • $29.99 • Schiffer LTD $34.99
FURNITURE MAKING: PERIOD Esherick, Maloof, and Nakashi- Creating Decorative Chairs for Children: Design and Build a Great 18th Century ma: Homes of the Master Wood 8 Painting Projects. Sammie Crawford. This Room. Jeff Knudsen. Complete each step of the Artisans. Steven Paul Whitsitt & Tina DIY book takes you through seven step-by-step process necessary to create a magnifi cent 18th Skinner. An intimate tour of homes chair-painting projects: bear, bunny, Mother century paneled room, relying upon a hands-on, created by three of America’s most cel- Goose, panda, puppy, Raggedy Ann and Andy, experiential approach. Here, both novices and ebrated woodworking artists. Delight in and wild animals. There is also a bonus Christmas experienced professionals fi nd valuable design Wharton Esherick’s humble mountaintop rocking horse project. Includes color photographs insight, as well as solid, practical methods of home, Sam Maloof’s sprawling Califor- and patterns, as well as lists of supplies and cabinet construction, from the basics of design nia complex, and George Nakashima’s color palettes. to the fi nishing touches. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260 harmonious Pennsylvania compound. Size: 8 1/2" x 11"• 31 color images & 15 pat- color photos • 20 drawings • 160 pp. Size: 12" x 9" • 200-plus color photos terns • 48 pp ISBN: 0-7643-1423-8 • hard cover • $39.95 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3202-9 • hard cover • $49.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4854-9 • soft cover • $16.99
Wharton Esherick Studio & Collection. Studio Furniture: from Today’s Leading Making Classic Carved Furniture: The The Wharton Esherick Museum. Editor, Paul Woodworkers. Tina Skinner. Meet more than Queen Anne Stool. Ron Clarkson & Tom Eisenhauer, Ph. D. Artist Wharton Esherick 50 master wood craftsmen who help defi ne the Heller. The making of a beautiful carved Queen (1887-1970) is celebrated for his sculptural emerging studio furniture movement. Their Anne foot stool. Complete instructions are wood working pieces. This pioneering catalog work ranges from footstools to elaborate en- given, with an emphasis on the classic carving documents, with beautiful color photography, tertainment and offi ce centers. The vast range that added such elegance to period furniture. more than 130 paintings, woodblock prints, of imagination and craftsmanship will delight You will learn which carving tools to use and sculpture, and utilitarian objects found at the and enthrall. how to apply them to this project. Complete Wharton Esherick Museum. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 420+ photos • 224 pp. measured drawings are supplied. Each step is Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 142 color photos • 96 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3287-6 • hard cover • $39.99 detailed with a captioned color photograph. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3449-8 • hard cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-588-6 • soft cover • $18.95 WOOD ART: INSPIRATIONS Deep Relief Wood Carving: Simple Tech- Mind & Hand: Contemporary Studio Classic Carved Furniture: Making a Pie- niques for Complex Projects. Kevin Walker. Furniture. The Furniture Society. Beautiful crust Tea Table. Tom Heller & Ron Clarkson. This guide for carving an intricate, three-dimen- contemporary furniture, designed and made One of the most desirable pieces of American sional dogwood branch sculpture in butternut by 55 U.S. woodworkers who are members furniture, this tilting top table has the high lends itself well to wood carvers at most skill levels of The Furniture Society of Asheville, North elegance of eighteenth century design. Finely and will inform and inspire carvers to create future Carolina. Seating, case furniture and accessories carved throughout, it brings together the skills 3D relief projects. The book includes advice on demonstrate the healthy state of handmade of furniture maker and carver. Every step, from power carving and back-cut techniques, and the furniture today. cutting and turning to carving and fi nishing, is step-by-step process is easy to follow. Size: 8 1/2" Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 175+ color photos • Index explained in step-by-step photographs. x 11" • 294 color photos & drawings • 80 pp • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4115-1 • hard Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 500+ color ISBN: 978-0-7643-4821-1 • soft cover • $19.99 cover • $29.99 & b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-616-5 • soft cover • $19.95
Laminated Wood Art Made Easy: The Poplar Culture: The Celebration of Esh- Building a Panel Bedroom Suite. Joseph Full-Stripe Patter. Stephen Carey. Now it's erick’s Tree. The Wharton Esherick Museum. D. Grove. Solid joinery, commonly found wood- your turn to discover the beauty and complexity Paul Eisenhauer, editor. In 1926, artist Wharton working tools, and timeless design make this of "multi-generational" concepts. This fun and Esherick built his studio near two poplar trees, English bed and armoire joys to build. Detailed surprisingly simple process is sure to become which inspired him. In 2010 one of those trees descriptions accompany over 280 color photos the average woodworking and home shop en- came down. The Wharton Esherick Museum and 34 plans explaining each step of the furni- thusiast's new playground. Friendly instructions invited a range of artists to create original ture building process. Using the woodworking and helpful images break down the full-stripe works honoring the tree and Esherick’s own principles taught throughout this book will pattern in three "generations." use of poplar. provide encouragement to all woodworkers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 115 color photos • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 color photos • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 283 color photos & 34 b/w ISBN: 978-0-7643-4730-6 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4208-0 • hard cover • $29.99 plans • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4159-5 • soft cover • $24.99
Bartram’s Boxes Remix. The Center Bespoke: Furniture from 101 International Traditional Windsor Chair Making with for Art in Wood. The Center for Art in Artists. E. Ashley Rooney. With contributions Jim Rendi. Jim Rendi. Basic, step-by-step Wood in Philadelphia joined with the by Gary Inman, Thomas Throop, and Lewis instructions for building a comb back Windsor historical organization Bartram's Garden Wexler. Over 640 color photos reveal the unique chair using traditional methods. With simple to offer artisans the opportunity to be and useful hand crafted studio and bespoke hand tools and a lathe, even the amateur can inspired by the famous botanist's work furniture created by 103 artisans from around produce a beautiful chair. Each step is illustrated and methods. The 40 selected artists the United States and across the globe. The and the patterns for the parts are given, along created diverse works that express text introduces readers to each of the artisans with measured drawings. Finally, various jigs and Bartram’s voice and his dedication. Size: and their intentions. specialized tools like the steamer are explained 12" x 12" • 248 color photos • 176 pp. Size: 9" x 12" • 669 color photos • Index • and methods of constructing them given. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4736-8 • hard 224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4226-4 • hard Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 128 pp. cover • $49.99 cover • $50.00 ISBN: 0-88740-503-7 • soft cover • $19.95
Turning to Art in Wood: A Creative Journey. Craft Furniture: The Legacy of the Human Making a Tavern Table. Jim Rendi. Using hand The Center for Art in Wood. To better refl ect the Hand. Dennis Blankemeyer. Explore the lives and tools and the lathe go step-by-step through the growing recognition and importance of wood work of 29 of the most distinguished American process of building a tavern table. Begin with artists and their works of fi ne art, in 2011, The furniture makers of the 20th and 21st centuries. raw lumber, and learn the techniques of joining, Wood Turning Center changed its name to The Beginning with Wharton Esherick, James Krenov, mortise and tenon construction, turning, and Center for Art in Wood. Here are more than 100 Sam Maloof, and George Nakashima, it continues fi nishing in authentic early American fashion. objects in The Center’s November 2011 to April with 25 contemporary furniture makers who Following this basic guide, even a novice can 2012 exhibition as well as images of The Center’s carry on the tradition today. A biography of build a table of which they will be proud. Each collection of more than 1,000 art works. Size: 9" each is given along with examples of their work. step is illustrated and line drawings are provided. x 12" • 1,090 color & b/w images • 288 pp. • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 283 color photos • 208 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos • 92 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4204-2 • hard cover • $59.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1787-3 • hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1677-X • soft cover • $19.95 48 FURNITURE MAKING
Mission Furniture: How to Make It. H. Outdoor Carpentry: Make it Yourself. Anna Making Gypsy Willow Furniture. Bim Willow. H. Windsor. Offers a wealth of projects, from & Anders Jeppsson and Hans-Ove Ohlsson. A Bent willow furniture, an early American craft, small, easy undertakings like plate racks, plant resource for projects around the home, including was a familiar sight on the front porches of stands, waste-baskets, and benches, to detailed, a large terrace, a fl owerbox, an outdoor kitchen, America until the 1930s. Now in an easy to follow, room-fi lling beds, desks, dining sets, and set- a fence, a shed, a small bench, an entire carport, step-by-step instructional book, one of America’s tees. In all, there are 92 projects illustrated and or a whole array of other projects for the yard. foremost makers of twig furniture shares the explained, plus a guide to 40 styles of chairs for With 65 projects, this book is perfectly suited for technique. Starting with a basic arm chair, he further inspiration. all who enjoy working with their hands, and the also shows the creative possibilities of the form. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 214 b/w illustrations • 96 pp. satisfaction of beautifying their surroundings. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2835-0 • hard cover • $24.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 328 color images & dia- ISBN: 978-0-7643-0407-1 • soft cover • $14.99 grams • 184 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4434-3 • hard cover • $34.99
How-to with Bamboo: Simple In- Basic Carpentry and Interior Design Proj- Making Twig Mosaic Rustic Furniture. Larry structions and Projects. Anyone can ects for the Home and Garden: Make It Hawkins. Rustic furniture is being recognized create home furnishings from bamboo. Yourself. Anna and Anders Jeppsson. An today for its primitive ingenuity and beauty. Illustrations and instructions for tables, inspiring do-it-yourself guide. With its almost The twig mosaic style uses the great variety of chairs and seats, bedroom furniture, 50 projects and many lovely interior photos, this color and texture in the bark of twigs to create hall racks and stands, cabinets and manual is an idea bank for the hobbyist as well wonderful patterns on the surfaces of furniture. bookcases, window blinds, and many as the interior designer to dip into. Emphasis is Here is a step-by-step guide to creating a tiered miscellaneous articles are provided, placed on form and function. clock. Every step is illustrated with a full color along with a thorough primer on tools Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 278 color photos & diagrams photograph and a precise description of the and techniques. • 152 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4363-6 • hard processes involved. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 177 b/w illus. • 80 pp. cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2416-0 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0242-6 • soft cover • $14.95
Constructing a Fireplace Mantel: Step-by- Home Workshop Jigs and Fixtures: Shop More Twig Mosaic Furniture. Larry Hawkins. Step from Plywood and Stock Moldings. Proven. Jim Harrold, Editor. Illustrated with Twig mosaic furniture is a variety of the rustic Steve Penberthy with Lawrence S. Welsh. A step- over 300 images, this book provides dimen- motif that utilizes the great variety of color by-step guide for building a beautiful mantelpiece sioned plans for the most useful jigs and fi xtures and texture in the bark of twigs and trees to with a recessed face plate, paneled designs on for home woodworkers. You will make every create wonderful patterns on the furniture the legs and face plate, and the possibility for machine and portable power tool better and surfaces. Larry takes the reader/craftsman step- an infi nite number of variations. Using plywood safer to use, allowing you to work wood with by-step through the process of making a three and stock moldings, each action is illustrated extreme precision. drawer chest. with a color photo and a clear explanation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 303 color photos • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 330 color photos, ISBN: 978-0-7643-4716-0 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0499-2 • soft cover • $14.95 + drawings and plans • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2457-8 • soft cover • $14.95 FURNITURE MAKING: RUSTIC FURNITURE MAKING: ALTERNATIVE Step-by-step to a Classic Fireplace Mantel. Crafted from Nature: Rustic Furniture Nomadic Furniture: D-I-Y Projects that are Steve Penberthy with Gary Jones. Build a classic Techniques. Bim Willow. Instructions for using Lightweight & Light on the Environment. mantel from stock materials and moldings, and natural materials to make a birch bark picture James Hennessey & Victor Papanek. Explore tools found in the most basic of workshops. frame, a three-legged table, and a child’s chair ideas for home design where everything is From measurement to the fi nished product, sculpted from a log. Three women artisans lightweight, folds, infl ates, knocks down, stacks, each step is illustrated with color photos and share their techniques and processes, in or is disposable. How-to instructions for making concise instructions. photos and captions, so readers have a clear your own furniture open the doors on creativity Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos guide to creating the furniture. and money saving options. Line drawings • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 286 color photos • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 586 photos & ISBN: 0-88740-653-X • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3326-2 • soft cover • $16.99 line drawings • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3024-7 • soft cover • $29.99 FURNITURE MAKING: CONTEMPORARY Creating a Fine Art Entry Table. Robert Ortiz. Making Willow Furniture: Three Women Do-It-Yourself Coffi ns for Pets and People. With over 220 color photos and concise text, Share their Art. Bim Willow. Three women Dale Power. Dale Power buries himself in a new this book presents all the steps necessary to rustic furniture makers, Veronica Chenier, art form-the manufacture of special boxes for create an entry table blending Shaker and Cassilda Brown, and Jo Kilmer, share their pets and people. Here’s one project you won’t Japanese aesthetics. It shows the entire work and knowledge, offering step-by-step want to put off ‘till tomorrow. All of the tools designing and building process, including instructions for three projects, a lampshade, and techniques needed to produce strong and patterns, instruction for legs, stretchers, a gothic-back chair, and a ladder-back chair. beautiful coffi ns are presented here in clear, top, and finishing. Each project is documented from beginning concise language. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 color photos • 144 pp. to end with color photographs and detailed Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos ISBN: 978-0-7643-3071-1 • soft cover • $24.99 captions. 6 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-0337-1 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3249-4 • soft cover • $16.99
Creating Coffee Tables: An Artistic Ap- Making Rustic Twig Furniture. Bim Willow. Fancy Coffi ns to Make Yourself. Dale L. proach. Craig Stevens. Photography by Bruce The sassafras and willow projects in this book Power. Techniques for coffi n construction and M. Waters. A unique project for the craftperson. include a simple bench, a chair, and a baker’s decoration are discussed and illustrated in over 350 detailed photographs illustrate selecting rack. All are easy and require minimal of tools. 230 color photographs. The installation of work- and laying out lumber, the use of woodworking The step-by-step illustrated instructions take ing coffi n hardware and the application of exterior machines and handtools, sharpening, milling and readers through the whole process, explaining fi nishes and interior linings are explained. Patterns preparing parts, joinery, resawing and making in detail what needs to be done and how to do for the coffi n and two lid designs are provided. sawn veneers, shaping with handtools, assembly, it. The results are beautiful furniture for use Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 230 color photos • 64 pp. and choosing and applying a fi nish. indoors or out. ISBN: 0-7643-1249-9 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 349 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0623-5 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3250-0 • soft cover • $16.99
The Great Book of Cardboard Furniture: Naturally Furnished: Rustic Designs by Do-It-Yourself Tombstones & Other Mark- Step-by-Step Techniques and Designs. Women Artisans. Bim Willow. A step-by- ers with Dale Power. Dale L. Power. The Kiki Carton. Packed with 320+ color images step guide for creating home furnishings from tools and techniques to create long lasting, and patterns, here are detailed step-by-step resources found in nature. The beautiful “green” beautiful stone monuments and markers Learn techniques for building nine furniture designs, results are, at the same time, beautiful, functional, to prepare the stone and sandblasting mask, including chic chairs, a giraffe-shaped chest of and sustainable. Anita Willis shows how to the sandblasting process itself, and fi nishing drawers for a child’s rooms, and an ultra-modern build a bow back arm chair, Mary Jane Sussko touches that will make your monument stand coffee table.Ideal for anyone looking to repur- makes a two-piece set of a low chair and a side out among the rest. pose cardboard and build functional and stylish table, and Stella Larkin uses driftwood to make Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp. furniture. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 321 color photos a beautiful mirror frame. • 21 patterns/templates & patterns 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4151-9 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0745-2 • soft cover • $14.95 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3325-5 • soft cover • $16.99 FURNITURE MAKING • UPHOLSTERY • LAMPSHADE MAKING • INTARSIA • SCROLL SAW 49
FURNITURE: DECORATIVE & FINISHING TECHNIQUES FURNITURE MAKING: UPHOLSTERY INTARSIA The Fine Art of Marquetry: Creating Im- Upholstery: Basic & Traditional Tech- Intarsia. Lucille Crabtree. Text written with and ages in Wood Using Sawn Veneers. Craig niques. Santiago Pons, Eva Pascual, Jordi Pons photography by Leslie Bockol. This book presents Vandall Stevens. An illustrated guide to marquetry, & Mercè Garcinuño. With more than 650 color a large-scale project for intarsia enthusiasts-a a technique where different colors of wood images, basic and traditional techniques are lazy lion stretched out in the sun. Detailed, step- veneers are carefully cut to fi t precisely together, presented in step-by-step detail so you can do by-step instructions will explain how to select forming a single sheet of veneer. Explore your your own upholstery at home. Projects include varieties of wood, use a pattern, cut and shape creative potential and learn the essentials using various styles of furniture, from a dining room pieces, fi t them together precisely, and fi nish the tools and materials of marquetry, sawing chair to a contemporary armchair, antique sofa, your piece. Crabtree gives many insider’s secrets. your own veneers out of solid wood planks, and a headboard. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, wood selection, design, and shading. Size: 9" x 12" • 661 color images • 160 pp. patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 820 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4855-6 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-88740-728-5 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3499-3 • hard cover • $39.99
The Art of Marquetry. Craig Stevens. Mar- Do-It-Yourself Tailored Slipcovers. Sophia American Bald Eagles in Intarsia: Volume 1, quetry is a technique where different natural Sevo. A talented seamstress shares her tips Patriotic. Ralph S. Buckland. Create the American colors of wood veneers are carefully fi t precisely and techniques for creating tailored slipcovers Bald Eagle with step-by-step instructions, guidance, together, creating a spectacular design. Using the for a sofa bed headboard, and a variety of special tips, safety advice, techniques, and over double-bevel cut, the woodworker is led through chair forms (wingback, bergere, club, and 380 photos and drawings. Using domestic and a fully illustrated step-by-step process from the contemporary styles). Be inspired by the exotic woods, build fi ve eagles, including the design to the fi nish. Four patterns ranging from detailed color photos and instructions. See great seal of the United States. Included are simple to challenging projects are included as is beautiful fabrics by Waverly and Woeller plans for each project. an extended gallery of fi nished works. used to enhance furniture design.. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 387 color images • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 136 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4113-7 • soft cover • $19.99 400+ color photos, 4 patterns, gallery ISBN: 978-0-7643-2972-2 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-0237-4 • soft cover • $16.99
Advanced Veneering and Alternative Tech- Upholstery, Drapes, and Slipcovers: How-to Basic Intarsia. Lucille Crabtree. Intarsia creates niques. Scott Grove. Scott Grove, award-win- Repair and Make Them Yourself. Dorothy Wagner. a wood picture by cutting out and then fi tting ning artist and self-taught woodworker, takes Professional methods for re-covering upholstery, won- together many pieces of differently colored and you on a journey of working with veneer and derful ideas for adding glamour to bed headboards, textured woods, much like a jigsaw puzzle. These shares his hands-on experience with milling, making custom drapes and curtains, and creating pieces are then rounded and shaped individually, fl attening, various cutting and seaming methods, beautiful, custom-fi tted slipcovers. Includes simple varnished, fi tted together, and glued onto a traditional and non-traditional layout patterns, projects, like how to make pillows and pads, and tips backboard, to make a beautiful creation. glues, pressing, and repairing. A special section on cleaning your household textiles, are included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, dedicated to Grove’s pioneered techniques, wavy Size: 6" x 9" • 251 illustrations and patterns • 64 pp. contour seam and spiral match, is also included. 31 b/w photos • Index • 248 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-727-7 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2745-2 • softcover • $19.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3846-5 • hard cover • $39.99 SCROLL SAW Gold Leaf Application and Antique Res- Reupholstering at Home. Peter Nesovich. Lighted Scroll Saw Projects. Sue Mey. Make toration. Ellen Becker. Gold leaf gilder and Step-by-step instructions with 350 clear and an elegant box style mantle clock with illumi- restoration artist Ellen Becker brings her years detailed photographs show how to rebuild that nated display stand, some eye-catching acrylic of experience to the table in over 300 full color dilapidated chair or sofa to look like new. Covered Christmas presents to place under the Christmas photos. Illustrated, step-by-step instructions for are the tools and materials you will need, and tree, or a cross wall sconce with attractive fret various gold leafi ng and restoration techniques expert advice about which types of fabric are design. Step-by-step directions are provided are included and budding craftsmen are guided best for your needs. The author offers specifi c for scroll saw projects ranging from easy-to- through a series of pro-jects. This is the most steps through text, photographs, and captions. make luminaries to intricate fretwork. A great comprehensive instructional book for gold leafi ng Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 photos • 176 pp. project book for woodworkers of all skill levels. on the market today. ISBN: 0-88740-376-X • soft cover • $14.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400 color images • 128 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos • 96 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3386-6 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0632-4 • soft cover • $19.95
GOLD: Gilding History and Techniques. Marge’s Custom Slipcovers: Easy to Make Scroll Saw Basics. Marc Berner. Over 80 Kirsten Beuster. This lavishly illustrated work & Snug Fitting. Marge Jones. Marge Jones has color photos illustrate the tool and techniques features the history of gold crafting and demon- mastered an alternative slip-covering technique necessary to create scroll saw art. Scroll saw com- strates the most important techniques of gilding. to help people with all levels of sewing skills ponents and features are discussed. Techniques Technical details of the gilders art are shown create their own snug-fi tting custom slipcovers. explained to fi nish several projects, including in hundreds of detailed studio photographs. It They fi t so well that the furniture looks brand new. cutting patterns, making templates, different welcomes artists to explore gilding as a tech- Home furnishings of all shapes and sizes are re- materials, cutting names, fretwork, shadow box nique and invites everyone to appreciate the stored in this indispensable manual, proving that effects, bevel cutting, and veneer- marquetry. mysteries of gold. almost all furniture can be custom-slip-covered. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 83 color photos • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of color photos • 112 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 394 color photos & dia- ISBN: 978-0-7643-3377-4 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2872-5 • soft cover • $19.95 grams 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4171-7 • soft cover $24.99
Finishes for Wood. Dale Power. Text written More Custom Slipcovers : Easy to Make The Artistic Scrollsaw: Wonders of Nature. with and photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. A & Snug Fitting. Marge Jones. In this second Terry Foltz. Terry Foltz turns the scrollsaw, one of step-by-step fi nishing school, featuring 14 dif- volume, Marge Jones guides readers through every the favorite tools of woodworkers, into a means ferent techniques for special wood surfaces. All step necessary to create 20 more projects using of artistic expression. And now he shares his of the tools and methods needed to successfully her alternative slip-covering technique. Learn to techniques with readers everywhere. Everything change the image of any wooden surface are cover various chairs, barstools, ottomans, throw from making the pattern to selection of wood and covered. More than 200 color photos accompany pillows, boxed cushions, neck rolls, sectionals, fi nely detailed scrollsaw cuts is explained in depth the text, with instructions for restoring damaged and sleeper sofas. Marge guides readers through and illustrated with clear color photographs. fi nishes and a color gallery. refurbishing furnishings for virtually every room at Additional patterns and a gallery are provided. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 64 pp. home. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color photos & diagrams • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 60 color photos ISBN: 0-7643-0338-4 • soft cover • $14.95 128 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-4681-1 • soft cover • $24.99 + patterns • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2676-9 • soft cover • $12.95 LAMPSHADE MAKING Cane & Rush Seating. Charlotte LaHalle. Learn Creating Elegant Lampshades: For Fun and The Scroll Saw Book. Frank Pozsgai. Every traditional chair seating using six-strand caning or rush Profi t. Nadine Redfi eld. A complete introduction scroll saw user will benefi t from this book. Be- work with marsh grass, straw, and alternative materials. to the art of making lampshades. Learn how ginning with the mechanics of the scroll saw Clearly explained with 197 color images and diagrams, to cover, line and trim an existing lampshade, itself, and continuing with the basic skills every this essential guide will help you create beautiful seats as well as create your own distinctive lamps scroll saw user needs for a fun and successful on stools, chairs, armchairs, and more. Once you have and shades in a variety of stunning styles. This hobby, Frank shares secrets for maximizing mastered the basics of caning or rush work, they can comprehensive how-to will inspire everyone to the capabilities and effi ciency of the saw. The easily be adapted for different seat shapes. experiment with the art of making lampshades. selection of wood, the creation of patterns, and Size: 6" x 9" • 197 color images • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150 color photos the basic techniques of scroll saw use are covered. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4547-0 • soft cover • $24.99 201 b/w Illustrations • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos ISBN: 0-7643-1742-3 • soft cover • $29.95 16 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-774-9 • soft cover • $12.95 50 SCROLL SAW • MAKING WOODEN TOYS • WOOD TURNING
Scroll Sawing in Metal: Patterns and 72 Crafty Scrollsaw Patterns. Barbara G. Segmented Bowls for the Beginning Techniques. Frank Pozsgai & Mark Downing. McKee. 72 all-new scrollsaw projects, featuring Turner. Don Jovag. This book is designed for Scrollsawing in metal is simple, and with a original patterns and designs for unique stand- beginning wood turners ready to turn segmented few extra steps, cutting metal is as enjoyable up puzzles, irresistible holiday decorations, and bowls and platters. Each step of the process is as cutting wood. The results are wonderful imaginative project designs that are perfect for explained in both straightforward instructions and include chandeliers and other decorative all skill levels. Each project includes a pattern, and over 200 photos and patterns. The complex accessories for the home. All is explained in supply list, detailed instructions, and a color process of cutting segments and arranging them clear, step-by-step, instructions, illustrated photograph of the fi nished craft. in a design is simplifi ed with the techniques in color photos. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 128 pp. described in this book. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100+ color photos • 80 pp. 104 patterns & illus., 63 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color & 13 b/w ISBN: 0-7643-1564-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0840-8 • soft cover • $14.95 photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4165-6 • soft cover • $19.99 MAKING WOODEN TOYS Incredible Stackables: Ornamental Scroll Make Your Own Building Blocks and Build Turning Threaded Boxes. John Swanson. Saw Projects. Frank Pozsgai. Innovative and a City. Jim Covell. Through 109 color images Every step necessary to create beautiful turned beautiful ways to use the scroll saw to make and diagrams, illustrated step-by-step directions wooden boxes with threaded lids. Accompanying ornamental, 3-dimensional decorative objects. will have you making your own interlocking the detailed text are over 250 color photographs, Easy-to-follow directions for one of the patterns, building blocks in no time. Learn to make wall, showing every technique and tool used. A box with each step illustrated with a color photo- roof, window, and door blocks. Then create layout table is also provided. Once the box graph. Patterns for 30 additional projects are your very own city! Chapters include tools and has been turned on the lathe and successfully included. A gallery explores the many possibilities materials, methods for making the blocks, and threaded, instructions for adding a lustrous, for using these creations. instructions. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 94 color durable fi nish are provided. . Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 50 color photos images/15 patterns • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 256 color photos • 64 pp. 31 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1304-5 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3966-0 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0743-6 • soft cover • $14.95 • soft cover • $14.95
Scroll Saw Pictures. Frank Pozsgai. Text The Art and Craft of Whirligig Construc- Turning Wooden Jewelry. Judy Ditmer. Pho- written with and photography by Douglas Con- tion. Gabriel R. Zuckerman. Over 50 color tography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. gdon-Martin. This is a step-by-step handbook to photos, 80 patterns and mechanical drawings, Make beautiful, fanciful jewelry on the wood one of the joys of scroll sawing: creating pictures and step-by-step instructions to create twelve lathe. Beginning with the turning of tiny “bowls” in wood. With over 70 designs of his own and original whirligig projects made from wood and/ by hand from a variety of wood, Judy takes other talented artists, he teaches the reader all or metal, including imaginative, original designs the turner step-by-step through the process he or she needs to know about this wonderful that all will enjoy. Each project was designed, of creating this wearable art form. Each step is craft. Color photographs illustrate each step. built, and tested by the author to ensure success. illustrated with a color photograph and captioned Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 80+ color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 53 color & 80 b/w photos in a concise and informative way. An extensive patterns • 48 pp. • 96 pp. gallery of fi nished works is included. ISBN: 0-88740-775-7 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-2359-8 • soft cover • $16.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-611-4 • soft cover • $12.95 WOOD TURNING A Scroll Saw Christmas: Step-by-Step To Turning Segmented Wooden Bangles on Basic Bowl Turning with Judy Ditmer. a 3-D Sleigh and Reindeer. Frank Pozsgai the Wood Lathe. Don Jovag, Photography by Judy Ditmer. Bowl turning for the novice turner. with Douglas Congdon-Martin. Frank Pozsgai Don Jovag and Jeanne Jovag. Using over 100 Beginning with the preparation and seasoning brings his unique knowledge and artistic ability photos, this book guides you through each step of the bowl blank, Judy takes the turner step- to create 3-D scroll patterns that will delight the of the process for successful bangle turning on by-step through the fi nished product. Along the craftsperson. The main project is Santa’s sleigh a small lathe. Expert woodworker Don Jovag way she covers the proper use of tools, design and nine reindeer. The step-by-step guide is offers clear instructions for easy-to-build fi xtures, considerations, and safety considerations. The illustrated in full color. It is accompanied by 30 techniques, and designs. Also included are tips project in the book is a beautiful salad bowl. A other Christmas patterns. that help your workmanship shine. gallery will spark the imagination of the reader. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 135+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 128 color photos • 64 pp Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos 30 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4962-1 • soft cover • $19.99 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-88740-627-0 ISBN: 0-88740-786-2 • soft cover • $12.95 soft cover • $12.99
54 3-D Scroll Saw Patterns. Frank Pozsgai. Turning Natural Edge Bowls. Bernard Hohl- Turning Candlesticks. Mike Cripps. Text Here are 54 new patterns to transform into feld. 214 photos and concise text teach readers written with and photography by Jeffrey wonderful creations. Frank includes an illustrated every step necessary to create beautiful natural B. Snyder. Make a handsome, traditional step-by-step guide on the use of the scroll edge bowls. Begin with wood grain orientation candlestick and an imaginative three-section saw for 3-D work. There is also a color gallery on the lathe and preparing the wood blank, candlestick turned from a single log. Over 230 with many examples in various states of fi nish, explore rough turning, shaping, balance, coring, color photographs taken from the turner’s per- rough and carved, natural and painted. Size: 8 and final turning. Also includes decoration spective illustrate the instructions. In addition, 1/2" x 11" • 48 pp. beyond turning and surface treatments such there is an instructive introductory text that 54 patterns plus a color photo gallery as burning, carving, piercing, and fi nishing. presents all of the basic wood turning tools ISBN: 0-7643-0036-9 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 214 color photos • 80 pp. and techniques for beginners. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3562-4 • soft cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 230+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0469-0 • soft cover • $14.95
79 Wildlife Patterns for the Scroll Saw. Segmented Wood Turning. William Smith. Wood Turning, from Tree to Table: Bowls, Frank Pozsgai. For the avid scroll sawyer, this Segmented wood turning is an intriguing new Lamps, & Other Projects. Bill Bowers. An book brings a wealth of ideas and possibilities. art form. The basic vase project illustrated and interesting and detailed explanation of the Here are 79 wildlife patterns, drawn by one described can be completed in a weekend and complete process of woodturning from freshly of the leaders of the scroll hobby. From bats requires no special turning equipment or tools, cut wood. Beginning with an explanation of to zebras, it includes fi sh, reptiles, birds, and just an easily constructed jig. Includes information how to safely harvest trees, the reader is taken mammals, plus ideas for using the patterns in on wood selection and preparation, jigs, glue, through green-turning and sealing for the curing decorative and practical applications. turning tools, fi nishes, and advanced techniques process, fi nish-turning and completing their Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 79 patterns • 64 pp. for making vases, boxes, and sculptural pieces. bottoms, and the fi nal fi nishing. ISBN: 0-7643-1424-6 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 186 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 293 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1601-X • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3335-4 • soft cover • $16.99
125 Christmas Ornament Patterns for the Turning Segmented Lamps. Ralph S. Buck- Turning Boxes with Threaded Lids. Bill Scroll Saw. Arthur L. Grover. Simple to make, land. Learn how to turn beautiful wooden lamps Bowers. A step-by-step guide for turning six easy to paint ornaments guaranteed to light up made from segments assembled from small pieces somewhat complicated, cleverly designed, your Christmas. Calling for a limited number of of wood. From fundamental skills to advanced, threaded-lid boxes. Four techniques of hand woodworking tools, each ornament is pictured in Ralph Buckland takes you step-by-step through thread-chasing are described, so readers are easy-to-use, clear patterns with full instructions seventeen stunning segmented lamp projects ready for any circumstance. The use of a rose on how to cut them out on the scroll saw. Full with photos and detailed diagrams that show engine lathe is demonstrated to place ornamental color photographs, simple, clear patterns, and exact dimensions for segments, thicknesses, and designs on many of the pieces. A photo gallery easy-to-understand instructions make this an ring diameters. displays many variations. ideal book. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 125 patterns Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240+ images Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 290 color photos • 80 pp. w/ color • photos • 64 pp. & diagrams • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3131-2 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0323-6 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3795-6 • soft cover • $29.99 WOOD TURNING • BOWL HEWING 51
Turning Boxes with Friction-Fitted Lids. Turning Humidors with Dick Sing. Dick Useful Beauty: Turning Practical Items on Bill Bowers. An informative book designed Sing. Photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. a Wood Lathe. Dick Sing. Several attractive for beginning and intermediate turners. Bill Detailed instructions on the design, turning, projects with variations: bottle stoppers, jar lids, Bowers leads this step-by-step workshop for and fi nishing of this distinctive humidor. Helpful a weed vase, a small mirror, a spinning top, and constructing the classic cylinder box and variants hints and practical advice useful to woodturners baby rattle. Instructions for each project along with embellishments, and the classic capsule of all levels are provided with over 180 color with step-by-step photographs make these fun box and variants with chatter tool work. With photographs illustrating each step. Details projects easy to learn and fun to do. Variations 300 color photos, each step is clearly described presented on the construction of the humidor, provide a challenge for the more experienced and illustrated.A photo gallery helps give more and on the proper lining materials and equipment turners, and a gallery with numerous examples ideas for new turned box styles.Size: 8 1/2" x necessary to maintain optimal humidity level. encourages the adventurous to experiment. 11" • 300 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3027-8 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0457-7 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-851-6 • soft cover • $12.95
The Basics of Turning Spirals. Bill Bowers. Dick Sing Turns Miniature Birdhouses. A Turner’s Guide to Veneer Inlays. Ron The processes and techniques of turning spirals. Dick Sing. All the steps needed to create de- Hampton. Over 300 detailed color photos Richly illustrated and explained in simple terms, lightful and decorative miniature birdhouses. illustrate the step-by-step instructions to for the novice as well as the expert, here is Starting with a basic birdhouse, step-by-step applying veneer inlays to turned wooden necessary information to fashion gallery-quality, instructions show how to turn the body, roof, objects, including a box lid, a bowl or platter spiral-turned pieces. Innovative applications of perch, and fi nial. Additional chapters cover base, a bowl top, and the edge band around stains and shapes are demonstrated on plates, more intricate details, other materials, natural a tall glass vase. Also included are safety platters, and bowls. Multiple tips on turning edge roofs, birdfeeders, and stands. Includes instructions, a complete tool list, and an delicate spirals and hand-threaded chasing design ideas and extensive gallery. inventory of turned wooden shapes and are included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 395 color photos • 80 pp. veneer inlays required. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 283 color photos • 76 ISBN: 0-7643-2080-7 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 303 color photos • 64 pp. pp.ISBN: 0-7643-2592-2 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1611-7 • soft cover • $14.95
10 Easy Turning Projects for the Smaller Pens From the Wood Lathe. Dick Sing. Text Mini Lathe Magic: Big Projects from a Lathe. Bill Bowers. 10 easy projects for the written with and photography by Alison Small Lathe. Ron Hampton. With clear, con- mini or other smaller lathes, including door Levie. Pens and pencils made at the wood lathe cise instructions and 345 detailed photos, Ron stops, a sliding glass door stop, wine bottle are becoming increasingly popular. This book Hampton takes the reader through every step stoppers, confetti lights, oil lamps, candlesticks, explains the techniques with 273 step-by-step required to turn and fi nish works of art from wine caddies, prep plates & small bowls, hors color photos and helpful text covering twelve wood on the mini-lathe. Eight separate projects do’oeuvre plates, and plant stands. As you different styles of pens. Advice on selection of include a goblet, mushrooms, bowls, and pots. move through a project you will develop the materials, set-up, turning, and fi nishing tech- A gallery of other designs is provided for inspi- skill needed for the next. niques, and tips for fi nal assembly of the pens ration. This book is perfect for the beginning Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. make this book the ultimate reference for the fi eld. and intermediate wood turner. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2727-8 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 273 photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 345 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-939-3 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1614-1 • soft cover • $14.95
7 Great Turning Projects for the Smaller Dick Sing ReTurns: Unique & Unusual Pens Turning Goblets. Mike Cripps. Text written Lathe. Bill Bowers. Seven great projects for the from the Wood Lathe. Dick Sing. How to make with and photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. 12-36 inch lathe, designed for beginning to high quality, beautiful pens and pencils-keep- All the wood turning steps necessary to create a intermediate turners, presented in a fully illus- sakes, great gifts, and something to make the variety of beautiful wooden goblets. Each step trated step-by-step fashion. Included are two turner proud. More than 260 photographs and is clearly described and illustrated with full color scoops, a covered cylinder box, a lidded bowl detailed instructions cover more than a dozen photographs taken from the turner’s point of with a foil-leaf fi nish, a Christmas ornament variations, with information on the special view. Patterns for eight different goblet bowl and turned from last years tree, and a beautiful equipment to make pen turning easier and foot shapes are provided. Includes discussion of carving set, and large salt and pepper mills. improve the quality. A gallery of pens provides basic turning tools, techniques, safety tips, and Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. inspiration for variety and creativity. a gallery. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 263 color photos ISBN: 978-0-7643-2726-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos • 64 pp. 16 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-0359-3 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0033-4 • soft cover • $12.95
Turning Bowls. Dick Sing. Step-by-step in- Turning Modifi ed Slimline Pens: Beyond Wood Turning for the Garden: Projects structions illustrate turning techniques for a the Basics. Don Ward. Learn how to make for Outdoors. Michael Cripps. Over 230 color variety of bowls, including a dramatic “natural unique pen designs using the Slimline pen kit and photographs with step-by-step instructions for top” bowl. Learn how to prepare the wood, its strongest attributes with clear, step-by-step turning bird houses, planters, and bulb planters. rough out a bowl before drying, and select instructions and 291 clear color photos. These All turners will enjoy this book and the freedom the most appropriate equipment and tools. All Slimline pens have unique and clever designs, they will get from turning unseasoned timber, necessary sanding, and fi nishing techniques incorporating accent rings of various materials, which is free from dust and needs virtually no are also covered. Hone your woodturning skills along with rifl e shells and arrow shafts. Dying sanding or diffi cult-to-apply glossy fi nish. Patterns while producing elegant bowls you’ll be proud of. techniques and fi nishes made from cyanoacrylate and a color gallery are provided. Size: 8 1/2" x Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 302 color photos • 80 pp. glue and boiled linseed oil are included. 11" • 234 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1795-4 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 291 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0032-6•soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4169-4 • soft cover • $19.99 BOWL HEWING Turning Ornaments and Eggs. Dick Sing. Turning Pens and Desk Accessories. Mike Hewing Contemporary Bowls with Rip Dick Sing shares his techniques for creating Cripps. Every step necessary to create elegant & Tammi Mann. Rip and Tammi Mann. Text awe-inspiring wooden ornaments and eggs. pens (fountain and ball point alike) in turned written with and photography by Douglas Learn how to choose woods for your ornament, hardwood. Each step is illustrated from the Congdon-Martin. Using only hand tools, hollow out a globe, craft a delicate spindle, turner’s perspective with detailed color pho- the craftsperson is led to produce a beautiful even add a captive ring. Follow along as Dick tographs. Additional instructions are provided handhewn octagonal bowl. Step-by-step, fully uses a template, special chuck, and homemade for creating desk accessories including letter illustrated instructions go from the blank to the mandrel to help you turn eggs you can be proud openers and magnifying glasses with beautiful oil fi nishing process. of. Also features tools and methods for signing hardwood handles. A gallery highlights the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. your completed projects. fi nished products. 50 step-by-step color photos, gallery Size: 8 1.2" x 11" • 187 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 221 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-710-2 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-1463-6 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0051-2 • soft cover • $12.95
Projects for the Mini Lathe. Dick Sing. Step- Wood Lathe Projects for Fun & Profi t. Dick Sculpting Traditional Bowls. Rip and Tammi by-step instructions show woodturners how to Sing. Text written with and photography Mann. Hand hewing bowls is an ancient craft, make small decorative magnets, bolo tie slides by Alison Levie. Four wood lathe projects, but one which has been almost lost. This new with matching earrings, switch knobs that attach easy enough for the beginner and fun enough book will help revive it. Using only hand tools, to lamps, and handy little brushes. Dick illustrates for everyone. With step-by-step instructions the bowl adze, a bowl shave and a carver’s techniques for holding your work piece, the use illustrated with clear full-color photographs, Dick hook, Rip and Tammi lead the carver or sculptor of concentric and offset inlays, and how to add Sing turns a clock holder, a candle dish, a desk through the steps of this satisfying art. Each step embellishments like beads, contours, chatterwork, set with a base, a pen, and a letter opener, and is illustrated in color, with a complete description and captive rings. These are small projects that a bookmark. Each project is covered completely, of design and technique concerns. are big on fun and fl air. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180+ color photos • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-675-0 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-698-X • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1462-9 • soft cover • $14.95 52 BOX MAKING • MAKING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS • WOOD BURNING • DECOY & LURE MAKING • CARVING: BIRDS & WATERFOWL
BOX MAKING Home Woodworker Series: 14 Wooden Wood Burning with Sue Waters: Rural Basic Fishing Lure Carving. Greg Hays. Boxes You Can Make. Jim Harrold, Editor. 14 Scenes. Sue Waters. Five projects of burning In 220 detailed color photos, this book takes projects will have both the seasoned and novice rural scenes into wood. Learn techniques for cre- you through every step necessary to create a woodworker sharpening their tools. Make a box ating realistic images of barns with their intricate working broke back fi shing lure. Every tool for showing off precious pieces of fi gured wood wood siding, stone walls, rolling meadows and needed is listed, every technique employed or your craftsmanship. Build gift boxes that will mountainous landscapes. Techniques for even is described, including painting instructions. delight loved ones for storing their treasured the smallest details of pottery, glass, leaves and The book includes a pattern for the lure and heirlooms. Whatever your motivation, the box grass are included. illustrated instructions on assembling a box designs here are both functional and decorative. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos for lure storage. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260 images • 104 pp. Patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 242 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4243-1 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-88740-569-3 • soft cover • $12.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2505-1 • soft cover • $14.95 DECOY & LURE MAKING CARVING: BIRDS & WATERFOWL Making Wooden Boxes with Dale Pow- 10 Wire and Canvas Decoy Patterns for Creating the Preening Blue Wing Teal. er. Text written with and photography Carvers. Al Streetman. This book demonstrates Jeffrey Moore. Starting with a pre-shaped, du- by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Basic box making step-by-step how to make one of these clever plicated wooden bird, learn the use of burning techniques with over 260 color photographs Wire and canvas decoys, from constructing to and high speed texturing equipment to achieve it illustrates the techniques, including mitered painting to antiquing. Includes patterns for ten wonderful carving detail in this Blue Wing Teal. corners, rabbet, spline, and false spline joints. different breeds, a colorful gallery, helpful refer- Includes detailed instructions for airbrushing, A gallery is provided. ence charts, and a lot of tried-and-true advice. brush painting, all colors needed, and creating Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 90 color photos the realistic habitat base. A carving project you ISBN: 0-7643-0848-3 • soft cover • $14.95 10 patterns • 64 pp. will treasure for many years to come. ISBN: 0-7643-0978-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 310 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1794-6 • soft cover • $19.95 MAKING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS Pickin’ Stick: Building a Stringed Instru- The Making of Hunting Decoys. William Carving The Green-Wing Teal: Quick ment. John Ressler. The pickin’ stick is an easy- Veasey. This is the most important book ever Tips For Hen and Drake. Jeffrey Moore. A to-play, steel-stringed instrument with a diatonic written on how to make hunting decoys. You comprehensive look at the carving and paint- scale, but it is also the perfect fi rst instrument for are taken step by step in great detail through the ing techniques needed to create the colorful aspiring luthiers. This illustrated woodworking making of 18 different decoys, literally covering green-wing teal. Learn the use of burning and guide will take you step-by-step as you build, every aspect of the art. Fifteen award-winning high speed texturing equipment, with variations string, tune, and play your own pickin’ stick. decoy artists explain in their own words how in carving the hen and drake. Tips for carving Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 252 color photos • 72 pp. they, and you, can create duck replicas. feathers, heads, and primaries are all provided. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3571-6 • soft cover • $16.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 256 pp. Step-by-step airbrushing and brush painting 252 color photos/840 b/w photos/68 line achieve an elegant and wonderfully realistic teal. drawings/Index Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-073-6 • hard cover • $45.00 ISBN: 0-7643-1314-2 • soft cover • $19.95 WOOD BURNING Woodburning Basics. Dick Armstrong. Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Full Carving the Screech Owl. Jeffrey A. Moore. Projects designed to move from the easiest, Size Decorative Decoy Patterns. In over 300 color photos and clear descriptions, a lighthouse, to one of medium diffi culty, a William Veasey. The book is designed the author takes readers through all of the steps dilapidated barn, to one that requires some to open fl at while being used, and the necessary to created a beautiful, lifelike screech skill, a clipper ship. Every step is illustrated texts point out important details to be owl in wood. Beginning with a pre-shaped blank, with a clear photo and description. In addition observed. Full-size versions of William techniques used in high speed texturing, wood a gallery of Dick’s work gives the reader many Veasey’s acclaimed waterfowl decoy burning, airbrushing, and brush painting are ideas for application of these skills. patterns. Simple, workable patterns shown and discussed. Techniques for creating Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 284 color will be useful to both the novice and realistic feet are also provided. photos/patterns • 64 pp. the expert wood carver. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 332 color photos & 1 pat- ISBN: 978-0-7643-2675-2 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 17" x 11" • 33 patterns • 64 pp. tern 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4360-5 • soft ISBN: 0-916838-71-4 • soft cover • $14.95 cover • $19.99
Basic Wood Burning. Sue Waters. Text Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Hunt- Birds of Prey, Blue Ribbon Techniques. written with and photography by J. Tobey. ing Birds. William Veasey. The book William Veasey. Well-organized, beautifully This is the book for anyone who has ever been is designed to open fl at while being illustrated instructions for carvers. The projects interested in trying their hand at the art of wood used, and the texts point out important include: Gray and Red Screech Owls, Saw-Whet burning. Six beautiful wood burning projects details.Drawn to scale, these detailed Owl, Snowy Owl, Osprey, American Kestrel, and all of the tools, techniques and patterns patterns will be indispensable to anyone female Merlin, miniature fl ying Peregrine Falcon, necessary to create them are explained. Even who would like to carve lifelike hunting Antiqued Goshawk, and Red-Tailed Hawk. Color the artist familiar with basic wood burning birds. Treat you or your favorite carver to paint charts to accurately paint these as well as techniques will fi nd new and useful information. this book of simple yet show-stopping a variety of other species. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, patterns from the dean of American bird carving, William Veasey. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos, patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-568-1 • Size: 17" x 11" • 28 patterns • 64 pp. 64 b/w photos • 304 pp. soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-022-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-052-3 • hard cover • $47.50
Learning the Art of Pyrography: Burning Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Head Waterfowl Carving: Blue Ribbon Tech- Images on Wood, Paper, and Leather. Al Patterns. Bill Veasey. The heads of niques. William Veasey with Cary Schuler Hull. Chapman. Photography by Leslie Bockol. waterfowl drafted in intricate detail. The standard book in its fi eld, this step-by-step The art of pyrography: the tools and mediums Exact specifi cations regarding head instruction method presents 11 different water- of wood burning and how to use them for won- thickness, eye color and size, and the fowl carving projects, both simple and complex, derful, creative effects. You will learn several fi ne points of the bill from top, bottom, including three fl ying miniatures, fl oating, stand- methods of transferring a pattern onto your and profi le views. Four patterns are ing, and preening ducks and an antique swan. piece of wood or leather, how to add depth, included for each bird: full-sized, 1/2, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 65 color plates/505 b/w how to make realistic-looking fur, and how to 2/3 and 1/4 of the actual size. photos add shadows and highlights. Size: 9" x 12" • 36 patterns • 58 pp. 285 drawings • Index • 272 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • All color illust. • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-78-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-916838-67-6 • hard cover • $35.00 ISBN: 0-88740-729-3 • soft cover • $12.95
Woodburning Angels. Sue Waters. With Making Decoys: The Century Old Way. Grayson Waterfowl Painting: Blue Ribbon Tech- over 240 color photos, three patterns, and Chesser & Curtis J. Badger. Foreword by Jon Lohman, niques. William Veasey. A comprehensive book step-by-step instructions, Sue Waters guides Director of the Virginia Folklore Program. Published from one of America’s most successful carving readers through all the steps necessary to in conjunction with the Virginia Foundation for the teachers. Painting instructions for over 40 species create three wood burning projects: The Prayer Humanities. A century ago, woodcarvers Nathan Cobb, of waterfowl, with various painting techniques Bench, Puppy Heaven, and Victorian Angel. The Elmer Crowell, and Harry V.N. Shourds created bird are illustrated with step-by-step photographs. detailed text provides full listings of all tools decoys to help harvest food. Step-by-step instructions Fine color photographs of the finished bird necessary and every step taken to complete and numerous color and black-and-white photographs carvings and close-up details are included. these beatifi c angels. instruct readers to make gunning decoys Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 449 color plates/124 b/w Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 245 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 7" x 10" • 122 b/w & 90 color photos, photos • Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1880-2 • oft cover • $14.95 42 patterns • 172 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-90-0 • hard cover • $45.00 ISBN: 978-0-87033-579-2 • soft cover • $24.95 CARVING: BIRDS & WATERFOWL 53
Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Song Airbrush Techniques for Waterfowl Songbird Carving. Rosalyn Daisey. Illustrated Bird Patterns. William Veasey. 36 Carving. Michael Veasey with preface by Sina Patricia Kurman. Exquisitely illustrated detailed, full-size, original designs by by William Veasey. Text written with and comprehensive, this is the main source of William Veasey and his students will and photography by Douglas Con- information for realistic songbird carving. The serve as a guide for carvers who wish to gdon-Martin. Airbrushing is gaining five songbird projects include blackcapped duplicate them and as a stepping-stone popularity among carvers of decoys and chickadee, tufted titmouse, American goldfi nch, for those who want to design their own waterfowl. In this useful book you will house wren, and catbird. Each project has step- songbird patterns. see just how easy it really is to do. With by-step instructions plus patterns and life-studies Size: 12" x 9" • 36 patterns • 64 pp. step-by-step instructions, you will move to insure accuracy and a beautiful result. ISBN: 0-916838-79-X • soft cover from the beginning to fi nishing a drake and hen teal duck. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 183 color, $14.95 Size: 9" x 6" • 189 color photos • 96 pp. 686 b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-384-0 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-88740-057-5 • hard cover • $45.00
Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Shore Featherstrokes for Shorebirds. Beebe Songbird Carving II. Rosalyn Daisey. Illus- Bird Patterns. William Veasey. Full-size Hopper. An easy way to paint realistic feathers trated by Sina Patricia Kurman. Following patterns of all the major types of shore on carvings of shore birds. By following the the success of the fi rst book about songbird birds include dimensions and identifying instructions, drawings, and color photographs, carving, the authors revisit the subject with fi ve characteristics so the wood carvers can anyone can quickly master the rendering of new projects. Again, the carving techniques are create their own shore birds. realistic feathers. Ten shorebird varieties: killdeer, exhaustively covered, illustrated with beautiful Size: 17" x 11" • 29 patterns • 64 pp. sanderling, ruddy turnstone, long-billed curlew, photographs and drawings. The songbirds ISBN: 0-916838-88-9 spotted sandpiper, dunlin, golden plover, avocet, include male and female northern cardinal, soft cover • $14.95 red phalarope, and woodcock. house sparrow, blue jay, and American robin. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 53 color & 11 b/w photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 276 color, 664 b/w photos/83 48 illus. • 96 pp. drawings • Glossary • 270 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-176-7 • soft cover • $15.95 ISBN: 0-88740-119-8 • hard cover • $45.00
Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Min- Powercarving Birds, Fish and Penguins: Upland Game Bird Carving. Rosalyn Daisey. iature Decorative Patterns. William Using Beautiful Hardwoods. Gene Larson. Rosayln moves to game birds with this volume, Veasey. Miniature decorative bird-carv- Virtually anyone with a band saw, rotary power offering instructions for fi ve carving projects: ing patterns presented in intricate detail tool and a few of the most common cutting the male mourning dove in fl ight, a perched for the novice carver. This is a concise, burrs can bring birds, fi sh, and penguins to life female dove, a female woodcock, her chicks, practical guide to developing the skills beautifully! Stressing simplicity of form, Gene and the challenging bobwhite quail. Complete necessary to produce realistic miniature provides step-by-step guidance beginning with instructions with generous and beautiful illus- birds. Size: 12" x 9" • 32 patterns • the selection of the right wood and ending with trations take the reader through all fi ve projects, 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-000-0 • soft a proper fi nish. from carving through texturing and painting. cover $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 300 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos Patterns • 64 pp. 600+ b/w photos • 240 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-565-7 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-349-2 • hard cover • $49.95
Championship Carving. Tricia Veasey & Tom 20 Folk Bird & Fish Patterns. Al Streetman. Baby Bird and Chick Carving. Rosalyn Daisey. Johnson. Hundreds of stunning color pictures of 20 patterns for birds and fi sh, with a simplic- Carving the chicks of fi ve birds: the Carolina world-class carvings accompany an authoritative ity that makes the carving process quick and Chickadee, the Eastern Bluebird, the Bobwhite series of interviews with the world’s fi nest wood enjoyable, and the fi nal product charming and Quail, the Killdeer, and the Wood Duckling. Each sculptors. An indispensable addition to the libraries elegant. Full-color photography illustrating the step in the process is illustrated with a clear color of novice and expert carvers; certain to become techniques, step-by-step, for carving, painting, photograph and a concise explanation from the a collector’s item. and presenting each piece. The basic patterns author about what the step involves and how to Size: 9" x 12" • 298 color photos make either wonderful learning tools or a solid do it correctly. 7 b/w photos • 160 pp. foundation for more intricate carvings. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 600+ step-by-step ISBN: 0-88740-023-X • hard cover • $45.00 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 48 pp. color photos • 208 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-590-8 66 color photos, 20 patterns hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0779-7 • soft cover • $12.95
Championship Carving-Volume II. Tricia Carving Songbird Ornaments with Power. Shorebird Carving. Rosalyn Daisey. Step-by- Veasey. World Championship competitions’ Frank C. Russell. 132 clear color photos illustrate step in beautifully detailed photos, the reader bird sculptures are documented in this large every step to make carved wooden songbird is led through the carving of four shorebird and profusely illustrated volume. The winners Christmas tree ornaments with power tools. 23 projects, including the Greater Yellowlegs, the and competition entries are presented through additional patterns are provided with reference Semi-Palmated Plover, the Dunlin, and the color photography and a supporting text that material on feather parts, types, groupings, Sanderling in fl ight. Detailed drawings and identifi es and personalizes the artist-carvers. and texturing; eye setting or carving; and tools life-studies are included, as are instructions Size: 9" x 12" • 617 color photos required. Instruction is provided for painting and for detailing and burning. 13 b/w photos • 160 pp. sealing the completed ornament. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 207 color, 611 b/w ISBN: 0-88740-071-X • hard cover • $47.50 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 132 color photos, photos • 256 pp. 28 patterns • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-219-4 • hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3135-0 • soft cover • $16.99 CARVING: FISH & MARINE LIFE Blue Ribbon Techniques: Burning How to Carve Bellamy Eagles. Paul Power Carving a Chesapeake Bay Blue and Texturing Methods. William B. Rolfe. 293 color photos and detailed Crab. Alan “Mickey” Brown. The Chesapeake Veasey. How to use your burning and instructions teach readers step-by-step Bay Blue Crab comes to life in this new DIY texturing tools to achieve brilliant results. to carve three folk art Bellamy-style book. Through 215 color photographs, both the Crisp step-by-step photographs and eagles (“Portsmouth,” pilothouse, and beginner and advanced woodcarver will learn instructions will enable the beginner soaring). Includes instructions in gold how to power-carve this nautical species. The to detail carvings with a minimum of leaf application as a fi nishing detail. book includes 14 clear, full-size drawings of a diffi culty and magnifi cent results. It will Patterns are provided. For wood carvers 6" Chesapeake Bay Blue Crab and illustrated, give the expert blue ribbon ideas that of all skill levels. step-by-step directions for carving and painting will make the best of show. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 293 color photos each part of the crab. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 215 Size: 9" x 6" • 60 color plates/60 b/w photos • 64 pp. • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3572-3 • soft cover • $16.99 color images & 14 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-013-1 • soft cover • $9.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3965-3 • soft cover • $16.99
Bills and Feet: An Artisan’s Hand- Carving an American Eagle with Paul Whale Carving. Réal Cloutier. Learn book. William Veasey & Sina Kurman. White. Paul White. Paul White takes the carver steps necessary to carve two large An artist’s manual teaching decorative through the process of carving a large traditional whales, the Sperm and Fin, through decoy carvers to accurately paint the bald eagle. Beginning with the gluing of the 120 color photos and detailed carving details of waterfowl and game bird boards and sculpting and ending with a helpful and painting instructions. Patterns are bills and feet, as well as those of birds description of gold leafi ng, Paul explains each provided also for the Blue, Humpback, of prey. Bills and Feet is an authoritative step in detail. For those who wish to get right to Right, and Grey whales. Sophisticated work which will allow craftspeople the carving he also explains the use of commer- tools are not required. to achieve a more lifelike effect with cially prepared blanks. A measured drawing of Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 120 color & their carvings. Illustrated in full color, it is a must for the serious decoy artist. the project and gallery of variations is included. 31 b/w photos • 64 pp. Size: 9" x 6" • all color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2767-4 • soft cover • $16.95 ISBN: 0-916838-93-5 • soft cover • $15.00 ISBN: 0-88740-624-6 • soft cover • $12.95 54 CARVING: FISH & MARINE LIFE • CARVING: ANIMALS
The Carver’s Book of Aquatic Animals. Carving Animals — Bunnies & Chipmunks. Tom Wolfe Goes to the Dogs: Carving Howard K. Suzuki. A comprehensive book for Rosalyn Daisey. 739 photos and fi ve patterns Dogs. Tom Wolfe. Text written with Douglas carvers, with practical tips and the anatomic and illustrate all the steps necessary to create rabbits Congdon-Martin. Dogs have been a favorite behavioral information vital to realism. Includes and chipmunks in various poses. Each animal subject for carving since the earliest years. From the Great White and Tiger Sharks, the Manta carving has its own unique personality that hunting dogs to the family pet, dogs have a and Spotted Eagle Rays, the Loggerhead Sea seems to come to life as the project progresses. special place in the hearts of people. Tom Wolfe Turtle, the American Alligator, the Great Sperm Rosalyn, a carver with 30 years experience, leads manages to capture their personality in his own Whale, the Orca, the Bottlenose Dolphin, the readers through the project from cutting out the creative, witty way. Easy to follow step-by-step West Indian Manatee, and the Humpback. Size: blank to painting and completing the projects. instructions, with color illustrations. 8 1/2" x 11" • 375 photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 739 color images; 5 patterns; Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-734-X • hard cover • $39.95 & 4 color palettes. • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643- ISBN: 978-0-88740-367-5 • soft cover • $12.99 3885-4 • hard cover • $45.00 • Schiffer LTD
10 Patterns for Carving Whales. Brian The Carver’s Handbook: Wood Carving Tom Wolfe Carves A Horse of a Different Gilmore. Patterns and easy to follow carving the Wonders of Nature. David Pergrin. Thor- Color. Tom Wolfe. Following his book on carving instructions for 10 species of whales. More ough instructions in pictures and text guide you realistic horses, Tom now brings the same talent than 150 color photographs lead the carver through each phase of the carving process, from to bear on caricature horses. As always, Tom step-by-step through the carving and painting cutting out the rough shape on the bandsaw takes the reader step-by-step through the carving of the Great Right Whale and the Killer Whale or handsaw to the fi nal shaping to painting process, with each step illustrated with a clear and provide direction for the alterations needed the fi nest details. Helpful tips will enable you color photograph. From the blank to the fi nished to carve the other species. A gallery of whale to complete even your fi rst project with ease painted fi gure, everything is clearly explained. A carvings will help provide ideas and inspiration and expertise. great book for carvers at all levels of expertise. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150+ color photos • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 6 pages of color; many Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 275 color photos ISBN: 0-88740-855-9 • soft cover • $12.95 b/w illus. • 60 pp. Patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-015-9 • soft cover • $5.95 ISBN: 0-88740-787-0 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Dolphins and Whales. Dale Power. The Carver’s Handbook, II: Carving the The Tom Wolfe Treasury of Patterns: 108 All of the techniques necessary for capturing Wildlife of the Forest and Jungle. David Animal Patterns. Tom Wolfe. In his long and the sleek beauty and strength of dolphins and Pergrin. Instructions for carvers to make and creative career as a woodcarver, Tom Wolfe whales in wood are presented here. Dale Power paint wooden fi gures of a tiger, an American has created literally thousands of patterns takes the carver through each step in the process goldfi nch, and a wood mouse in the round, now being made available in a series of books of creating a dolphin from basswood with a plus a great horned owl in relief. Step-by-step containing his previously unpublished patterns. combination of hand and power tools, then suggestions and illustrations. Each project The fi rst of these books contains a variety burns, paints, and mounts it. is introduced with a list of all the tools and of animals from dragons to mice, and pigs Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos, materials needed for that fi gure. to raccoons. patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 6 pages color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 108 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-620-3 • soft cover • $12.95 90 illus. • 60 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-962-8 • soft cover • $9.95 ISBN: 0-88740-029-9 • soft cover • $5.95
Freshwater Fish Carving. James Fliger. Four The Carver’s Handbook, III: Woodcarving Tom Wolfe’s Treasury of Patterns: 90 carving projects, the rainbow trout, the bluegill Wild Animals. David Pergrin. Patterns and clear Patterns for Dog Carvers. Tom Wolfe. In sunfi sh, the black crappie, and the channel instructions for making lifelike images of a his long and creative career as a woodcarver, catfi sh, illustrated with beautiful patterns and cardinal bird, trotting horse, standing deer, Tom Wolfe has created literally hundreds of dog drawings, and black-and-white photos showing and an Indian neckerchief slide. 78 step-by- patterns. 90 of the best of these are offered here the carving techniques in the step-by-step fash- step pictures and carefully written instructions. for the fi rst time in print. Clear line drawings of ion. For painting, color graphics are used with 27 clear color photographs show each stage a variety of dogs will give carvers all they need photographs to give the readers an accurate view. of painting for these popular projects. For to produce wonderful creations. The breeds Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 224 pp. carvers of all levels of experience. covered include everything from poodles to 139 color & 412 b/w photos, dozens of Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 27 color photos coon dogs, and dachshunds to terriers. diagrams & illustrations 78 b/w illus. • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 90 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-175-6 • hard cover • $35.00 ISBN: 0-88740-039-6 • soft cover • $5.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0098-9 • soft cover • $9.95
Carving Fish & Pond Life. Rick Roth. Step-by- Carving Bears and Bunnies. Tom Wolfe Bears to Carve with Dale Power. Dale step through three fi sh and pond life carvings: with Douglas Congdon-Martin. Beginning with Power. Text written with and photography The Brook Trout, the Pumpkin Seed, and a a plain block of bass wood or white pine, Tom by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Move step-by-step Northern Painted Turtle. Each step is clearly creates bunnies and bears that are the epitome through the process of carving a robust and illustrated with a photograph and a descrip- of “cuddly,” and are a favorite of children and realistic polar bear. Complete instructions and tion of the technique. The painting sections adults alike. These projects are perfect for the detailed color photographs make the carving of are illustrated in full color with color palettes. person who carves for relaxation. After band- this bear an enjoyable task for the novice and There are over 800 step-by-step photographs sawing the patterns, they can be completed advanced carver alike. Carved with a combo of plus drawings and palettes. with the simplest of tools-a knife, a gouge, a hand and power tools, and fi nished by burning Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 800+ photos • 224 pp. veiner, and nailset. and painting. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225+ color ISBN: 0-88740-589-4 • hard cover • $39.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. photos • Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740- ISBN: 978-0-88740-267-8 • soft cover • $9.99 719-6 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Exotic Fish. Margaret Streams. The Horse Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Carving a Kid’s Size Rocking Horse. Tom variety and beauty of exotic fi sh captured in wood. Text written with and photography by Wolfe. Step by step, Tom leads the carver through Using a combination of power and traditional Douglas Congdon-Martin. This book takes the process of constructing and carving a “kid’s tools, here are step-by-step techniques of carving, the carvers through the steps of carving a frisky size” rocking horse. This is the perfect project painting and mounting three varieties: the Red colt. Using hand and power tools Tom creates for a Christmas present that will be cherished Crane fi sh, the Fresh Water Angelfi sh, and the the form, detail, and musculature that brings generation after generation. And even though Long-Nosed Butterfl y Fish. Patterns and a gallery the horse to life. Included are gallery photos and it is ambitious, the instructions and illustrations of other fi sh are included. patterns for the colt’s sibling and sire, as well will enable even the novice carver to complete Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 600 photos as those for several other horses. a work of which they can be proud. Patterns • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 275 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-946-6 • hard cover • $39.95 Patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-852-4 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-649-1 • soft cover • $12.95 CARVING: ANIMALS Carving Nature’s Rascals: Woodcarving Tom Wolfe Carves Dragons. Tom Wolfe Carving Cheetahs. Dale Power. Text writ- an Armadillo, Skunk, Mouse, and Raccoon. with Douglas Congdon-Martin. With his imag- ten with and photography by Jeffrey B. Leah Wachter. With over 230 brilliant color pho- ination running rampant, Tom Wolfe uses both Snyder. Dale guides the novice and veteran tographs, paint color charts, and precise patterns, traditional hand carving tools and rotary tools carver through the process of capturing the Leah Wachter guides woodcarvers through the to bring his artistry to the dragon. The steps to beauty, speed and grace of the amazing cheetah. creation of incredibly detailed small animals that carving a dragon are illustrated in color or black With a combo of hand and power carving tools, are big on character. Carving, woodburning and & white photographs and concise instructions. A wood burning equipment and paints, step-by- painting techniques are presented, with pattern gallery with patterns and photographs of three step instructions and color photos simply and for four animals. A color gallery is included. other dragons is provided. pleasurably guide the carver through each phase. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 232 color, 21 b/w images • 64 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ photos • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1966-3 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-576-2 • soft cover • $12.95 Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-696-3 • soft cover • $12.95 CARVING: ANIMALS • CARVING: CHRISTMAS & HOLIDAYS 55
Carving the Coyote. Dale Power. Using both Carving Noah’s Ark: Mrs. Noah & Friends, Carving Card-Carrying Critters with Power. hand and power tools, Dale leads you through The Animals of North America. David Sabol. Cheryl Castles. A step-by-step guide to making the carving of a realistic howling coyote. Easy Text written with and photography by Card-Carrying Critters, fanciful creations that step-by-step instructions and full color photos Jeffrey B. Snyder. Step-by-step techniques put your business card in the best possible light. make the process a delight. You will not only for carving Noah’s wife or one of several These cute and unique items will enchant and learn how to carve the coyote, but create realistic animals native to North America. delight young and old carvers and be a best fur patterns, paint your coyote, and mount it Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. seller at the next show or craft fair. Patterns in a natural surrounding. Gallery photographs 250 color photos, patterns for 18 fi gures and a gallery of pictures help you get started provide informative perspectives on the coyote. ISBN: 0-88740-731-5 • soft cover • $12.95 with any of seven species. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 298 color photos • 72 pp. Patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0274-4 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-567-3 • soft cover • $12.95 CARVING: CHRISTMAS & HOLIDAYS Carving the Elk. Dale Power. Step-by-step Carving Noah’s Ark: Noah and Friends Carving the Nativity with Helen Gibson. instructions make carving the elk, with a com- With the Animals of Africa. David Sabol. Helen Gibson. An old tradition for today’s carvers. bination of hand and power tools, an easy task. Text written with and photography by Helen takes the reader step-by-step through the Over 250 color photographs illustrate each Jeffrey B. Snyder. Populate your own ark delicate carving process of one of the creche technique. Methods for positioning of the elk, with sprightly wooden animals from Africa, fi gures, with clear color photography illustrating burning, painting, and mounting are included, two by two. Noah himself will be there to each technique. Patterns and complete views for along with patterns for two elk. Gallery photos supervise. Instructions in traditional carving the Mary, Joseph, three Wisemen, three Shep- provide perspectives of the animal carved and techniques and realistic painting are given herds, and the baby in the manger are included. of additional elk. with clear captions and color photographs. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 272 color photos, ISBN: 0-88740-438-3 • soft cover • $12.95 Patterns • 64 pp. 24 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-566-5 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-779-X • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Miniature Carousel Animals with Carving Noah’s Ark: Monkeys and Apes. Helen Gibson Carves the Animals of the Dale Power. Dale Power. Direct instructions David Sabol. Text written with and pho- Nativity. Helen Gibson. Helen completes the and 267 color photos illustrating the steps tography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. David nativity scene with the camels, sheep, cattle, necessary to transform a simple basswood takes the reader through every step in the and donkeys. Helen has a highly detailed style blank into an impressive carousel goat. He uses carving of monkeys and apes with enjoyable, of carving that is perfect for this subject. The a variety of hand and power tools to complete straight-forward directions accompanied reader is led step-by-step through the process the project, and covers wood burning, painting, by clear color photographs. His traditional of carving one of the animals. Clear color pho- and mounting techniques. carving techniques are explained in detail. tographs illustrate every cut. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 267 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos 12 patterns • 64 pp. 17 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-971-7 • Patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0312-0 • soft cover • $14.95 soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-544-4 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Miniature Animals with Debbie Carving Storybook Mice. David Sabol. Text A Folk Carved Nativity. Donna Hefty. Photog- Barr. Text written with and photography written with and photography by Jeffrey raphy by Marc Hefty. Carving that is approachable by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Create miniature B. Snyder. Here, in over 230 color photos and and simple for all ages. Not only are there eleven animals from basswood, butternut, or walnut clear, concise instructions is what the carver highly defi ned patterns, but Donna will take scraps left over from larger works. The com- needs to make the process of carving mice you step-by-step through the process of both plete carving process with clear instructions, both enjoyable and rewarding. Techniques for carving and painting. Each step is illustrated sound advice, and over 200 color illustrations. soldering brass, placing glass eyes, and applying with a color photograph and an easy-to-follow and instructions for painting the fi gure. A pho- color stains to the fi nished mouse accompany description of the technique. tographic gallery rounds out the presentation. the wood carving instructions. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" X 11" • 267 color photos 11 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0936-6 • soft cover • $14.95 21 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-881-8 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0236-1 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Egg Animals. Mary Finn, Photography Carving Storybook Animals: Rabbits and Flat Plane Carving the Nativity. Lynn Diel. by Donna Baker. Charming animals from commer- Other Woodland Creatures. David Sabol. Using over 250 color images, 4 patterns, and cially available wooden eggs. Egg animals can Text written with and photos by Jeffrey B. clear step-by-step instructions, the reader is come out of the egg in any direction and can be Snyder. Storybook animals come to life in the taken through all the steps necessary to carve made standing, sitting, or lying down. Detailed hands of veteran carver David Sabol. A wonderful and fi nish each fi gure in the nativity in basswood: instructions and color photos show carving rabbit is presented as the feature carving project, Mary, Joseph, Jesus and His creche, an angel, techniques for crouching rabbit, sitting bear, with more than 260 color photographs and shepherd, the three kings, a camel, donkey, ox, chubby pig, & fi re-breathing dragon. Projects clear, concise instructions to guide the reader and sheep. All of the materials and tools needed require minimal work space; great for those with through every step. for these projects are listed. limited access to saws or other large equipment. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260+ color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 252 color & Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 185 color photos • 48 pp. 17 patterns • 64 pp. 4 b/w images • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1415-7 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0307-4 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-2439-X • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Patterns by Frank C. Russell: Carving Teddy Bears with Kelley Stadel- Carving Santa and Mrs. Claus. Ken Blom- from the Stonegate Woodcarving School: man. Kelley Stadelman. The spirit of the teddy quist. Text written with and photography by Birds, Animals, Fish. Frank C. Russell. Over bear is captured in this detailed guide. With Jeffrey B. Snyder. With 270 color photos, concise 100 woodcarving patterns and accompanying color photos illustrating each phase, from laying instruction, and detailed patterns, Ken Blomquist illustrations for 72 birds, animals, and fi sh. out the blank to painting and antiquing the takes the carver through every step required to Illustrations of proper directional growth for fi nished product, the carver will enjoy creating successfully complete wooden fi gures of Santa fur, feather shading, and other detail features a lovable bear. The “Teddy Bear Boy” project and Mrs. Claus. Guidelines for creating a unique are provided with many of the patterns. is carved completely, plus there are patterns for surface texture, painted details, and Santa’s bag Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 130 b/w & other bears, with a gallery to show the fi nished of gifts are all supplied. 25 color images • 128 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643- creations. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos 2473-X • soft cover • $14.95 patterns, gallery • 64 pp. 3 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-890-7 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1765-2 • soft cover • $14.95
Carving Realistic Animals with Power. Carving Comical Bears. Robert Neuenschwan- Carving Scandinavian Santas. Ken Blom- Frank C. Russell. Every power tool and technique der. A whimsical cowboy character bear comes quist. All the steps necessary to successfully necessary for capturing animals in wood, with to life from a rough block of wood! Methods carve and fi nish a Scandinavian Santa, using concise instructions and never-before demon- not found in any other carving book will be step-by-step instructions, 258 beautiful full strated techniques and carving sequences for appreciated by all carvers. Over 300 detailed color color photos, and detailed patterns. Following transforming a block of wood into a life-like photos, showing blocking, carving, detailing, these clear instructions, you can also create a animal. Twelve project plans are provided: a fi nishing, and sharpening techniques, plus a scenic, snow-covered setting, complete with a bear, bobcat, bison, elephant, fox, giraffe, horse, gallery & detailed patterns showing all eight fi r tree for your fi gure. A colorful gallery provides rabbit, squirrel, tiger, white-tailed deer and wolf. members of the bear family including holiday examples of different fi nishes and bases for the Size: 8 1/2" x11" • 192 color photos, favorites. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, Scandinavian Santa. 17 line drawings • 64 pp. patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 258 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-637-9 • soft cover • $12.99 ISBN: 0-88740-896-6 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-2133-1 • soft cover • $14.95 56 CARVING: CHRISTMAS & HOLIDAYS
21 Carvings for the Day after Christmas. A Ron Ransom Christmas. Ron Ransom. 35 Santa Patterns for Carvers. Al Streetman. Al and Trinka Chapman. What do you do with With this book anyone can learn to carve the 35 new Santa Claus patterns are presented the family Christmas tree after the last needle has traditional holiday fi gure using simple hand tools. along with helpful tips from Al’s many years of fallen? Carve next year’s Christmas ornaments Step-by-step carving and painting techniques carving experience. Basic line drawings/patterns from the trunk and limbs to create some very described in full, with tips on “antiquing,” and plus general tips and recommendations as to special memories for you and your family! Using hints on how to make small improvisations on wood selection, paint colors, and tools. Some parts of the trunk, you can carve elves, Santas, the projects to make them all unique. Included of the patterns appear in their fi nal, carved angels and more. The Chapmans will give you are a torch-bearing “Olympic” Santa, a Santa on and painted form, so the reader will have 3-D lots of ideas and show you how! skis, and a Santa with snowman. A color gallery references. The patterns are printed full-size. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of color photos • 88 pp. shows the fi nished results in detail. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 35 patterns, ISBN: 0-88740-730-7 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" X 11" • 250 photos • 64 pp. 20+ color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0361-9 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1657-5 • soft cover • $12.95
Angel Carving and Other Favorites. Ron Ron Ransom Carves More Angels. Ron Carving Cypress Knee Wood Spirits. Al Ransom. A classic guide to carving and painting Ransom. Ron Ransom revisits the Angels with Streetman. With clear instructions and vivid color appealing wooden angel fi gures with ease. With new carvings depicting the heavenly host at work photographs, Al Streetman takes woodcarvers many color and black-and-white illustrations of and play. Patterns for a guardian angel, two horn through all the steps necessary to create a Santa the creative steps, the book presents numerous blowing angels, and an angel to the golfers are wood spirit and ornament, using the shapes different angel designs as weathervanes, Christ- provided. Ron takes the carver through each of the knees themselves to form the figure mas ornaments, and free-standing fi gures of step of the carving, painting, and antiquing and ornament. Also included are directions appealing and frequently whimsical personalities. processes with simple, direct instructions and for painting and antiquing the carvings and a The instructions encourage all to try. clear color photographs. color gallery featuring additional Santa fi gures. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 143 b/w photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 98 color photos • 64 pp. 49 color photos • 80 pp. 4 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1518-8 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-147-3 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-892-3 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Santas with Special Interests. Celebration Carvings. Ron Ransom. Text 41 Santa Patterns for Woodcarvers. Al Ron Ransom. Photography by George A. written with and photography by Jeffrey Streetman. 41 exciting, creative Santa patterns in Clark. Seven new step-by-step Santa projects B. Snyder. Carving guide to whimsical holiday one book! The projects can be accomplished with from Ron Ransom. These Santas have special characters to entertain all year long. Full color a minimum of tools and frustration and include interests including golf, fishing, and skiing, photographs, easy-to-understand instructions, a wide assortment of Santas in different poses. among others. As always, Ron Ransom makes and detailed patterns make this book simple One project is followed in a step-by-step, fully the carving easy, interesting, and fun. enough for beginners, yet challenging for expe- illustrated manner, so even the beginner can Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Full color photos • 64 pp. rienced carvers. Includes a “fl ying” witch and a pick up on basic carving techniques. ISBN: 0-88740-328-X • soft cover • $12.95 headless fi gure with pumpkin for Halloween, a Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 50+ color photos, leprechaun, and Father Time for New Year’s Eve. 41 patterns • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-632-7 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0362-7 • soft cover • $14.95
Mini-Cheers©: Carving Miniature Santas. Old St. Nick Carving: Classic Santas from 20 Patterns for Santa Carvers. Al Streetman. Ron Ransom. Santa “Mini-Cheers”© answer the Wood. David Sabol. Text written with and One of the most sought-after and respected wood carver’s perennial question, “What can I photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Da- carver of Santas shares 20 new and delightful do with all of these basswood scraps?” Here are vid Sabol takes the reader through each step patterns for carvers. Al Streetman takes the six patterns and instructions for carving three from wood blank to fi nished carving with clear, reader step-by-step through the carving of miniature Santas and a larger Santa holding a step-by-step instructions and color illustrations. a “windblown Santa," holding a lantern and snowman, all carved in an “Old World” style, Patterns are provided for six classic Santas in a grasping a walking stick as he tries to make with simplicity and character. Straight-forward, variety of poses and for the venerable Mrs. Claus his way through a Christmas eve storm. This step-by-step directions, color illustrations, and as well. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, and other whimsical creations offer hours of fun. a bit of humor. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260+ color 7 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 color photos, photos • 6 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0039-3 • soft cover • $12.95 20 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-824-9 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1837-3 • soft cover • $14.95
Ron Ransom Carves Athletic Santa Mini- Carving Angels. Kelley Stadelman. Text 25 Leprechaun Patterns for Carvers. Al Cheers©. Ron Ransom. When children ask what written with and photography by Douglas Streetman. Photography by Jack Lisiecki. Santa does during the rest of the year, you can Congdon-Martin. The whimsy of angels is Leprechauns are some of the folk-lore creatures show them these three sporting Santas. Addition- captured in the designs of this book. Kelley leads that have always fascinated the author. Now al patterns for two of Ron’s favorite fi gures, the the carver step-by-step through the angel carving he shares 25 of his leprechaun patterns with quilt and tree-holding Santas, are also included. project, beginning with the blank and fi nishing other carvers, plus many of his tricks and carving Along with simple, detailed instructions and color with a beautifully painted heavenly being. With secrets in clear photographs and captions. The photographs, a gallery is included showing each concise descriptions and clear color photographs, methods he uses and teaches will give the reader Santa’s distinctive character. Kelley’s experience as a teacher will lead carvers some new insight into character carving tech- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240+ color photos of every ability to a wonderful result. niques. Size: 8 1/2 " x 11" • 50+ color photos, 6 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. 25 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-825-7 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-860-5 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-957-1 • soft cover • $12.95
Santa Carving. Ron Ransom. The premier Christmas Carvings from Commercial 30 Holiday Patterns for Carvers. Al work of author-carver Ron Ransom. He offers Turnings. Kelley Stadelman. Text written Streetman. Here are 30 patterns for holidays instructions for three specifi c versions of Santa with and photography by Doug Cong- throughout the year that feature the creativity Claus and many other variations, as well as don-Martin. Transform common sugar pine and guidance of Al Streetman. These carvings painting instructions. Ron’s illustrations serve blanks into Christmas fi gures. With step-by-step are simple enough to inspire confi dence in the as an impetus for the carver to approach his color photographs, Kelley Stadelman carves a beginner and clever enough to allow for a lot own work with freedom. His “Old World Santas’’ rotund Santa and stately tree. A gallery shows of creativity from the experienced carver. In his are great symbols of happiness and goodness. other possibilities that can be carved from the easygoing manner, Al offers plenty of tips for Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 20 color photos, 57 b/w turned blanks. technique and presentation. photos 5 drawings • 46 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 106 color photos, ISBN: 0-88740-107-4 • soft cover • $8.95 64 pp.• ISBN: 0-88740-697-1 48 illustrations • 64 pp. soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0514-X • soft cover • $14.95
Ron Ransom’s Favorite Santas for Carvers. Carving Christmas Whistle Ornaments. 60 Patterns for Santa Carvers . Al Streetman. Ron Ransom. Using over 220 color photos and Kelley Stadelman. These carved, fanciful orna- Photography by Jack Lisiecki. This wonderful concise instructions, Ron Ransom takes the ments double as whistles and can take a variety book will spur hopelessly addicted Santa carvers reader through all the steps necessary to carve of shapes and forms. Kelley makes carving the to new heights and depths. Here are 60 of Al nine of his favorite “Old World” Santas from whistles simple and fun. Each step is clearly Streetman’s whimsical, humorous caricature wood. Patterns are provided for Santas holding illustrated and explained, using full color photo- patterns, bringing exciting new dimensions to a variety of objects: messages, fi shing poles, graphs. 12 patterns are provided, but once you Santa carving. Al takes the carver step-by-step and even political emblems! General tips for get the hang of it you will probably be drawing through the carving of a Santa fl ying on a candy painting the completed Santas are also provided. your own. A fun book full of Christmas spirit. cane to deliver his goods. All in all, the perfect Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 color & Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 245 color photos, fi x for the Santa craving. 6 b/w photos • 64 pp. 12 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 105 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2362-8 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-973-3 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-996-2 • soft cover • $12.95 CARVING: CHRISTMAS & HOLIDAYS 57
29 Angel Patterns for Carvers. Al Streetman. Tom Wolfe Carves Jointed Santas. Tom Snowmen Are Cool: Woodcarving Winter Enough patterns for a heavenly host, with step- Wolfe. Text written with and photography Creations. Paul Bolinger and Camille Bolinger. by-step instructions for carving, painting, and by Douglas Congdon-Martin. The jointed Filled with numerous ideas and designs for antiquing. This is the perfect book for the new Santas in this book are delightful, and they are perfect wood carved snowmen, this book is carver looking for the wisdom of experience easily carved. With step-by-step color photo a fun and easy way to learn decorative wood- and for the veteran carver seeking some new illustrations you go from the carving to the joint carving while perfecting your creative skills. ideas and techniques. They make perfect gifts construction to the painting. In addition to the Easy-to-follow instructions and stress-free tips and, for those who sell their craft, they draw Santa carved in the book, there are patterns for will build your confi dence and lead to results people to the table in droves. 8 others plus a nice sleigh. to be proud of. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 50+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 258 color photos • 64 pp. 29 patterns • 64 pp. patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0976-5 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0275-2 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-539-8 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Santas for Today with Tom Traditional Santa Carving with Tom Wolfe. The Edge of Christmas: Carving Christmas Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Easy-to-follow instruc- Tom Wolfe. Text written with and photog- Whimsies. Paul Bolinger. & Camille Bolinger. tions review some of the basic techniques of raphy by Douglas Congdon-Martin. A guide for creating whimsical Christmas carving caricatures before introducing some Traditional Santas have a warm place in the fi gures to adorn the shelves, mantles, and new tricks for carving and fi nishing the fi gures imaginations of children and the memories ledges of all holiday homes. Patterns for A large gallery offering four-sided views of a of adults. With easy to follow, step-by-step nine new carvings, including a Teddy Bear, variety of Santas, is a useful guide. The exciting instructions accompanied by full color photos, a Moose, Snowmen, and, of course, Santas. variety of Santas will inspire carvers to produce this is a great book for the beginning and The great design ideas to fi t the carving skills full fi gure carvings, busts, ornaments, bottle intermediate carver. Patterns and a gallery of novices and old hands alike. stoppers, and more. are included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 336 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. 219 color prints, 20 b & w illustrations ISBN: 978-0-7643-3082-7 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-88740-366-2 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0687-1 • soft cover • 14.95
Tom Wolfe Carves Old-World Santas. Tom More Santa Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom Carving Humorous Santas. Paul F. & Camille Wolfe. Tom Wolfe guides the carver step-by-step Wolfe. In his own special way Tom Wolfe leads J. Bolinger. Photography by Pat McChesney. through the carving, painting, and fi nishing the carver through each step of the carving With over 185 color photographs and easy of an old-world Santa. The basic fi gure will process. The result is a traditional Santa in instructions, Paul carefully guides the reader challenge the beginning carver, and there stride, heading for the reindeer pen to hook through the carving techniques while his wife, are plenty of fascinating details included for up for the Christmas fl ight. He is accompanied Camille, demonstrates the painting. Patterns for the more advanced. As always, Tom provides by old Rudolph, who looks a bit bewildered by fi ve other Santas and a photo gallery featuring advice and techniques throughout the process the night that lies ahead. Patterns are provided over twenty humorous Santas sure to get the that are useful for any carving project. Santa for the project, the reindeer, and several other creative juices fl owing. designs that will fuel your imagination and interesting Santas. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 185 color photos help you develop your own designs. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190 color photos • 64 pp. 12 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 291 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0626-X • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0423-2 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1351-7 • soft cover • $14.95 Power Carving Santas with Tom Wolfe. Carving and Painting An Heirloom Santa. Carving Santa Ornaments with Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. After the big Christmas fl ight, what Paul F. and Camille J. Bolinger. Learn to Tom Wolfe. Text written with and photog- does Santa do with his spare time? Tom Wolfe create delightful wooden Santas destined raphy by Douglas Congdon-Martin. Tom has come up with a number of ideas. Over 260 to be treasured family heirlooms. With a leads the carver through the process of creating color photographs and easy to follow instructions combination of over 280 color photographs, a beautiful Santa ornament for the tree or to be help the carver create a Santa to be proud of. a minimal set of carving tools, and easily displayed on a stand. A basic understanding of Tom uses power tools and guides the reader followed instructions, the reader is guided carving techniques is all that is needed to follow through each carving step. 16 patterns for six step-by-step through rough and detail carving these fully-illustrated step-by-step instructions. projects and a color gallery complete this book. techniques and painting. Includes gallery of Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260+ color photos, the Bolingers’ heirloom Santas. ISBN: 0-88740-617-3 • soft cover • $12.95 16 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 284 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-963-6 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0194-2 • soft cover • $12.95
The Tom Wolfe Treasury: 75 Santa Patterns. Carving Seasonal Decorations For Win- The Easter Bunny and His Friends. Tom Tom Wolfe. Just when it seems that Tom could dows & Door Frames. Paul & Camille Bolinger. Wolfe. Text written with and photography not possibly have any more Santa patterns, here New and exciting woodcarving designs to perk by Douglas Congdon-Martin. The Easter are 75 never before seen designs. They refl ect up your home in any season. The designs and Bunny, the bearer of gifts, fancy eggs, sweet Tom’s unquenchable creativity, his boundless tips for carving a new door frame corner piece for candy, and warm, cuddly stuffed animals, is sense of humor, and his keen eye for caricature. each season or even each month. Ten innovative beautifully carved with clear step-by-step, color Each pattern is clearly drawn and reproduced and captivating designs, step-by-step techniques illustrated instructions. Also included is a simple at full size. A color gallery is included on the with color photos, and gallery. technique for creating beautiful Easter eggs back of the book to use as a paint reference. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. and a gallery of many bunny “humanimals” Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 75 patterns • 64 pp. 163 color photos, 12 diagrams/patterns Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0627-8 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0715-0 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-381-6 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Down-Home Angels with Tom First Christmas Projects for Woodcarvers. Santa and His Friends: Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Woodcarver Tom Wolfe always Larry Green & Mike Altman. Photography by Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Text written with and sees the rough edges that make his miniature Steve Smith. Welcome to carving. This is a photography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. characters human and a little bit off-center. So starting place to begin the adventure of sculpt- Tom’s premier work on carving Santa Claus, elves, it is with these angels. A little wrinkled and a lot ing wood. The book introduces the new carver gnomes, and wizards. These fanciful, delightful ugly, they are proof that God must have a sense to safety considerations, the fundamentals characters come to life at his hands. He shares of humor. Everything you need to know about of sharpening, carving knives, palm carving skills and projects that are perfect for the be- creating these angels is illustrated with a color tools, and helpful aids for carving a Stocking ginning carver, the person who likes to whittle photograph and patterns to help you make a Ornament, a Sleeping Santa Ornament, and for fun and relaxation, or the experienced carver. whole band of them. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 191 a Snowman. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. color photos • 7 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-277-7 • soft cover • $9.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2326-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0369-4 • soft cover • $14.95
Halloween Carving. Paul F. & Camille Bolinger. Carving Traditional Style Kachina Dolls. Santimals: Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom Detailed, step-by-step instructions are pro- Tom Moore. Patterns, background information, Wolfe. Text written with and photography vided for carving and painting two ghostly and step-by-step instructions for carving and by Douglas Congdon-Martin. Santimals projects—“The Ghost with the Most” and painting the kachina-style dolls in the traditional capture all the charm of the season in a delightful “Lon Gone.” Aside from instructing readers in manner. The author’s carvings feature the tra- way. Tom takes the reader step-by-step through their carving and painting techniques, Paul ditional “belly-acher” pose, bright colors of the carving of the raccoon Santimal, from the and Camille also provide patterns for fi ve Hal- the 1980s style, and the all-wood approach pattern to the painting. Each step is clearly illus- loween fi gures and close to 100 drawings of currently favored by Hopi carvers. trated with a full-color photograph and helpful design details. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos • 64 pp. description. Santimals include a goose, a hound Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 195+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1243-X • soft cover • $14.95 dog, a duck, a pig, a mouse, a fox, and a bear. ISBN: 0-7643-0608-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-440-5 • soft cover • $12.95 58 CARVING: CHRISTMAS & HOLIDAYS • CARVING: NATIVE AMERICAN STYLE • CARVING: REALISTIC & CARICATURE FIGURES
CARVING: THE NATIVE AMERICAN STYLE The Hopi Approach to the Art of Kachina Carving Moses with Helen Gibson. Helen Carving Pins. Mary Finn. Accomplished wood- Doll Carving. Eric Bromberg. The beautiful Gibson with a Pattern by Harold Enlow. In earlier carver and teacher Mary Finn guides readers diversity of Hopi Kachina dolls is pictorially books Helen Gibson has shared her techniques for through the creation of fi ve colorful pin designs: presented to show past, present, and evolv- carving the nativity and the fi gure of St. Francis a sunfl ower, cardinal, bunny, Santa, and rose. ing styles. These carved representations of of Asissi. Now she turns her attention to one of Includes methods for creating blanks, carving ceremonial fi gures taking part in celebrations the most dramatic fi gures in religious history: the piece, adding texture and other details, of the Kachina religion are popular collectibles. Moses. Harold Enlow drew the pattern and painting, fi nishing, and attaching a pin to the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 136 color photos Helen leads the reader step-by-step through back. Whether you want a dainty pin, a funky 14 drawings • 94 pp. the carving process. pin, or a bolo, this book will provide the best ISBN: 0-88740-062-0 • soft cover • $9.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. tips and techniques. ISBN: 0-88740-889-3 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1548-X • soft cover • $12.95
The Traditional Art of the Mask: Carving Carving Realistic Faces with Power. Frank Carving Egg Heads. Mary Finn. This book is a Transformation Mask. Lelooska. A rare C. Russell. Finally, a book for power carvers by the perfect start for anyone interested in carving look into the traditional carving of the beautiful a power carver! Learn to carve realistic facial detailed faces. Mary Finn uses her “practice masks of the native American carvers of the Pacifi c features with confi dence and ease. Concisely stick” method to show you how to carve each Northwest. Lelooska spent a lifetime creating illustrated, step-by-step directions for carving feature-eyes, nose, closed mouth, open mouth- these masks, a privilege bestowed upon him by the human head. Disciplines and guidelines with step by step directions that even beginners the Kwakiutl. In this book, completed shortly pertaining to facial layout and proportion are will fi nd easy to follow. Then she shows you how before his death, he shares the traditional carving coupled power carving techniques. Ten projects to arrange all of these pieces into one wooden techniques with carvers everywhere. and plans. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 134 color photos egg to make a convincing head! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 360 color photos • 80 pp. 29 line drawings • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 283 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0028-8 • soft cover • $19.95 ISBN: 0-88740-486-3 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-993-8 • soft cover • $12.95 CARVING: CARICATURE FIGURES Carving the Native American Face. Terry Concepts to Caricatures: Celebrat- Carving Egg People. Mary Finn. Transform Kramer. Text written with and photography ing 25 Years of Caricature Carving. commercially available wooden eggs into de- by Douglas Congdon-Martin. The native The Caricature Carvers of America. An lightful characters. Four projects are illustrated: American face has long fascinated artists in exclusive look into the creative carving a Santa carving, a man in a business suit, a every medium. In this new book, Terry Kramer process of 26 of America’s top carvers. butterfl y-catching lady, and an ice hockey player. offers the wood carver a method for creating Includes a step-by-step chapter on carv- Steps show how to orient the egg, establish the realistic native American faces in wood. Each step ing a baseball player, patterns, and indi- basic outline, complete details such as eyes, hair, is illustrated in full color and clearly described. vidual chapters in which members of the and clothing, and paint the fi nished project. An Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Caricature Carvers of America describe ideal project for those with limited access to ISBN: 978-0-88740-715-4 • soft cover • $12.99 their unique approaches to creating original carvings in their trademark styles. saws or other large equipment. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 815 color & b/w images • 160 pp Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 210 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4977-5 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1313-4 • soft cover • $14.95 CARVING: REALISTIC FIGURES Carving the Historic Western Face. Carving Caricature Women. Debbie Barr. Caricature Relief Carving with Larry Green. Bob Lundy. Three carving projects from Debbie Barr captures the lighter side of wom- Larry Green. Pattern design by Mike Altman. the old west: The Cowboy, The Indian, en’s daily lives in her carvings, lives fi lled with Photography by Steve Smith. A host of original and The Mountain Man, with instructions triumphs and travails. Debbie takes her readers caricatures to give beginning and experienced and clear photos, going from the raw step-by-step through the process of transforming carver hours of carving enjoyment. Carved in the wood to a fi nished fi gure. A gallery of a block of basswood into a lively caricature relief style from 3/4" wood, each step to create a 16 other fi gures is included to give the with concise instructions, sound advice, and female graduate, a cowboy, and a male basketball reader other ideas. over 250 color illustrations. Once the carving player is illustrated with a full-color photograph Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 406 color photos is complete, instructions are also provided for and helpful description. 2 113 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-321-2 • soft cover • $14.95 painting the fi gure. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. 23 patterns, gallery • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0649-9 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-542-8 • soft cover • $12.95
From Clay to Wood: Steps to Carving Carving Figural Kaleidoscopes: A New Carving Comic Clocks. Larry Green & Mike Realistic Faces. Terry Kramer. Nothing is more Twist - “Collide-A-Scope”. Steve Brown. Altman. Photography by Steve Smith. challenging to the carver than carving a realistic Carving delightful figurines with actual ka- Time will fl y when you open the pages of face. To help in the process Terry Kramer begins leidoscopes inside. Step-by-step instructions Carving Comic Clocks. In fact, you’ll fi nd with modeling clay. In a series of exercises, the illustrate carving techniques, painting, and yourself whittling away the hours carving carver learns the basics about shaping the face installation of the kaleidoscope kit. Patterns these whimsical creations. The book features in clay, and then transferring that knowledge to and measurements are provided for those who 10 clock patterns carved in the relief style wood. Fully illustrated with clear photographs wish to cut their own blanks. from 3/4" wood. and drawings, each step is clearly explained to Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 257 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 279 color photos • 64 pp. take the carver to a satisfying result. 19 patterns • 64 pp. 10 patterns with 60 faces Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400+ photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1695-8 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-846-X • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-714-5 • soft cover • $14.95
Sculpting in Clay With Dale Power. Dale Carving Pen Figures. Steve Brown. Herein are First Projects for Woodcarvers: A Pictorial Power. All the steps needed to sculpt human 37 designs for unique pens portraying objects Introduction to Wood Carving. Larry Green heads and complete animal figures in clay. and people. Steve Brown has a baseball player, a & Mike Altman. A pictorial starting place for Instructive line drawings show the proper po- golfer, a fi sherman, a farmer, a plumber, a doctor, the adventure of woodcarving, introducing sitioning of features on the human face and and a Nascar driver. There is a frontiersman, an the new carver to safety considerations, the three different eye treatments. Two techniques Indian, an Uncle Sam, and a wizard, along with fundamentals of sharpening and carving. Three for sculpting human heads are illustrated. For a bunch of new takes on the ever-popular Santa projects are included, designed with the new added clarity, every step is accompanied by Claus. Includes step-by-step instructions and a carver in mind: a cowboy boot, a dog, and a color photographs. gallery of fi nished projects. 3-piece stylized nativity. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 250 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 140 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos 8 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0113-6 • 42 patterns • 48 pp. patterns • 64 pp. soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0609-X • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-959-8 • soft cover • $12.99
Helen Gibson Carves Saint Francis of Folk Carving with Shane Campbell. Shane Carving Boots and Shoes with Larry Green. Assisi. Helen Gibson. This fi gure of St. Francis is Campbell. Go step-by-step through the process of Larry Green. Photography by Brian Lakin, popular among carvers and collectors alike. Helen carving an articulated angel named Ruby and a pattern graphics by Duane Calhoun. Trans- Gibson offers clear step-by-step instructions for whirligig fi gure named Angelene. Project patterns form a block of wood into a boot or shoe, giving the carving, with each step illustrated with an and over 260 color photographs accompany it a unique design, character and personality. accurate color photo. This book will delight all the straightforward directions. There are also Five boot and shoe projects are described in carvers, novice or professional, providing them instructions for both painting folk fi gures and for detail, including a baby shoe, a work book, a with new challenges while helping them move aging them using a method that is delightfully cowboy boot, a “Storm” boot, and a ski boot. easily through the carving. simple and effective. A gallery includes several other styles, including Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260+ color photos, the Old Lady in the Shoe’s shoe. ISBN: 0-88740-586-X • soft cover • $12.95 6 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0465-8 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-390-5 • soft cover • $12.95 CARVING: CARICATURE FIGURES 59
Carving the Old Woman’s Shoe with Carving Caricature Busts. W. Pete LeClair. Carving Mountain Men with Cleve Taylor. Larry Green. Larry Green. Pattern design Pete shares a great number of techniques and Cleve Taylor. Text written with and photog- by Mike Altman. Photography by Steve secrets of caricature carving in this volume, raphy by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Accomplished Smith. A Mother Goose nursery rhyme comes paying attention, as always, to the minute carver and teacher Cleve Taylor takes to the to life. Step-by-step instructions will lead you details that make the difference between a hills, carving mountain men of years gone by. through carving this famous shoe, a carved good carving and a great carving. Every step is Patterns are included with the instructions to yard and flowers carved from round tooth- illustrated with a color photograph and a clear carve both the mountain man and his long rifl e. picks! The book gives suggestions on tools explanation. Patterns and a gallery, showing The project presented here is a challenge for the which you will need and provides complete all sides of the works, are included to help the carver with a course or two under the belt and instructions on painting and fi nishing the shoe. . carver even more. a delight for the more advanced wood carver. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 375 color photos • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-603-3 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1497-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0654-5 • soft cover • $14.95
Power Carving Boots & Shoes. Roman Carving Caricature Heads & Faces. W. Hangin’ In There: Creative Cowboy Carv- Hrytsak. Using a rotary power tool fi tted with “Pete” LeClair. Caricatures demand the same ing. Cleve Taylor. Text written with and a flex-shaft hand piece, carving burrs, and skill and sense of proportion that realistic fi gures photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Cleve sanding drums, learn how to give a boot or do. This is particularly true of carving heads, takes you step-by-step through the process of shoe a distinctive character. Create women’s which can easily become grotesque looking if carving a cowboy, his horse, the cliff, and all the high-heel boots, hiking boots, casual slip-on certain rules are not followed. This book takes little details that complete this delightful work of boots, and brogues. A gallery of completed you step-by-step through carving projects, each art. Concise directions, 265 color photographs, projects offers inspiration for your own creative step illustrated with a color photograph and and detailed patterns guide you through the ideas. For carvers of all skill levels. precise caption. A gallery is included. carving process and detailed painting instructions. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240 color images, 12 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 265 photos patterns • 64 pp. 33 caricature carvings 7 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4615-6 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-88740-784-6 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-841-9 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Mexican Wrestlers. Ballo Rebora. Carving Caricature Figures from Scratch. Carving Fishermen and the Tall Tale. Cleve This book teaches wood carvers the steps neces- W. “Pete” LeClair. Pete LeClair shares his insights Taylor. Text written with and photography sary to create six Mexican wrestlers, the Lucha into carving whole fi gure caricatures from scratch. by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Cleve Taylor captures the Libre. Patterns are provided for six different Heavily illustrated in color, the book starts with a foibles and follies of fi shermen in four basswood wrestlers and a referee to oversee the match. A simple block of bass wood, and goes all the way fi gures, and reveals the subtle secrets of facial gallery provides detailed pictures of each fi gure, through carving and painting of a fi gure. Each expression. Clear photos and instructions take from all sides, so no detail is overlooked. The step is illustrated and a helpful caption helps the the carver through each step of the project from text is provided in both English and Spanish. reader carry out the project. A gallery of fi gures the initial pattern layout to the fi nal painting Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos in the back shows the endless possibilities of and mounting of the fi nished fi gure. & 7 patterns • 64 pp. using Pete’s technique. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 237 color photos, ISBN: 978-0-7643-3604-1 • soft cover • $16.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 373 color photos • 64 pp. 4 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1233-2 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-903-2 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving the Mariachi. Ballo Rebora. 249 Ron Ransom Carves An Amish Family. Carving Elves. Kelley Stadelman. Step-by-step clear color photos and concise step-by-step text Ron Ransom. Text written with and pho- through the process of carving a life-sized elf. take wood carvers through every step necessary tography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Six patterns, Kelley makes it easy and enjoyable and the to carve and paint the trumpet playing member clear instructions, and color photos guide you result is a wonderful creature in the primitive of a classic Mexican Mariachi band. Patterns in carving a family in traditional Amish dress. style that will adorn your home or shop. Each are provided for all fi ve members: the trumpet Out of respect for their preferences, Ron has left step is illustrated with a color photograph and player, singer, bass player, guitar player, and violin the faces blank. Refl ecting the Amish lifestyle, descriptive caption. Patterns are included for player. This book will be a wonderful, humorous Ron’s tools, techniques and instructions are the main project and several similar projects. challenge for carvers of all levels of experience. plain and simple. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 249 color photos & Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos, Patterns • 64 pp. 6 b/w patterns • 64 pp. 6 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-709-9 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3147-3 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-88740-893-1 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving a Bull Fighter & the Bull. Ballo Carving Folk Figures with Power. Frank 15 Elf & Gnome Patterns. Al Streetman. 15 Rebora. From wood blank to fi nished fi gures, Russell. Tall tales, local legends, and personal different patterns drawn with the beginner Ballo Rebora guides readers through all the ruminations are transformed into folk fi gures by in mind, but with plenty of potential for the carving and painting steps needed to create a Frank Russell. Follow his detailed instructions experienced carver. Step-by-step instructions caricature matador and his four-legged adversary. with photographs and project plans to create and color photography, cover the fi rst project Uses simple, easily followed instructions, 280 nine delightful folk fi gures in wood using power from start to fi nish. Helpful general advice about full color images, and patterns are provided for carving tools. Accompanying the stories and technique, fi ner details, and painting; includes a two different matadors and the bull. projects are comprehensive instructions for full-color gallery of fi nished projects. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. carving small details of hands, feet, clothing Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 112 photos, 15 patterns ISBN: 978-0-7643-2910-4 • soft cover • $14.95 and shoes. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 188 photos, 52 • 64 pp. patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0842-4 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-854-0 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Caricature Bookmarks: A Begin- Carving Motorcycle Riders With Cleve Carving a Street-Corner Band. Al Streetman. ner’s Step-by-Step Guide. Chris Morgan. Taylor. Cleve Taylor. Cleve Taylor takes to the Capture the magic and fun of a street-corner Illustrated, step-by-step instructions provide road, steering readers effortlessly through every band, with eight different personalities jamming carvers of all skill levels with fresh ideas for step needed to carve an impressive and humorous away, heart and soul, for passers-by. Al guides weekend carvings. Make a Santa head or an caricature of a motorcyclist and his bike. Over the reader step-by-step through the carving of Abraham Lincoln. Chapters include basic cuts, 225 color photographs illustrate Cleve’s clear, “Hurricane” Brown, the saxophone player for this safety tips, project layout, and carving, painting, concise instructions. When this basswood fi gure wonderful ensemble, from pattern to painting. and assembling the bookmark. For beginners and his bike are complete, instructions are also New and advanced carvers alike will learn a and seasoned carvers. provided for painting and aging. Patterns are great deal from Al’s many years of experience! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 293 color images, 7 pat- provided for both the fi gure and the bike. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 181 color photos terns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225+ color photos • 64 pp. 8 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4083-3 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0647-2 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1328-2 • soft cover • $14.95
Carving Caricature Nametags. Chris Morgan. Cowboy Carving with Cleve Taylor. Cleve 25 Uncle Sam Patterns for Carvers. Al This unique carving book features fi ve projects Taylor. Text written with and photography Streetman. Foreword by Harold Enlow. One that will get your creativity fl owing, allowing by Jeffrey B. Snyder. The combination of the most familiar characters of American folk art woodcarvers of all skill levels to create their exacting detail and wry good humor that Cleve is Uncle Sam. Al Streetman captures the spirit own personalized nametags. Using minimal brings to his carvings is now shared with his of Uncle Sam in these 25 patterns. In addition tools and wood, more than 300 color images readers. Each step is well-illustrated with full the book contains carving tips, step-by-step in- provide easy, step-by-step instructions and color photographs. Patterns for four cowboys structions for carving one of the Uncle Sams, and various patterns for making them. and a horse are provided. painting instructions. A gallery of many of Al’s Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 305 color images • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos creations gets the carver’s imagination roaring. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4187-8 • soft cover • $16.99 Patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 50 color photos ISBN: 0-88740-641-6 • soft cover • $12.95 25 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-717-X • soft cover • $12.95 60 CARVING: CARICATURE FIGURES
25 Gunfi ghter Patterns for Carvers. Al Carving From Roughouts with Tom Wolfe. Carving Desperados with Tom Wolfe. Streetman. Photography by Jack Lisiecki. Text written with and photography by Tom Wolfe. To help carvers with the challenge Al Streetman goes west with a new carving and Molly Higgins. A roughout is the start of a of carving the head and face, Tom carves busts, pattern book. This time he shares the secrets of carving that allows the carver to skip the fi rst about 8 inches tall. One fi gure is carved step-by- carving the western gunfi ghter, and provides few steps to go right into the “good part.” Tom step, with clear color photographs illustrating the carver with 25 creative patterns...enough Wolfe guides you step-by-step through the each technique. They carry the reader from laying for the O.K. Corral and more! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" carving of a roughout with an emphasis on the pattern on the blank to the fi nal painting. • 150 color photos staying loose with the carving and seeing its Also included are patterns for 15 other fi gures 25 patterns • 64 pp. endless possibilities. and a full color gallery of 23 fi nished busts. ISBN: 0-88740-783-8 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 301 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 295 color photos ISBN: 0-7643-0736-3 • soft cover • $14.95 16 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0097-0 • soft cover • $12.95
29 Cowboy Patterns for Carvers. Al Street- Carving Cigar Humidors with Tom Wolfe. Carving Gnomes with Tom Wolfe. Tom man. Even in this modern age cowboys and the Tom Wolfe. Text written with and photog- Wolfe. Text written with and photography “Old West” still capture the imaginations of raphy by Douglas Congdon-Martin. From a by Douglas Congdon-Martin. Create a woodcarvers. Here are 29 patterns for carving caricature Texas Troubadour Humidor to a simply whole community of gnomes, bringing them great cowboys, plus added ideas for settings. elegant decoy humidor, Tom opens a new range of to life from blocks of wood. With each step With Al Streetman’s helpful advice, this book carving for both novice and experienced carvers. illustrated in full color, Tom takes the carver can be used by greenhorns and saddle-worn The results are useful objects that catch the eye cut-by-cut to a fi nished fi gure. A gallery and carvers alike. and the imagination. An amply illustrated gallery patterns for 5 other gnomes plus accessories Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 29 patterns • 48 pp. and many patterns make this book a vital addition are included. In this book, Tom makes extensive ISBN: 0-7643-0187-X • soft cover • $12.95 to your carving book collection. use of the power carving tools. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • Patterns • ISBN: 0-7643-0420-8 • soft cover • $14.95 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-537-1 • soft cover • $12.95
20 Pencil People Patterns for Carvers. Al Basic Penknife Carving with Tom Wolfe. Carving Out the Wild West with Tom Streetman. The step-by-step process of carving Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe goes back to basics. With Wolfe: The Saloon. Tom Wolfe. Text written and painting these unique pencil-thin creations. a single knife, he carves a reclining country fi gure with Douglas Congdon-Martin. Taken The task is made simpler with 126 photos and and teaches the basic methods of woodcarving. separately, these mythic fi gures of the Wild complete patterns for 20 unique fi gures, such Each cut is illustrated with a full-color photograph, West-the cowboy, gambler, bartender, sheriff, as Santas, elves, and the featured pirate project. an important visual aid to learning this fun and soiled dove-offer interesting challenges to In addition to sharing tips and secrets regarding craft. These projects are simple and fun. The the carver. Together they make an enchanting head, hand, and body carving, detailed sug- new carver will fi nd that the mysteries of this scene. Fully illustrated, step-by-step instructions gestions about carving tools and painting are art quickly disappear, allowing them to quickly from the blank to the painted fi gure. included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 126 color photos learn the skills they need. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280+ color photos • 64 pp. 26 illustrations • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180+ color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-368-9 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0034-2 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-499-5 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving a 1930s Street Scene. Cari- Caricatures in Clay with Tom Wolfe. Tom Carving Wizards with Tom Wolfe. Tom cature Carvers of America. The Caricature Wolfe. The almost limitless medium of polymer Wolfe. Text written with and photography Carvers of America present an original clay and Tom’s eye for character and caricature by Douglas Congdon-Martin. These fanciful 1930s street scene carved in a caricature combine to produce some endearing and delightful fi gures let the imagination run wild. You can style, complete with renditions of period creatures. Fully illustrated with beautiful color make them friendly or sinister, young or old, buildings and over 100 caricature wood- photographs, it takes the carver and modeler comic or deadly serious. Tom gives patterns carvings. Chapters include step-by-step step-by-step through the process of creating and step-by-step instructions illustrated in full instructions for carving a caricature fi gure, a male and a female caricature bust. A gallery color. The gallery has a coven of Wizards, in painting and fi nishing techniques, plus spurs the imagination even further. both full-fi gure and bust forms. patterns for many of the original carvings. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-713-7 • soft cover • $12.95 Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-712-9 • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4601-9 • soft cover • $29.99 soft cover • $12.95
Caricatures in Motion. Caricature The Yam Yankee & Other Veggie Carving Country Carving. Tom Wolfe. Tom’s classic fi rst Carvers of America. Running, jumping, Projects. Tom Wolfe. Sweet potatoes are fi rm book. Over 500 black-and-white photographs walking, or subtle twists or turns of the enough to take the knife, and inexpensive enough and illustrations present the techniques for body can give a carving a sense of motion. to take a mistake or two. That makes them the carving hound dogs, raccoons, and a coon hunter Some the leading American caricature perfect medium for new carvers or for experienced as well as their surroundings. Color photographs carvers share there “moving” carvings, carvers learning new techniques. And there is show the complete painting process and the with information about the work and the more!!! As the vegetables dry and wizen, they delight of the fi nished carvings. carving process. Phil Bishop goes step- take on wrinkles and twists that give them truly Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 91 color photos, 455 by-step through one project. Each project surprising and delightful character. b/w photos • 136 pp.ISBN: 0-88740-105-8 • has a pattern. Patterns are provided. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190 color photos • 64 pp. soft cover • $15.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 349 photos & patterns • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0500-X • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3873-1 • soft cover • $19.99
Carving an 1880s Western Train: Its Carving the Civil War with Tom Wolfe. Tom Country Carving (Pig Pickin’). Tom Wolfe. Passengers & Crew. The Caricature Wolfe. Text written with Douglas Cong- Tom Wolfe offers his most popular woodcarving Carvers of America. This 1880s-style don-Martin. A dramatic period in American with step-by-step instructions. Because the book Western Train and its characters carved history comes to life in these carvings. Union starts with the bandsawing of the pattern and by North America’s best caricature and Confederate soldiers are featured with continues through the painting, even a novice carvers. Patterns and instructions are step-by-step illustrated instructions for carving. should be able to complete the project. At the provided to encourage others to try their One fi gure is carved all the way through, and same time, the seasoned carver will benefi t from hand at this fun creative art. patterns are provided for others. Tom’s technique and expertise, and everyone Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • full color • 64 pp. will enjoy Tom’s anecdotes about country life. and patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-369-7 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 38 color photos, ISBN: 978-0-7643-3381-1 • soft cover • $16.99 500 b/w photos • 136 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-130-9 • soft cover • $15.95
Tom Wolfe Carves Egg Heads & Other Carving Clowns with Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. The Golfers: Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom “Eggcellent” Things. Tom Wolfe. Step- Clowns are the ideal subjects for caricature Wolfe with Douglas Congdon-Martin. Step-by- by-step the reader is taken through two carvers, especially in the hands of Tom Wolfe. step instructions for carving an amusing golfi ng projects from wooden eggs, a caricature Here he carves one clown from beginning to fi gure from wood, painting it, and displaying it. head and a bird, learning the techniques of end, with each step illustrated to help the carver. Full of original personality and a spark of wit, the good caricature carving from one of the best. Other patterns are shared for clowns in various design will delight all who encounter it. Other Each step is photographed in a clear, color image, comic settings and are illustrated in the gallery. patterns make up a foursome, with a color gallery with a concise, easy-to-understand explanation Also included is a brief section on carving the illustrating all. As a companion piece or by itself, of what is happening and how to do it. letters used to label the pieces. this is an exciting new project for carvers. Enjoy. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 276 color photos • 64 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280+ color photos, pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-3037-7 • soft cover Patterns, gallery • 64 pp. patterns • 64 pp. • $14.99 ISBN: 0-88740-897-4 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-293-3 • soft cover • $12.95 CARVING: CARICATURE FIGURES • WOOD SPIRITS • CANES & WALKING STICKS 61
Out to the Ball Game with Tom Wolfe. Tom Tom Wolfe Carves Bottlespirits & Neck- Carving a Friendship Cane. Tom Wolfe. Gallery Wolfe. Text written with and photography hangers. Tom Wolfe. Once you decide what kind Contributions from his Friends in the Carica- by Douglas Congdon-Martin. Tom Wolfe of spirits are living in your bottles, Tom Wolfe tures Carvers of America. Carving a wonderful takes his creative talent to the National Game: will set you to work carving charming faces to cane made up of many segments to be carved by baseball. With easy to follow instructions, Tom match, using small pieces of scrap wood, basic one person or by a group. Every step illustrated. helps the carver bring the classic ballplayer out carving tools and paint, and not much time. The Carving contributors: J. Price; P. Ortel; S.Prescott; H. of a block of wood. Each cut is illustrated with a fi nished carvings could be hung around a bottle, Schmitzen; R. Wetherbee; B. Travis; D. Dunham; D. full-color photograph, an important visual aid a neck, on a Christmas tree! Stetson; K.Morrill; J. Wannamaker; T. Haase; D. Raine; to learning this fun craft. Size: 8" x 11" • 212 color photos • 64 pp. M.Kaisersatt; D. Rasmussen; H. Refsal; H. Enlow; C. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0735-5 • soft cover • $14.95 Bolton; G. Batte; D. Hajny; P. LeClair; and R. Landen. ISBN: 0-88740-497-9 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photosn 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-891-5 • soft cover • $12.95 CARVING: CANES & WALKING STICKS Through the Looking Glass with Tom Sculpting Cane Handles. Nicolo Scariano. Creative Canes & Walking Sticks: Carving Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Text written with and Over 160 clear color photos detail the making with Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. A brand new book photography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. and provide examples of different cane forms from Tom Wolfe with more original patterns and Alice and her friends are brought to life through produced. Among the handles featured are different techniques to produce creative canes Tom Wolfe’s carving. As usual, Tom leads the examples in zebra, Colorplay, and holly woods. and walking sticks. Also included are designs carver through the project with easy-to-follow, In form the handles are varied as well, including for sword canes. As always each step is clearly step-by-step instructions, illustrated in full-color examples in the female form, as birds, animals, illustrated in full color and patterns are presented photographs. lip handles, and low relief decoration. to aid the carver in his or her own creation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 169 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-380-8 • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2823-7 • soft cover • $14.95 11 patterns • 64 pp. soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-885-0 • soft cover • $12.95
Carving Bottlestoppers with Tom Wolfe. Carving Animal Canes & Walking Sticks. 86 Cane Patterns for the Woodcarver. Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe shows the process of Frank C. Russell. Over 180 color photos and Tom Wolfe. Forever fascinated by canes, the carving bottlestoppers in his own, unique way. concise text take the reader through all the tools, author has always collected them and made Preparing the wood block, carving, painting, and techniques, and individual steps, for carving many of his own. Walking sticks come in three applying the hardware are covered in detail and life-like animal-head canes with power tools. basic categories: the cane; the staff or hiking illustrated in detail with full color photographs. From choosing the blank and setting the eyes stick; and the chest-high quarterstaff. Each of The reader gets a clear idea of what needs to be to texturing the fur and painting the fi nished these types is generously represented among done and how to do it! handle, you learn all the steps. Fifteen different the 86 patterns in this book. Their designs Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 297 color photos • 64 pp. animal patterns are included. include everything from fi sh to dragons and ISBN: 978-0-7643-3222-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 174 color birds to beavers. & 22 b/w photos • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 86 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2381-2 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0372-4 • soft cover • $14.95 CARVING: WOODSPIRITS Tom Wolfe Carves Wood Spirits and Walk- Carving Wildfowl Canes and Walking Tom Wolfe Carves Fancy Canes. Tom Wolfe- ing Sticks. Tom Wolfe. Text written with and Sticks with Power. Frank C. Russell. Over Text written with & photography by Molly Higgins. photography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. 145 clear color photographs illustrate each Tom Wolfe guides the reader through the carving Tom has been carving these Spirits for years, and step required to create beautiful, lifelike water- of a particularly clever cane, a fancy bird that they are constantly in demand. Now he leads the fowl cane handles with power tools. Patterns doubles as a nutcracker. He explains carving, carver, step-by-step, through their creation, each are provided for fi fteen different cane handle painting, and fi nishing the piece, as well as step illustrated in beautiful color photographs. projects, ranging from the American Flamingo fi tting the handle to the spindle. The step-by-step Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. to the Wood Duck. instructions are clear enough for the beginner ISBN: 0-88740-441-3 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 148 color photos, and advanced carver alike. A huge, colorful 32 line drawings • 80 pp. gallery illustrates dozens of canes. ISBN: 978-0-7643-1589-3 • soft cover • $14.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 162 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1343-6 • soft cover • $14.95
Carving Traditional Woodspirits with Tom Tom Wolfe Carves Spirit Canes. Tom Wolfe. Router Canes. Dale Power. With a combina- Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Text written with and From a sapling straight from the hillside to a tion of simple instructions and over 220 clear photography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. charming cane, every step of carving is explained. color photographs, Dale Power takes readers Woodspirits carved in the traditional Bavarian Tom begins with prepping the sapling, helps the through the process of creating beautiful wooden style made lively and creative by Tom’s creative reader think through the design of the spirit that traveling canes with power tools. Directions are touch. Each Woodspirit springs from a unique will emerge, and explains the various carving provided for the creation of cane handles, the piece of wood, but the technique and the techniques that are needed to do the work. installation or creation of screw mounts joining sequence of carving can be easily learned Finally he shows the painting and fi nishing steps, the two cane shaft segments, and for staining through the step-by-step color illustrations. including ways to conceal unexpected problems. the completed canes. A gallery of several Woodspirits is included. Each step is clearly photographed in color. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 219 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1523-4 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-538-X • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3051-3 • soft cover • $14.99 WOOD CARVING: RELIEF, SIGN, & OTHER Power Carving House Spirits with Tom Carving Canes & Walking Sticks with Tom Relief Carving with Nora Hall. Nora Hall. Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. House spirits can be found Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Text written with and Take your carving to the next level, as Master almost anywhere in the wood and timbers of the photography by Douglas Congdon-Mar- Woodcarver Nora Hall demonstrates the funda- home. Tom Wolfe shows you how to coax them tin. A Tom Wolfe book devoted to canes and mentals of carving and how to properly handle out of their hiding places with power tools. Five walking sticks. Patterns for eleven fi gures are the tools. With 172 images, step-by-step, illus- patterns are included. Tom provides step-by-step included with two of them carved step-by-step. trated exercises are given throughout the book. instructions with over 230 color photographs. The carver can follow the color photographs of Chapters include carving methods, fundamentals These projects will challenge the beginner and each step, using the concise caption. of letter carving, and relief ornamental carving. will fascinate the more advanced power carver. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 192 color images • 112 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 230 color photos, 5 patterns, gallery • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3938-7 • soft cover • $24.99 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0183-7 • ISBN: 978-0-88740-587-7 • soft cover • $12.99 soft cover • $12.95
Carving Golf Ball Spirits. Tom Wolfe. Follow Carving Fancy Walking Sticks. Tom Wolfe. Acanthus Carving and Design. Bob Yorburg Tom Wolfe step by step through the process of The knob of the walking stick provides the carver & Hans Sandom, Illustrator. 254 detailed color carving two tiny demons that reside in the black with many possibilities. In this book Tom Wolfe photos, 168 line drawings, and step-by-step heart of every golf ball. Every step is clearly carves a woodsman’s head. He takes the reader instructions teach drawing and transferring explained and illustrated in color. Once the through the process from the beginning of the patterns, wood preparation, tool sharpening, carving is complete, bring the demon to life carving to the attachment of the head to the carving and detailing, and fi nishing. Two projects with a staining technique. A color gallery shows shaft and the decoration of the shaft. Each are presented, a breadboard and pierced panel, the fi nished projects and additional carvings. step is illustrated with a color photograph and along with a glossary of technical terms and a Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150 color photos • 64 pp. a clear explanation. gallery of fi nished examples for further inspiration. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3148-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 290 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1565-X • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3506-8 • soft cover • $24.99 62 WOOD CARVING: RELIEF, SIGN & OTHER • CHIP CARVING • BOAT BUILING • MODEL BUILDING
Practical Woodcarving: Design and Appli- Chip Carving Pennsylvania Dutch Designs. Preliminary Design of Boats and Ships. Cyrus cation. James E. Seitz. Full of ideas for designing Pam Gresham. Explore the wealth of design Hamlin. Written by an experienced naval architect, and creating 155 unique and handmade projects, motifs developed by the German immigrants to intelligent amateurs are prepared to create conceptual all of which can be used in and around the house Pennsylvania and perfect for chip carving. Pam vessel designs ready for a naval architect’s fi nishing or given as gifts. Using easy-to-follow language, applies a variety of the designs to a “Wilkom” touches. Covers a variety of watercraft, so can be the book covers important principles in design plaque and a beautiful bible box, leading the useful for envisioning a cruising yacht or a sixty-foot and decoration. Different methods and styles carver step-by-step through the process of chip fi s h i n g b o a t . of carving are also shown. A comprehensive carving each of these creations. Size: 7" x 10" • 116 illustrations source of inspiration and information for carvers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. Glossary/Index • 316 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 217 color photos 250 step-by-step color photos, patterns ISBN: 978-0-87033-621-8 • hard cover • $34.99 33 patterns • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-711-0 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1690-7 • soft cover • $24.95 MODEL BUILDING
Georg Keilhofer’s Traditional Carving: Chip Carving the Southwest. Pam Gresham. Fundamentals of Model Boat Building. Basic Relief Carving. Georg Keilhofer. Text TThe patterns of the Southwest have delighted John Into & Nancy Price. Learn the skills necessary written with and photography by Douglas tourists and art lovers for hundreds of years. Pam to successfully create an accurate model boat Congdon-Martin. Georg Keilhofer shares Gresham incorporates them into the art of chip from scratch, including structural elements, paper traditional German carving techniques with carving, a marriage that works beautifully! Here model renderings, measuring hull features, and students in his studio, and now in this book. are many patterns and ideas, and the techniques creating mechanical drawings. The detailed text Here are the basic skills of relief carving. Step by of layout and execution. Each step is illustrated guides readers to make a model Chesapeake step he takes the reader through tool selection, with a color photograph, every project has Bay “Deadrise” workboat. understanding wood, and carving techniques. accurate drawings. A gallery gives the carver Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 276 color photos & 94 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos some idea of the limitless possibilities. drawings • 160 pp. Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-785-4 • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3105-3 • hard cover • $34.99 soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-699-8 • soft cover • $12.95
Scenic Relief Carving. Georg Keilhofer. Text Artistry in Chip Carving: A Lyrical Style. Model Boat Building Made Simple. Steve written with and photos by Douglas Con- Craig Vandall Stevens. Drawing from the art of Rogers. Using drawings and step-by-step col- gdon-Martin. Scenic relief carving is the art Asian brush painting, Craig Stevens introduces a or photographs and captions, the process of of bringing life and depth to a carving that is unique form of chip carving. With clean fl owing building a model boat is easily understood and essentially two-dimensional. Now Georg Keil- lines the knife creates delicate images in wood, followed. The materials needed can be bought hofer shares this traditional German technique relying on the play of the grain and light to bring at hobby shops, lumber yards, and hardware with his readers and students. Go step-by-step the images to life. Move step-by-step through stores. The tools are basic. Even the novice model through the carving of a deer running through the carving of the two projects with clear color builder can complete a fi ne model, a simple, yet the forest. photos and concise descriptions of the techniques. elegant skiff, incorporating many of the original Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 photos • 64 pp. construction techniques. 270 color photographs with instructions ISBN: 0-88740-940-7 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Color photos & drawings • 64 ISBN: 0-88740-788-9 • soft cover • $12.95 pp.• ISBN: 0-88740-388-3 • soft cover • $15.95
Relief Carving with Bob Lundy: Chip Carving Nature: An Artistic Approach. Model Boat Building: The Lobster Boat. “Scenery in Wood.” Bob Lundy. Na- Craig Vandall Stevens. Images from nature using Steve Rogers & Patricia Staby-Rogers. Using the tionally-known carver Bob Lundy shares carved shapes and patterns rather than outlining lines of boats built before 1940 by Alvin Beal, the techniques of relief carving in an the subject. Craig shares his method, going Steve takes the modeller step-by-step through easy to follow book. Amply illustrated, step-by-step through the carving process. Every the process of building an authentic scale model it takes the reader step-by-step through carving step for the main project is illustrated lobster boat. In over 250 color photographs he two carving projects and offers the infor- with a clear color photo and a concise description. begins with the sculpting of the builder’s model, mation needed to carry out even more. . Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. upon which are laid the ribs and hull of the boat, Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 250+ photos • 96 pp. 295 color photos, patterns, drawings and continues through the building of accessories ISBN: 0-88740-439-1 • soft cover • ISBN: 0-7643-0029-6 • soft cover • $12.95 and the painting of the boat. $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-642-4 • soft cover • $12.95 BOAT BUILDING Carving a Traditional Cape Cod Sign. Paul How to Build a Flatiron Skiff: Simple Model Boat Building: The Spritsail Skiff. White. The incised carved letters of the Cape Steps Using Basic Tools. K. D. Jones. Using Steve Rogers & Patricia Staby-Rogers. With beau- Cod sign, glistening with gold leaf, make a economical materials, simple techniques, and tiful color photographs, helpful drawings, and a warm invitation to home or business. Here is the hand-powered tools, you can start building a wealth of knowledge that comes from years of step-by-step process of carving a quarterboard, fl atiron skiff in spring and be on the water by craftsmanship, Steve Rogers leads the reader beginning with the layout of the letters and summer. The author presents recommended through the building of a model of the North pattern, and continuing through the gilding. A tools and accessories, design variations, in- Carolina Spritsail Skiff. The model is in one-inch complete alphabet is included. There is also a structional photographs and drawings, and scale and is built in much the same way as the gallery with a variety of designs. Each step is a history of this underappreciated boat type. actual boat was. Clear step-by-step directions illustrated in full color, with concise instructions. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 105 color photos are given for everything from the jigs to the sails. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. & 11 drawings • 88 pp Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-575-4 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4885-3 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-88740-534-7 • soft cover • $12.95
Country Flat Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom Woodstrip Rowing Craft. Susan Van Leuven. Model Boat Building: The Skipjack. Steve Wolfe with Doug Congdon-Martin. Tom has been Over 835 clear color photos and detailed cover Rogers & Patricia Staby-Rogers. Steve Rogers making signs and other fl atcarvings for many every step required to create two wood strip offers a guide for building a model skipjack, years, bringing to them the same creativity and rowing craft for both sport fi shing and scull- leading the craftsperson step-by-step through skill he brings to his three-dimensional work. The ing. The wooden parts are made with ordinary the process. The result is a beautiful boat in three projects include a potholder holder, the woodshop tools, materials, and standard working full sail. The model is in 1/2" scale, based on a man in the moon, and a welcome sign. Step- techniques. Fiberglass and epoxy can be applied skipjack that is 45 feet on deck with a 15 foot by-step instructions, all illustrated in full color. successfully by the fi rst-time user. beam. Drawings, patterns, jigs, and accessories Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 837 color & 51 b/w photos are all detailed. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-278-X • soft cover • $9.95 • 288 pp. 390 color photos, drawings, designs ISBN: 0-7643-2553-1 • hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 0-88740-937-7 • soft cover • $14.95 CARVING: CHIP CARVING Chip Carving the Southwest. Pam Gresham. Illustrated Guide to Wood Strip Model Boat Building: The Menhaden The patterns of the Southwest have delighted Canoe Building. Susan Van Leuven. Steamer. Steve Rogers and Patricia Staby tourists and art lovers for hundreds of years. Make your own, custom-built canoe. This Rogers. A step-by-step guide to building a Pam Gresham incorporates them into the art of comprehensive, detailed guide to the classic working boat, the menhaden steamer. chip carving, a marriage that works beautifully! process of constructing a high-quality Modeler Steve Rogers guides the reader through Here are many patterns and ideas, and the wood strip canoe is written especially the complete process, hull master to rigging, techniques of layout and execution. Each step for the novice boat builder. All phases of for building a 1/2-inch scale, 56-inch model is illustrated with a color photograph, every construction are extensively illustrated of this wonderful fi shing boat. The result will project has accurate drawings. with color photos and line drawings. be a work of art. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-699-8 • soft cover • $12.95 490 color photos, 67 line drawings 100 color illustrations & detailed plans ISBN: 0-7643-0537-9 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1070-4 • soft cover • $14.95 MODEL BUILDING • WOODWORKING TOOLS/SHOP 63
WOODWORKING TOOLS/SHOP Scratch Built!: A Celebration of the Stat- Hand Planes in the Modern Shop. Kerry Festool® Essentials: TS 55 & TS 75 Por- ic Scale Airplane Modeler’s Craft. John Pierce. Plane users and collectors will fi nd a table Plunge Saws: With FS/2 Guide Rail, Alcorn, George Lee, and Peter Cooke. Three wealth of straightforward how-to information, MFT Multifunction Table, & CT Dust Ex- well known practitioners of the craft explain backed up by more than 500 images in this traction System. A user’s guide to the Festool advanced aircraft modelling techniques in a defi nitive guide to hand planes. Using hand TS 55 EQ & TS 75 EQ portable plunge-cut saws, lively and readable, yet thorough manner. They planes results in a quieter, cleaner wood shop, gives a complete, easy-to-understand explana- use how-to photographs and line drawings to but they can also match the efficiencies of tion of the Festool sawing system, with step-by- lead the reader through the whole process. power tools for many of the processes involved step instructions for its use and applications. The Also included are superb portraits of over thirty in making wood furniture. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Festool guide rail system, multifunction work scratch built models. 531 color photos & b/w illus • 192 pp. • ISBN: table, and dust extraction system are covered. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of photos • 144 pp. 978-0-7643-3558-7 • hard cover • $39.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-417-0 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3103-9 • soft cover • $29.99
Model Building with Brass. Kenneth C. Festool® Essentials: The Routers. The Home Woodworker Series: Home Work- Foran. All the tools and techniques necessary Festool® system including the OF 1010 EQ, the shop Setup – The Complete Guide Jim to successfully build models with brass. Whether OF 1400 EQ, the OF 2200 EB, and the MFK 700 Harrold, Editor. Now that you’ve cleaned out substituting plastic model kit parts with brass, EQ covered in detail. Clear color photographs the garage or fi nally freed up some space in creating master patterns for casting, or scratch and concise explanations of the tools and their the basement, it’s time to start planning your building brass models, instructions are provided applications will help woodworkers get the most ideal home workshop. Fortunately, this second for modelers of all skill levels. World Master out of their Festool router and its accessories. installment of the Home Woodworker Series Model Builder Ken Foran has created a book Each router model has unique qualities that suit has everything you need to create the effi cient, that modelers of all skill levels. it for a particular job. safe, clean, and comfortable workspace you’ve Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 327 photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350+ color photos • 160 pp. envisioned escaping to for your woodworking. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4004-8 • hard cover • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3323-1 • soft cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ images • 88 pp. $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4418-3 • soft cover • $19.99
Ships in Bottles. Guy DeMarco. Revised and Festool®Essentials: The Sanders. The Storage & Organization in the Home expanded 2nd edition. Five projects explained Festool sanding system meets every sanding Workshop: Home Woodworker Series clearly, step-by-step through drawings and need, making the task faster and more enjoyable. Home Workshop Storage: 21 Projects to black-and-white and color photographs. Woven Each of the 11 models is covered in detail and Build. Jim Harrold, Editor. Improve your shop’s into the instructions is historical background that applications are explained. In addition the Fes- effi ciency by building any or all of the cabinets, gives the ships and bottles greater interest and tool dust extraction system and its accessories racks, chests, and carts included here for your authenticity. The modeler is led slowly through are explained. hand tools, benchtop machines, and woodwork- the steps to create this legendary art form. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350+ color photos • 160 pp. ing accessories. Step-by-step instructions offer Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 38 b/w photos, ISBN: 978-0-7643-3322-4 • soft cover • $29.99 detailed guidance, along with fully dimensioned 16 color photos • 64 pp. illustrations and cut lists. ISBN: 0-7643-0999-4 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 220 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4574-6 • soft cover • $19.99
Ship Model Building. 3rd Edition. Gene Johnson. Festool® Essentials: The DOMINO DF 500 Power Tools: Care and Use. William The most complete instructions for model shipbuilding. Joining System: With CT Dust Extraction Veasey. This compact handbook shows the Features a typical whaling vessel, river and harbor System. A user’s guide to the Festool Dom- many bits available for electric-powered ferryboats, working plans for a clipper ship, Gloucester ino DF 500 Joining System, gives a complete, carving tools and how to use each properly fi sherman, harbor tugboat, dragger, and “ironclads” easy-to-understand explanation and a step-by- for a wide variety of effects. The techniques Monitor and Merrimac. More than 1000 diagrams. step instructions for its use and applications. for wildfowl texturing are shown through The book is unusual in its attention to minute and The tool itself is covered in detail, with settings, many photographs and can be used by authentic detail, supplying more than a thousand adjustments, variations, accessories, and several wood sculptors for all types of art. diagrams.Size: 6" x 9" • 17 b/w photos, 22 illus., 6 applications. Also covers, in detail, the Festool Size: 9" x 6" • Many b/w plans, & 157 plates of drawings • Index • 320 pp. CT Dust Extraction System. illustrations • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-047-7 • soft cover • $7.95 ISBN: 978-0-87033-369-9 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 349 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3104-6 • soft cover • $29.99
Building Architectural Models. Guy & Patricia DeMarco. A primer for the design, con- struction, and presentation of the three-dimen- Image from Hardwood sional model from conceptual drawings. The Edging and Inlay for process begins with the construction of a cube Curved Tables, Page 22 and tetrahedron, and moves on to encompass manufactured modules, a commercial building, a single-story house, and a city rowhouse. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1071-2 • soft cover • $14.95
FOLLOW US ON SOCIAL MEDIA
SCHIFFERPUBLISHING
SCHIFFERPUBLISHING
SCHIFFERBOOKS
SCHIFFERBOOKS 64 acanthus carving, 61 Colorado quilts, 37 jewelry making, 43 pigments, earthen, 23 slimline pen turning, 51 Amish Quilts, 37 Connecticut quilts, 36 jewelry making, paper, 43 pit fi ring ceramics, 27 slipcovers, 49 Andean Sling Braids, 13 corn shuck dolls, 30 jewlery rendering, 43 ply-split braided baskets, 42 soap carving, 24 Appalachian basket making, 42 cowboy boots, 19 Kachina carving, 57, 58 polymer jewelry, 44, 45 soapstone carving, 26 Appalachian quilts, 37 craft furniture, 47 kimono, 16, 39 porcelain painting, 23 spalted wood, 20 archery, 29 crochet, 42, 43, 44, 45 knifemaking, 28 powder horns, 29 stained glass, 26 armor, 28 Cumberland County, quilts, 15 knife sharpening, 28 printmaking, 24 stationery, 24 armor making 28 decoys, 52 knife sheaths, 10, 28 purses, 35, 41, 45 stenciling, 24 art glass, 26 dollmaking, 30 knitting, 41, 42, 45 quilt history, 36 studio furniture, 47 art resources, 25 dyeing wool, 32 knot design, 42 quilts, 14, 15, 35 studio glass, 26 bags, fashion, 41 earthen pigment, 23 knot making, 42 quilts, African American, 35 tapestry, 33 bamboo furniture making, 48 Easter carving, 57 lace, antique, 37 quilts, Amish, 37 textile dyeing & color, 32 basketry techniques, 42 egg decorating, 23 lampshade making, 49 quilts, Appalachia, 37 textiles, 16, 38, 39 baskets, 42 embroidery, antique, 37 Lancaster Diamond, quilts, 36 quilts, children's art, 36 textiles, antique, 16, 38 baskets, appalachia, 42 enameling, 28, 43 leathercraft, 43 quilts, Civil War, 36 Tiffany studios, techniques, 26 basket weaving, 42 encaustic art, 4 leathercraft, cowboy boots, 19 quilts, Colorado, 37 tombstones, 48 beaded jewelry, 44 Esherick, Wharton, 47 leno, weaving, 12 quilts, Connecticut, 36 toys, 50 beaded purses, 45 fabric references, 39 lightship baskets, 42 quilts, Cumberland County, 15 turning, wood, 50 Beatles, quilts, 35 fashion design, 41 linen, 33 quilts, design & technique, 35 underwater photography, 24 bespoke furniture, 47 fashion, upcycle, 41 lures, 42 quilts, Georgia, 35 upholstery, 49 bird carving, 52 felt craft, 35 macrame, 41 quilts, Hawaii, 35 veneering, 22, 49 blacksmithing, 28 felting jewelry, 44 mannequins, 41 quilts, Japanese, 36 Virginia quilts, 36 boat building, 62 Festools ®, 63 mantels, 48 quilts, Lancaster County, 37 walking sticks, 56, 61 book covers, design, 6 fi ber art, 32 marine life carving, 53 quilts, Mennonite, 37 watercoloring, 5 botanical art, 24 fi replace mantel, 48 Mariner’s Compass, quilt, 36 quilts, Oregon Trail, 37 waterfowl, carving, 52 botanical photography, 24 fi replaces, 27 marquetry, 20, 49 quilts, patriotic, 14 wax crafts, 8, 23, 30 bowl hewing, 51 fi sh carving, 54 mask carving, 58 quilts, recycled, 35 weathervane, construction, 28 bowmaking, 29 fl ax, 33 Mennonite quilts, 37 quilts, signature, 37 weaving, techniques, 33, 42 box making, 52 fl oor cloths, 23 metalwork, 28 quilts, Virginia, 36 Welsh quilts, 37 braided jewelry, 45 fl oral design, 24 miniatures, 11, 29, 30 quilts, Welsh, 37 whip making, 43 braided sling, 13 fl ower arranging, 24 Mission furniture making, 48 quilts, World War I, 36 whirligigs, 50 brass, 28, 63 furniture making, 47 mobiles, 28 quilts, World War II, 36 wildlife, art, 15, 27 bronze casting, 25 Georgia, quilts, 35 model building, 28, 62 quilts, York, PA, 37 wire jewelry, 44 building blocks, making, 50 glass, art, 9, 26 modeling, brass, 11, 28 realistic carving, 58 wood art, 20, 21, 46 calligraphy, 24 glass, recycled, 26 mosaics, 26 recycled glass, 26 wood burning, 52 cane & rush seating, 49 gold leaf, 49, 53, 62 mosaics, technique, 26 relief carving, 58, 61 wood carving, 47, 62 canes, 61 Goodrich, Frances L., 33 musical instruments, making, 52 rib baskets, 42 woodcarving, shoes, 59 cardboard furniture, 48 gourd art, 18, 30, 31 Nakashima, George, 47 rugs, hooked, 33 wooden toys, 50 caricature carving, 58 gourds, Christmas, 31 Nantucket baskets, 42 rugs, penny, 34 wood fi nishes, 49 carpentry projects, 48 gunmaking, 29 National parks, quilts, 15 rugs, Shaker, 33 wood-fi red ceramics, 27 carving, birds, 52 gypsy willow furniture, 48 nature photography, 24 rustic furniture, 48 wood jewelry, 45 carving, caricatures, 58 Halloween carving, 57 needlecraft techniques, 32 Santa carving, 56 Wood, Robin, 46 carving, realistic fi gures, 58 hand planes, woodworking, 63 New York Fashion Week, 41 scrimshaw techniques, 29 wood, spalted, 20 carving, soap, 24 hex weave, 33 Oregon Trail, quilts, 37 scroll saw, 49 wood spirits, 56, 61 carving, soapstone, 26 Hmong, story cloths, 38 oriental rugs, antique, 35 sculpture, 25 wood, tables, 22 Center for Art in Wood, The, 46 holiday carving, 55 outdoor carpentry, 48 sculpture, bronze, 25 wood, turning, 47, 50, 51 ceramic art, 26 holiday crafts, 25, 30, 31 painting techniques, 23 sculpture, metal, 25 woodworking, 21, 47, 48 children's crafts, 25 holiday, scroll saw, 50 panel furniture, making, 47, 48 sculpture, soapstone, 26 woodworking tools, 47 chip carving, 62 Home Woodworker Series, 48, 52, paper jewelry, 43 sculpture techniques, 25 workshop design, 63 Christmas art, 25 63 patchwork knitting, 42 sculpture, wood, 25, 46 York, quilts, 37 Christmas, carving, 55 hooked rugs, 33 patchwork pillowcases, 37 segmented turning, 50 Christmas decorations, 30 horse gear, 43 patchwork techniques, 36 sewing, 41, 49 Christmas ornaments, 30 illumination, 7 pearls, 44 sewing machine, 41 Christmas, patchwork projects, 36 intarsia, 49 penny rugs, 34 Shaker rugs, 33 Christmas, scroll saw, 50 ironwork, 27 pen turning, 51 Shaker rugs, weaving, 33 Civil War quilts, 36 ironwork tools, 28 photography techniques, 24 signature quilts, 37 coffi ns, 48 jewelry design, 13, 43, 44 pickin' stick, 52 sign carving, 61